city & industrial development … & industrial development corporation of maharashtra...

CIDCO OF MAHARASHTRA LIMITED Sl.Pg.No.0

C.A.NO.03/CIDCO/EE(PNL-II)/2012-13

CITY & INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF

MAHARASHTRA LIMITED

Name of Work : Integrated infrastructure development of Roads, Footpath,

S.W. Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc. for 12.5%

Scheme in Sector – 2A at Karanjade, Panvel.

C. A. No.03/CIDCO/EE(PNL-II)/2012-13

Due on : 09/04/2013 to 12/04/2013 on website

cidco.maharashtra.etenders.in

Price : ` 15,000/- (Rupees Fifteen Thousand only) (Non-Refundable)

:OFFICE :

THE CHIEF ENGINEER (SOUTH)

CIDCO OF MAHARASHTRA LIMITED,

3RD

FLOOR, CIDCO BHAVAN,

CBD-BELAPUR, NAVI MUMBAI.






INDEX

Sr. No. Description Sl. Pg. No.

1. Index 1 2

2. Tender Notice 3 6

3. Tendering Programme 7 7

4. Notice of Tender & Instructions to the Tenderers 8 17

5. Undertaking by the Tenderer while Submission of Tender 18 20

6. Special Conditions of Contract 21 32

7. Proforma of :

a) Contract Agreement 33 36

b) Bank Guarantee in Lieu of Contract Deposit 37 41

c) Indenture Bond 42 46

d) Promissory Note 47 47

e) Indemnity Bond 48 49

f) Bank Guarantee in Lieu of E.M.D. 50 53

g) Affidavit for Preservation of Mangroves 54 55

8. General Conditions of Contract 56 171

9. Proforma Agreeing to General Conditions of Contract 172 172



Sr. No. Description Sl. Pg. No.

10. Notes & Preambles to Schedule of Rates & Quantities

(Schedule “A”)

173 178

11. Schedule “A” (Bill of Quantities) 179 245

12. Annexure “A” 246 247

13. Schedule “B” 248 248

14. Particular Specifications for Road & Footpath Work 249 314

15. Particular Specifications for S.W. Drain Work 315 364

16. Checklist for Ready Mix Concrete 365 374

17. Particular Specifications for Water Supply Work 375 393

18. Technical Specifications for Sewerage Work 394 397

19. Particular Specifications for Sewerage Work 398 466

20. List of Approved Makes & Brands of Materials 467 468

21. List of Drawings 469 469

22. Corrigendum (if any)

23. Drawings Enclosed in

Separate

Volume

__________________ ___________________

Signature of Tenderer Chief Engineer (South)

Date : Date :



TENDER NOTICE

Tender Notice published in daily Marathi News Paper

“Pudhari” dated 07/03/2013



TENDER NOTICE

CIDCO of Maharashtra Limited through the process of e-tendering invites “ON

LINE” item rate percentage tenders from the reputed experienced prospective

bidders, registered with CIDCO Ltd., Maharashtra State PWD, CPWD, MJP,

MIDC, MCGM in appropriate class, who have completed work of similar nature

for the work mentioned below:

Sr.

No. Description Details

1. Name of Work Integrated infrastructure development of Roads,

Footpath, S.W. Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc.

for 12.5% Scheme in Sector – 2A at Karanjade,

Panvel.

2. C.A. No. 03/CIDCO/EE(PNL-II)/2012-13

3. Estimated Cost ` 5,69,57,708.27

4. E.M.D. ` 5,70,000/-

5. Registration Class Class – II & above

6. Completion Period 12 (Twelve) Months (including Monsoon)

7. Cost of Tender

Document

` 15,000.00 (Non-Refundable)

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

1) Pre-qualification “On-Line” submission shall be accompanied by attested

copies of:

a) Valid Registration Certificate.

b) Sales Tax Certificate (MVAT).

c) Income Tax Permanent Account Number.

2) Experience of having successfully completed works during the last 5 (Five)

years ending last day of the month previous to the one in which applications

are invited.

(a) One similar completed work of costing not less than the amount equal to

50% of the estimated cost;

OR

(b) Two best similar completed works adding to a total cost of minimum

80% of the estimated cost of proposed work;

OR

(c) Three best similar completed works adding to a total cost of minimum

90% of the estimated cost of proposed work.

3) Joint Venture/Consortium are not permitted.



4) Financial Criteria: The Prospective Bidders will be qualified only if they

have minimum financial capabilities as below:-

6) Working Capital (Current Assets – Current Liabilities): Working

Capital (Net Cash Flow) of the Prospective Bidders during last audited

financial years should be greater than ` 143.00 Lacs.

a) Profitability: Profit after Tax should be Positive FOR “Two Years” out

of last three consecutive financial years: such that it should be positive

for immediate last financial year and one year out of two previous years.

b) Net Worth: Net worth of Prospective Bidder during last audited

financial year should be greater than ` 57.00 Lacs.

c) Average Annual Turnover: The average annual turnover of last three

financial years should be equal to or greater than ` 428.00 Lacs.

Notes: i) Turn over will be considered for main bidder and not for the Group

Company or Subsidary Company for all members of consortium put

together.

ii) The value of works shall be brought to current costing level by

enhancing the executed value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum.

iii) The information regarding Financial Criteria and Average Annual Turn

over certified by Chartered Accountant will be only considered.

5) Bid Capacity Criteria:

The Prospective Bidder will be qualified only if their available bid capacity

is more than the Estimated Cost of the work as per notice inviting Tender.

The available bid capacity will be calculated based on the following

formula:

Available Bid capacity= (2 x A x N) - B

where,

A = Average Annual Turn Over for last three financial years.

N = No. of years prescribed for completion of the work.

B = Value of existing commitments and on going works to be completed

during the period of completion of work.



Notes :

1) For Pre-qualification on-line submission shall be accompanied by attested

copies of Registration, valid Bank solvency certificate, sales tax certificate

(MVAT), Income Tax Permanent Account No., list of technical staff, list of

plant, machinery and equipments, list of works & it‟s magnitude executed in

last Five years along with work completion certificates, list of works in

hand.

The applicant should also produce original documents for verification if

called for. Failure to attach necessary documents with application will

render applicant ineligible for purchase / downloading of blank tender

without any intimation.

2) Right to issue tender documents is reserved with CIDCO. CIDCO reserves

right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason and the same

shall be at the entire discretion of CIDCO. CIDCO‟s decision in this respect

shall be final and binding.

3) Conditional tenders shall be summarily rejected.

4) The offer shall remain valid for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days

from the date of submission of tender.

5) The agencies eligible on the basis of CIDCO‟s registration & having fixed

EMD with CIDCO will have to enclose the valid EMD exemption

certificate of appropriate amount issued by CIDCO. In case the agency who

have fixed EMD for an amount less than required EMD, will have to pay the

balance amount of EMD. In remaining cases the eligible contractor has to

pay full EMD, as prescribed in the Tender Document.

6) Tender price money of ` 15,000/- (non-refundable) will be accepted by

Demand Draft only, drawn in favour of “CIDCO LTD”, payable at Navi

Mumbai and copy of the receipt shall be uploaded before purchase of

tender.

7) For further details regarding the above, contact Executive Engineer (PNL-

II), CIDCO Ltd., 1st Floor, CIDCO Nodal Office, Sector – 1(S), New

Panvel (East), Navi Mumbai. Tel. No.: 022 – 6117 3821.

8) For any details regarding e-Tendering system in CIDCO, please contact

service provider M/s. Sify NexTenders (India) Pvt. Ltd., Yuchit, Juhu Tara

Road, Mumbai- 400 049, Tele. No.: 022-2661 1117 or Mob. No.:

9819139090, 9167969614, website – www.nextenders.com.

9) Tenderers are required to pay charges to the service provider M/s. Sify Nex

Tenders (India) Pvt. Ltd., for uploading the prequalification documents and

also for uploading the main tender documents if pre-qualified, etc.

Chief Engineer (South)

CIDCO Limited.



TENDERING PROGRAMME





Sr.

No.

CIDCO Stage Vendor Stage Start Date & Time

(dd.mm.yy/hh:mm)

Expiry Date & Time

(dd.mm.yy/hh:mm)

1. Main Tender

Preparation & Release

07.03.2013/10.01 Hrs. 08.03.2013/17.00 Hrs.

2. Main Tender Document Purchase &

Download

08.03.2013/17.01 Hrs. 22.03.2013/17.00 Hrs.

Date of Receipt of

Queries from Bidders

22.03.2013/17.01 Hrs. 26.03.2013/17.00 Hrs.

Last Date of Reply to

queries

03.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

3. Complete Technical Preparation for

Handover & Main

Tender Schedule „A‟

03.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 08.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

4. Close New Entries 08.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 09.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

5. Close New Entries 08.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 09.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

6. Handover online Prepared Documents

09.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 12.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

7. Opening & scrutiny Original Documents

12.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 25.04.2013/15.00 Hrs.

8. Financial Bid Opening 25.04.2013/15.01 Hrs. 26.04.2013/17.00 Hrs.

1) Submission of original Demand Draft towards cost of tender document, original EMD documents (Demand Draft / Bank Guarantee) and undertaking for submission of tender on 10.04.2013 during office

hours in the office of Executive Engineer (PNL-II), CIDCO Ltd., 1st Floor, CIDCO Nodal Office, Sector –

1(S), New Panvel (East), Navi Mumbai.

2) Online queries shall be uploaded on email ID [email protected] and reply to queries will be given on

as per time mentioned in the tendering programme.

3) Tenderer may attend financial bid opening as mentioned above. No separate intimation will be given

regarding tender opening.

__________________ ___________________


Date : Date :

mailto:[email protected]



NOTICE OF TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS

TO TENDERERS




1.0 TENDER DOCUMENTS

1.1 The tenderer should attach scanned copies of attested documents in PDF

format for “ON-LINE” submission.

2.0 TENDER PRICE AMOUNT

Tenderers are required to submit the cost of tender document of

`15,000/- (Rupees Fifteen Thousand only) (Non-Refundable) by way

of separate demand draft drawn in favour of “CIDCO Ltd.” payable at

Mumbai / Navi Mumbai and the same should necessarily be scanned and

uploaded in PDF format for downloading the on-line tender document.

3.0 EARNEST MONEY

The tenderer shall deposit and keep deposited (for the period specified

hereafter) with CIDCO a sum as shown in this tender notice as the Earnest

money. The Earnest Money shall be deposited in one of the following

forms.

(ii) By Demand draft in favour of CIDCO Limited payable at Mumbai /

Navi Mumbai.

(iii) By an irrevocable and unconditional Bank Guarantee executed by a

Nationalised/Scheduled Bank located either in Mumbai or Navi

Mumbai in the form prescribed and valid for 180 days from the last

date prescribed for submission of tender.



E.M.D. in the form of irrevocable, unconditional Bank Guarantee will be

accepted only if, E.M.D. amount payable is equal or more than ` 1.00 lac

i.e. in the cases where estimated cost put to tender is equal or more than

` 100.00 lacs.

FIXED EMD : The agencies who are eligible to quote the tenders based

on CIDCO Registration and availing the facility of EMD Exemption by

depositing requisite amount with CIDCO Ltd., are required to pay the

difference in amount of EMD fixed for the present tender and amount

already deposited with CIDCO Ltd., for availing the facility of EMD

exemption. The tenderer shall upload the same and also submit attested

copy of valid EMD exemption certificate issued by Executive Engineer

(NM), CIDCO Ltd. to the tender issuing authority prior to opening of

financial bids.

The tenderers who are eligible for issue of tender document on the basis of

registration other than CIDCO registration, shall not be eligible for

availing the facility of EMD Exemption and shall pay full EMD amount.

3.1 The failure or omission to deposit or keep deposited the Earnest Money

shall disqualify the tenderer for that tender.

3.2 No interest shall be payable by CIDCO in respect of such deposited

Earnest Money.

3.3 The Earnest Money of an unsuccessful tenderer shall be refunded after the

final decision on the tenders or on expiry of the validity period whichever

is earlier on presenting receipt thereof.



3.4 a) Invitation by CIDCO to submit the tender on-line shall be a proposal

and the on-line submission of a tender by the tenderer shall be an

acceptance of such proposal to win the contract. The tenderer shall not

revoke his offer or vary its terms and conditions without the consent of

CIDCO during the period of 120 days counted from the last day

appointed by CIDCO for submission of tenders on-line. If the tenderer

shall revoke the tender or vary its terms or conditions contrary to his

promise to abide by this condition, the Earnest Money Deposited by

him shall stand forfeited to CIDCO without prejudice to its other rights

and remedies. Without prejudice to the foregoing clause, the tenderer

shall be disentitled to submit a tender to CIDCO for execution of any

civil work for a period as may be decided by Chief Engineer (South)

effective from the date of such revocation or variations of the terms

and conditions of the tender.

b) The authorized signatory of the lowest tenderer shall duly sign with

their company seal on each page of the hard copy of the tender

documents prepared, within 7 (seven) working days after issue of

Letter of Acceptance (LOA).

3.5 If CIDCO shall accept the tender and signify such acceptance to the

tenderer, the earnest Money so deposited with CIDCO by Demand Draft

shall be appropriated towards Performance Security payable by the

contractor in accordance with Condition No.10.1 of the General

Conditions of Contract.

3.6 If the tenderer has deposited the Earnest Money by a Bank Guarantee and

he has been communicated the acceptance of his tender by CIDCO and if

he fails or omits to furnish the Contract Deposit within 15 days in



accordance with condition No.10.1.1 of the General Conditions of

Contract, CIDCO shall be entitled to encash the Bank Guarantee.

3.7 In case of the successful tenderer, on payment of the required amount of

the Contract Deposit, the Earnest Money Deposited in the form of Bank

Guarantee/Demand Draft/pay order shall be refundable to the tenderer in

the event of CIDCO deciding the award of the contract.

3.8 The E.M.D. of the successful tenderer shall be forfeited if :

3.8.1 The E.M.D. of the successful tenderer shall be forfeited if he

withdraws/revokes his offer or modifies/changes the same during the

validity of the tender, or if after the acceptance of his tender, the contractor

fails or neglects to furnish the balance Contract Deposit within 15 days.

3.8.2 The E.M.D. of the successful tenderer shall be entitled for forfeiture if he

fails to execute contract agreement within 30 days from the date of issue

of Letter of Acceptance.

3.8.3 The E.M.D. of the successful tenderer shall be entitled for forfeiture if he

fails to commence; the work within 30 days from the date of issue of

Letter of Acceptance.

3.8.4 The tenderers may also be dis-qualified for tendering for further works in

CIDCO as provided in foregoing Clause No.3.4 on Sl.Pg.No.10.

4.0 INTERPRETATION OF CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

The tenderer shall be deemed to have studied all plans, specifications,

terms and conditions of tender and visited the site of work and made

himself acquainted with the site conditions, availability of labour, basic



materials, water, electricity, approach road to the site etc., before on-line

submission of tender, whether the tenderer inspects them or not.

The tenderer shall be deemed to have made independent enquiries about

probable taxes leviable by the local civic authority or the Government.

The ignorance about probable taxes to be paid either to the local civic

authority or to the government shall not be considered as an excuse. The

percentage quoted by tenderer shall be deemed to include all the taxes,

octroi, duties, royalties etc., payable under the rules to local civic

authority, and/or Government/Statutory body.

On-line submission of tender implies that tenderer has read these

conditions and other contract documents of the tender as well as the

conditions of the tender and has made himself aware of the same as also

about the conditions and other factors having bearing on the execution of

the order.

In case of difference of opinion or dispute regarding the interpretation of

tender conditions, the interpretation of any of the conditions by Chief

Engineer (South) of CIDCO Limited shall be final and binding on the

tenderer.

5.0 MAIN TENDER DOCUMENT

Main tender document shall be downloaded from the website. Any other

queries can be uploaded online as per the tendering programme. Right to

issue tender documents is reserved with CIDCO.

6.0 METHOD OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER

The complete tender submission, “ON-LINE” on the website

cidco.maharashtra.etenders.in, can be made only after payment of



requisite fees through payment gateway of the service provider by pre-

qualified tenderers.

6.1 Tender should be submitted through website http://cidco.maharashtra.

etenders.in and on-line only.

The scanned copy of the valid E.M.D. documents of appropriate amount in

PDF format shall be uploaded along with submission of on-line tender.

Original Demand Draft towards cost of tender document (Tender

Price Amount), original EMD documents (Demand Draft / Bank

Guarantee) and undertaking while submission of tender shall be

submitted in sealed Envelope as prescribed in tendering

programme. Financial bid will not be opened till the above

documents are submitted. In no case the tender price amount

should be clubbed with E.M.D. amount.

6.2 Late tender offers : Tenderer‟s grievance / complaint on account of non-

submission of tender due to problem in internet, electricity or any other

reason will not be considered.

7.0 METHOD OF OPENING OF TENDER

7.1 On line Technical Preparation received will be opened and scrutinized on

the date and time specified in the tendering programme.

7.2 Financial Bid of those Tenderers, who have fulfilled Eligibility Criteria,

will only be opened on the date and time specified in the tendering

programme. The tenders will be opened in the presence of tenderers /

their representative through e-tendering procedure at SAP Office, 6th

Floor, CIDCO Bhavan, CBD-Belapur, Navi Mumbai.

7.3 CIDCO reserves the right to reject any or all offers. CIDCO is not bound

to give any reason for not considering such offer.



8.0 VALIDITY OF TENDER

Validity of the tender shall be 120 days from the specified date of receipt

of tender by CIDCO and there after until it is withdrawn by notice in

writing duly addressed to the authority opening the tender. Such

withdrawal by tenderer will be effective from the date of receipt of notice

by the tender opening authority.

9.0 IMPORTANT POINTS TO BE NOTED BY THE TENDERER

a] The on-line submission of tender document should be done on website

by the eligible contractors as per tender programme. The tenderer has

to quote only the percentage in figures. The percentage in words as

also the total quoted amount in figures is worked out automatically on

the web page.

b] The price-bid (percentage) shall be inclusive of all taxes, octroi, levies,

duties etc. to be paid by the tenderer for the work and claim for extra

payment on any such account shall not be entertained.

c] Tenderer shall deemed to have studied all plans, specifications, terms

and made himself/themselves acquainted with the site and availability

of materials, power supply, water supply etc. before submitting the

tender.

d] At any time prior to the deadline for sale of tender, the Employer may

amend the tender documents by issuing Corrigendum.

e) Any corrigendum as well as clarification thus issued shall be a part of

the tender documents and it will be assumed that the information

contained in the amendment have been taken into account by the

tenderer while submitting the tender.

f) To give prospective tenderers reasonable time in which to take the

amendment into account in preparing their tenders, the Employer shall

extend, at its discretion, the deadline for submission of tenders, in



which case, the Employer will notify all tenderers by placing it on

website of the extended deadline and the same will be binding on

them.

g] The Employer is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender. The

Employer reserves the right to reject any or all tenders received

without assigning any reasons whatsoever.

h] This detailed tender notice shall form part of tender documents.

i] Income Tax as applicable on gross bill at percentage that will be in

force from time to time will be recovered from the contractor‟s bills

and all payment including advances.

j] The successful tenderer is required to execute an agreement on stamp

paper of appropriate value in duplicate in the proforma attached with

the tender documents. The agreement shall be signed within a period

of 30 days from date of acceptance of the tender.

10.0 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER

Acceptance of tender on behalf of the Employer shall be done by an

officer to whom the powers are delegated by the Employer.

11.0 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT

The successful tenderer is required to execute a contract agreement in

duplicate in the form attached with the tender documents on stamp paper

of appropriate value. The contract agreement should be signed within 30

days from the date of acceptance of the tender.

12.0 The successful tenderer will be required to produce a valid contract labour

license issued in his favour under the provision of the contract labour

(Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, before starting the work. On failure



to do so, the acceptance of the tender is liable to be withdrawn and also the

earnest money is liable to be forfeited.

13.0 The Contractor shall pay the Contract Sales Tax and turnover tax etc.

directly to the Government. CIDCO shall not take any responsibility for

any kind of tax payment to the Government at any point of time.

14.0 Under Inter-state Migrant Workmen Act and /or Contract Labour Act, the

Contractor should obtain requisite license / registration Certificate under

the Act while engaging the migrant labour from other State.

15.0 Contractors quoting for the work in NMMC area must have valid

NMMC Registration Certificate under Cess Act.

16.0 Wherever the tender is silent about the specifications, the work shall be

executed as per the Standard Specifications from PWD, Indian Standard

Specifications (Latest Version) for relevant items and specifications of the

Ministry of Road Transport & Highways and all specifications of

materials and workmanship.

17.0 SPLITTING OF WORK

CIDCO reserves the right to suitably increase/reduce the scope of work

put to this tender. The right to split up the work in two or more parts is

reserved by the Employer and also the right to award the work to more

than one agency is reserved. The contractor shall have no claims

whatsoever on this account.

18.0 The tenderer shall furnish truly & faithfully the foregoing information by

an Affidavit on a Non-Judicial stamp paper of appropriate value. If any



information so furnished shall be found to be untrue or false, the tender

shall be liable to be dis-qualified and the Earnest Money / Performance

Security as the case may be accompanying such tender shall stand

forfeited to CIDCO. If the information so furnished shall be found to

untrue or false during the currency of the contract, the tenderer shall

be held to be in default and the contract if any awarded to him shall be

liable to be terminated with its consequences.

19.0 Notice of tender and these instructions to the tenderers shall form part of

the contract.

__________________ ___________________


Date : Date :

CIDCO OF MAHARASHTRA LIMITED Sl.Pg.No.18C.A.NO.03/CIDCO/EE(PNL-II)/2012-13

UNDERTAKING BY THE TENDERER WHILE

SUBMISSION OF TENDER

From : _____________________

_____________________

To,The Chief Engineer (South)CIDCO of Maharashtra Limited,3rd Floor, CIDCO Bhavan,CBD-Belapur, Navi Mumbai.

Name of Work : Integrated infrastructure development of Roads, Footpath,S.W. Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc. for 12.5%Scheme in Sector – 2A at Karanjade, Panvel.


Sir,

1) I/We __________________________________________ hereby tender

for Integrated infrastructure development of Roads, Footpath, S.W.

Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc. for 12.5% Scheme in Sector –

2A at Karanjade, Panvel at a total cost which is quoted in the financial

bid on-line at the rate contained in the aforesaid Schedule of rates and

quantities (Schedule - A) including adding to percentage the rate or

deducting the percentage therefrom in case of percentage tender.

2) I/We agree to execute this work at the above stated offer in accordance

with design, drawings, specifications, instructions/directions, special

conditions of contract & general conditions of contract supplied by

CIDCO which I/We have read carefully and agree to abide by such

conditions.


3) I/We agree to keep this tender offer open and available to you for

acceptance for a period of 120 (One Hundred Twenty) days from the last

date appointed by CIDCO for submission of tender and further agree not

to revoke the tender or vary its terms and conditions. I/We agree to the

Employer that if I/we revoke the tender or vary its conditions at any time

during such period, the earnest money deposited by us in cash or by way

of bank guarantee shall stand forfeited to you without prejudice to

Employers other rights and remedies.

4) I/We have satisfied myself/ourselves as to the location of the site and

working conditions, examined the requirements of CIDCO, and have

obtained all the information necessary for the successful timely

completion of the work.

5) I/We bind myself/ourselves to deposit the Contract Deposit by way of cash

or as per CIDCO rules, as prescribed in Clause 10.1.1 of General

Conditions of Contract and/or special conditions of contract within 15

days after receiving your notice that the contract has been awarded to

me/us, failing which I/We shall have no objection to the forfeiture of the

earnest money in full, or also the said earnest money shall be retained by

the Employer towards the Performance Security as specified in the

conditions. I/We further bind myself/ourselves to execute the contract

document and to commence work within stipulated period as mentioned in

General Conditions of Contract, failing which I/We agree to the Employer

forfeiting the earnest money and Performance Security. The said

Employer shall also be at liberty to cancel the notice of acceptance of

tender if I/We fail to deposit the Performance Security as specified or to

execute an agreement or to start work as stipulated in the tender

documents.


6) I/We hereby pay the Earnest Money of ` ____________ in the form of

Demand Draft / Bank Guarantee No. _____________________ issued by

____________________________ for the said amount is attached.

7) I/We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest tender or

bound to assign any reason for rejecting our tender.

8) I/We agree that the CIDCO shall without prejudice to any other right or

remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money as per Clause No.3.8

of Notice of Tender & Instructions to Tenderers.

Yours faithfully,

(Signature of Tenderer with seal of the firm )*

Signature of Witness

Date :

Name : ______________________

Address :_____________________

Occupation: _________________

* Power of attorney must be enclosed in case the tender is signed by the

authorized nominees.


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 GENERAL

The special conditions of contract are to be read in conjunction with

General conditions of contract. If there are any variations or

discrepancies or conflicting provision, the provisions in Special

Conditions shall take precedence over the provisions in the General

Conditions of contract.

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The tender is for the work of “Integrated infrastructure

development of Roads, Footpath, S.W. Drain, Water Supply &

Sewerage etc. for 12.5% Scheme in Sector – 2A at Karanjade,

Panvel”. The work to be carried out under the contract shall except as

otherwise provided in this conditions include all labour, material, tools,

plants, equipment & transport which may be required in preparation

and completion of the works.

The description given in the schedule of works/ items/quantities, and

the Bills of Quantities shall, unless otherwise stated, be held to include

waste on materials, carriage & cartage carrying in, return of empties,

hoisting, setting, fitting & fixing in position and all other labour

necessary in & for the full and entire execution & completion as

aforesaid in accordance with good practice & recognized principles.

2.1 The scope of work as described in detailed in schedule “A”. Items of

work to be executed are described in detail to enable the tenderer to

work out rate of each element.


2.2 The exact methodology and quality / quantity audit of various items

under Schedule “A” and parts shall be incorporated in the Q.A.M. and

such shall be based on / referred as per the approved Q.A.M. of

CIDCO Limited Engineering Department (2009) and further approved

by Engineer.

2.3 The various items under Schedule “A” will be comprehensively

undertaken as directed by Engineer and laid out programme in the

Quality Assurance Manual (QAM).

3.0 FIELD LABORATORY

The contractor shall establish a Field Laboratory for the various field

tests for items like concrete cubes, cement aggregates, sand, bitumen &

bitumen products, soil, field density and for similar items as directed

by the Engineer. A site laboratory of approx. 3.0 m. x 4.0 m. area with

platform etc. shall be constructed as directed by the Engineer. A

contractor shall appoint experienced Laboratory Technician to carryout

various tests at site.

The laboratory must have the following equipments :-

A Slump Cone 1 No.B Cube Moulds for concrete 18 Nos.C Cube Testing Machine (150 Tonnes capacity) –

electrically operated1 No.

D Weigh Balance (2 kg., 5 kg., 20 kg. capacity) 2 Nos.E IS Sieves (For Coarse & Fine Aggregates) murum 1 Set (Each)F Glass measuring cylinders 3 Nos.G Moisture Meter 1 No.H Field density test equipment with sand pouring

cylinder, 3 litres & 15 litres capacity, cutter etc.1 No.

I MPD Apparatus with required IS Sieves & Oven 1 SetJ Liquid Limit Devices with CAJA grade and

ASTM Grooving ToolsAs directed by

EngineerK Bitumen Extraction Apparatus (Manual) 1 No.L Thermometer (Digital) 1 No.


Construction of field Laboratory well equipped with equipment as

listed above is incidental to the work and no separate payment will be

made for this. He should also obtain all relevant I.S. Codes,

Specification books and be kept at site office.

The contractor shall carry out other various tests for various items and

materials at IIT or VJTI laboratories or any other approved laboratory

as directed by the Engineer at contractor's own cost. At the end of each

month for each category of the work, i.e. PCC/RCC work, masonry

work etc. the contractor shall give statistical analysis of all the test

results in the format prescribed by the Engineer and take corrective

action in the work in accordance with these results.

4.0 TESTING OF MATERIALS IN CIDCO LABORATORY

CIDCO has a well equipped testing laboratory for carrying out various

tests. The Engineer may direct the Contractors to get the samples of

materials tested etc. in CIDCO laboratory. The results of the tests are

normally binding on the Contractor and CIDCO. The Engineer is also

empowered to take action to reject or approve materials based on the

test results.

The Contractors shall pay the stipulated charges for carrying out the

tests as per CIDCO rules. In case the Contractor disputes the results of

tests, it is open for him to ask for the re-testing in which case the cost

shall be borne by the Contractor. The decision of the Chief Engineer

(South) on acceptability or otherwise of CIDCO test results, re-testing

by CIDCO or testing again independently in V.J.T.I. or I.I.T will be

binding on both the parties to the contract.


5.0 ADJUSTMENT OF ERRORS IN SCHEDULE OF RATES AND

QUANTITIES

The several documents forming the contract are to be taken as

mutually explanatory of one another, detailed drawings being

followed in preference to small scale drawings and figured dimensions

in preference to scaled dimensions.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have calculated his own unit rates

from the descriptions of items in Schedule ‘A’ and based on the

drawings, specifications and other information furnished to him and

arrived at price for each item of work as given in Schedule “A”. The

price shall be worked out by him independently of the prices or rates

mentioned by CIDCO in the tender and irrespective of any errors or

inaccuracies therein. The percentage to be inserted by the Contractor

above or below the cost mentioned by CIDCO, shall be derived by

him from the amount tendered by him as compared to the amount

mentioned by CIDCO.

The tendered amount shall be deemed to include for the full and entire

completion of the work and the Contractor shall have no claims on

account of any errors in the unit rates/prices mentioned by CIDCO.

Any errors in description, quantity or rate in Schedule ‘A’ or any

omissions there from, shall not vitiate the contract or release the

Contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the work

comprised therein according to drawing and specifications or from any

of his obligations under the contract. Any error in quantity, rate or


amount in Schedule ‘A’ and General Summary shall be adjusted in

accordance with the following rules contained hereinafter :

a) In the event of an error occurring in the amount column of

Schedule ‘A’ as a result of wrong extension of unit rate and

quantity, the unit rate mentioned by CIDCO shall be regarded as

firm and the extension shall be amended on the basis of the rate.

b) All errors in totaling in the amount column and in carrying

forward totals shall be corrected.

c) Any omission to include in the totals or to carry forward the

provisional sums shall be corrected.

d) The tendered sum so altered, shall for the purpose of the tender, be

substituted for sum originally tendered and considered for

acceptance instead of the original sum quoted by the Contractor.

Any rounding off of total in various sections of Schedule ‘A’ or in

General Summary by the tenderer shall be ignored.

e) In the event of discrepancy occurring between the rates quoted

below the item description and the rates taken for working out

amount as per quantity given in Schedule ‘A’. The lowest of the

two rates shall be considered and the amount shall be corrected

accordingly.

6.0 QUARRY

Quarry for extraction of murum shall not be made available by

CIDCO. The Contractor has to make his own arrangement for quarry

at his own cost.

The contractors are requested to obtain quarry permission from

Competent Authority for excavation required for the work. Therefore,

the contractors will have to pay the necessary Royalty charges for the


quarries. Royalty will have to be paid as per the prevailing rates on the

minor minerals available from the excavation of channels, roads or

drains adjoining the roads, bunds, trenches, reclamation, area leveling,

foundation for construction works etc. use for the works in the same

place or at other places.

The Contractor shall have to provide at his cost accesses to the quarry

through private land. All compensation, royalties, fees etc., which

may be required shall be borne by the Contractor without extra cost to

the Employer.

The obstruction and/or impassments caused for access to the quarry

shall be cleared or set right by the Contractor. No claim in this respect

shall be entertained by the Employer.

If Contractor desires to seek No Objection Certificate for Quarry from

CIDCO for a private land or CIDCO land or Government land,

Revenue land, Authorised land etc., the Contractor shall have to apply

indicating therein the Survey Nos., from where he wishes to quarry.

The contractor will have to furnish the necessary revenue maps and

‘Sat-bara’ of private owners and No Objection Certificate of private

Owner/Department for quarrying murum. The necessary charges of

processing the application to the respective Collector of respective

District shall have to be borne by the Contractor. The contractor will

have to pay the necessary ground rent/surface rent of the area if

demanded by the Land Section. The Contractor also will have to pay

the environmental cess, if imposed by the Employer for issuing No

Objection Certificate. After issuing the No Objection Certificate, the

Contractor shall have to execute an agreement with Land Department,


on stamp paper of appropriate value. All the expenditure for

processing the case shall have to be borne by the Contractor and no

claim whatsoever on this account shall be entertained.

The Contractor shall have to submit Quarry Permit before start of

work for the quantity of murum/earth proposed to be brought at site.

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CESS

Environmental cess tax @ ` 1.00/cum. will be deducted from the

contractor’s payments for gross volume of murum computed without

deductions as mentioned for monthly payment and final payment.

6.2 QUARRY PERMIT

The successful tenderer shall obtain the quarry permission from the

competent authority and shall submit original permit issued by

competent authority to CIDCO before starting the work and during

subsequent execution of work till its completion. Besides above, the

tenderer shall also submit the original receipt / challan of the payment

made towards quarry charges before each monthly statement.

On completion of work, the contractor shall obtain the “Royalty

Clearance Certificate” from the office of the Collector and the same

shall be submitted to Engineer before final statement. The final

payment will not be paid till above Royalty Clearance Certificate in

original is submitted to Engineer.

7.0 DOCUMENTATION

The contractors are required to submit three copies of as built drawings

in Auto Cad formats with all relevant details on reproducible tracing


(one copy of tracing and three copies of blue prints and all data on CD)

along with the final statement in neat folders. Photographic evidence

of work under execution/completed in form of CD as well as

photographs should also be submitted.

Photography & Videography to be done with the help of Digital

camera for documentation of important activities/events. Three copies

& one C.D of the same should be submitted as directed by Engineer.

This will be at no extra cost to CIDCO.

8.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM

The contractor will prepare detailed working programme with the help

of professional consultant who should be associated with the work. He

shall also ensure the quality of the work.

8.1 Quality Assurance Manual : A Quality Assurance manual constituting

a base document outlining policy, procedures, compliance, acceptance

criteria and documentation etc. shall be prepared by the successful

tenderer and should submit for approval within 15 days from the date

of receipt of Work Order. The document shall generally cover aspects

listed below, but is not limited to the same.

i) Identification of all parties involved in Q.A. and their inter-

relationship.

ii) Internal Q.A. system of each party.

iii) Organization of personnel, responsibilities and lines of reporting

for Q.A. purpose.

iv) Criteria for acceptance / rejection, including identification of

proper authorities for such decisions.


v) Inspection at the end and during defect liability period /

maintenance period.

8.2 For all reclamation works as well as the works involving excavation in

hard rock, in order to ensure the correctness / genuineness of the

documents / permissions etc. pertaining to quarry permit and explosive

/ blasting permission, the record should be maintained in the following

format which shall be part of the quality assurance manual.

FORMAT FOR ROYALTY PERMIT & BLASTING PERMISSION

Sr.No.

Particular ofDocument

IssuingAuthority

LetterNo. Dateof Issue

ValidityPeriod

QuantityPermitted

1.

2.

3.

9.0 SAP

CIDCO Ltd. has implemented Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)

software SAP in the organization for its various processes. The

contractor will furnish all the project related data, if & when required

by the Engineer, in the manner & format which is compatible to

Enterprise Resource Planning software SAP R/3. Apart from the

above, the contractor will make a detailed work program on MS

project in soft & hard copy and submit the same to Engineer for

approval before commencement of work. All monitoring will be done

on SAP R/3 as well as MS project.


10.0 RESTRICTION ON THE DESTRUCTION OR DENUDATION

OF MANGROVES IN NAVI MUMBAI

The contractor shall be aware of the directives given by the Hon’ble

High Court in PIL No.3246 of 2005 for preservation of Mangroves.

He shall submit the affidavit on a Stamp Paper of appropriate value in

this respect as per the proforma given in the tender document.

11.0 DEDUCTION OF CESS TOWARDS WELFARE OF BUILDING

& CONSTRUCTION WORKERS

As per the construction workers welfare Cess Act 1996, a cess of 1%

of contract value towards the welfare of construction workers will be

deducted from the monthly payments.

12.0 REGISTRATION WITH E.S.I.C.

The contractor to get registered with E.S.I.C. under Contract Labour

Act, within 15 days from the date of work order. In absence of getting

registration from E.S.I.C. and not furnishing the license, 1% of contract

sum shall be recovered from monthly and final payments in order to

pay the demand raised by E.S.I.C.

13.0 TRANSPORTATION

The contractor will provide Air Conditioned Hardtop Vehicles viz.

Xylo / Innova / Scorpio in good condition along with driver and the

same will be kept at the disposal of the Engineer for the use by

CIDCO Engineers during the contract period as stipulated in

Annexure “A” including extension granted, if any. This vehicle will

be used for CIDCO works under the directives of the Engineer. The

running of vehicle per month will be 3,000 km. The contractor will

bear all expenses, connected with the operation and the maintenance

of this vehicle, including driver’s wages, overtime and other benefits,


cost of the fuel, lubricant, repairs and maintenance, third party

insurance, any other related expenses etc. to the satisfaction of the

Engineer. The vehicle record will be maintained in the form of log-

book at site. The vehicle shall be replaced with a new vehicle during

breakdown time, failing which the Employer will hire the vehicle at

the risk and cost of the contractor.

14.0 LOCATION

The right to change the location and site of work is reserved with

Employer. In this regard tenderer is not entitled to claim for such

change in site / location.

15.0 INDEMNITY BOND

The contractor shall require to execute an Indemnity Bond for

satisfactory performance of the entire project on Stamp paper of

appropriate value in the format approved by the CIDCO Limited. This

Indemnity Bond shall remain in force for a period of Five (5) years

after certified date of completion of the project.

16.0 WASHOUT AND SINKAGE

No extra and/or compensation is payable separately due to tidal

effect, washout, submergence and sinkage. The Contractor’s quoted

percentage should be inclusive of all such factors.

17.0 PROVISION OF E.P.F. ACT, 1952

The Contractor shall be liable to pay the due date his contribution,

employee’s contribution and other administrative charges as per

provisions of the above act as amended for time to time, in respect of

all staff and labour employed by him for the execution of the contract.


18.0 EXISTING SERVICE LINE–PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN

The contractor shall take due precautions not to damage any such

service line, such as water supply, electric, telephone etc. during

execution of the work. In case damage occurs due to negligence on

part of the contractor, the same shall be restored to its original

conditions by the contractor at his cost. If the contractor fails to do so,

CIDCO will carryout the work at his risk and cost.

19.0 The work contract tax will be deducted @ 2% for all registered dealers

and 4% in case contractor is not registered under the MVAT Act, 2002

(or as applicable from time to time by the Govt.) from the monthly and

final payments of the agency.

20.0 Chief Engineer & General Manager (Tech.) is re-designated as Chief

Engineer (South). Therefore, in General Conditions of Contract,

wherever Chief Engineer & General Manager (Tech.) is mentioned

please read as Chief Engineer (South).

__________________ ___________________Signature of Tenderer Chief Engineer (South)

Date : Date :


PROFORMA OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT

(On Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value)

AGREEMENT FOR THE WORK OF “______________________________

_______________________________ (Name of Work) Article of Agreement made

at _____________ (Place) on ________ (Day) of __________ (Month) of Two

Thousand _____ (Year) between City and Industrial Development Corporation of

Maharashtra Limited, a Government of Maharashtra Undertaking, incorporated

under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its Registered Office at ‘NIRMAL’

2nd floor, Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021 (hereinafter called the ‘EMPLOYER’)

of the one part and _______________________ (Name of Agency) whose Registered

office is situated at __________________________________________ (Address)

(hereinafter called the ‘CONTRACTOR’) of the Other Part.

WHEREAS :

The Employer being desirous of providing and executing the work mentioned,

enumerated or referred to in the Tender Notice including corrigendum to Tender

Notice, Instructions to Tenderer, General Conditions of Contract, Special

Conditions of Contract, Notes & Preambles, Schedule of Rates & Quantities,

Specifications, Drawings and other documents, constituting a Bid and acceptance

thereof, copy hereto annexed all of which are designed to form part of this

contract and are included in the term ‘CONTRACT’ wherever herein used.

AND WHEREAS :

The Employer accepted the Bid of the Contractor for the provisions and the

execution of the said work at the rates/percentage stated in the schedule of

quantities of works (hereinafter called the Schedule of Rates upon the terms and

subject to the conditions of contract).


AND WHEREAS :

The Contractor has deposited with the Employer the sum of ` ______________

(Rupees_________________________________________________ only) being

the Contract Deposit payable by him at the rate of 2.50% of the contract sum and

undertake to pay the balance of the Performance Security payable by him at the

rate of 2.50% of the contract sum, by allowing the Employer to deduct amount

from the bills payable to him at rate of 5% provided that the total deduction

together with contract deposit shall not exceed in the aggregate 5% of the contract

sum.

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED

BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND DECLARED AS FOLLOWS :

1. The documents which form part of the contract will be the Tender Notice,

including corrigendum to Tender Notice, Instructions to Tenderer, General

Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, Notes & Preambles,

Schedule of Rates & Quantities, Specifications, Drawings and other

documents, constituting a Bid and acceptance thereof. It is further agreed

that the “Acceptance Letter” vide No. _________________ dated

___________ shall constitute part and parcel of the contract between the

parties.

2. In consideration of the payments to be made to the Contractor for the works

to be executed by him, the Contractor shall and will duly provide, execute

and complete the said work on or before the dates mentioned in the time

schedule of completion of work attached to the Bid documents and shall

maintain the same at his own cost for the defects liability period thereafter

and perform all such acts and things mentioned or described in the contract

or which are to be implied there from or may be reasonably necessary for


the completion of the said works at the times and the manner and subject to

the terms and conditions or stipulations mentioned in the contract.

3. In consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of the said

works, the Employer does hereby agree with the Contractor that the

Employer will pay to the contractor, the respective amount for the work

actually done by him at the schedule rates quoted and such other sums as

may become payable to the Contractor under the provisions of the contract,

such payment to be made at such time and in such manner as provided for in

the agreement.

4. In consideration of the due provisions, execution and completion of the said

work, the ‘Contractor’ does hereby agree to pay to the Employer the sum as

may be due to the Employer for the services if rendered by the Employer to

the contractor and such other sum or sums as may become payable to the

Employer towards loss, damage to the Employer ’s equipment, materials,

construction plant & machinery, including those hired to the contractor, if

any set forth in the said conditions of contract, such payments to be made at

such time and in such manner as provided in the contract.

5. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this Contract

Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen in Mumbai and only the courts in

Mumbai shall have jurisdiction to determine the same.

6. The several parts of this contract have been read me/us and fully understood

by me/us.


IN WITNESS WHEREAS THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THESEPRESENTS IN DUPLICATE THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST MENTIONEDABOVE.

SIGNED & DELIVERED FOR AND ON }BEHALF OF CITY AND INDUSTRIAL }DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF }MAHARASHTRA LIMITED. }

Signature__________________

Designation________________

In the presence of witness :

1. ____________________ Address __________________

____________________

2. ____________________ Address __________________

____________________

SIGNED AND DELIVERED FOR }

AND ON BEHALF OF M/s. __________}__________________ }

Signature _______________

In the presence of witness :

1. ____________________ Address __________________

____________________

2. ____________________ Address __________________

____________________


PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEEIN LIEU OF CONTRACT DEPOSIT

(On Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value from Nationalized Bank &operatable in Mumbai or Navi Mumbai only)

(B.G. shall be in case of contract amount more than ` 100 lacs)

To,

City & Industrial Development Corporationof Maharashtra Limited,‘Nirmal’, 2nd floor, Nariman Point,Mumbai 400 021

1) In consideration of the City and Industrial Development Corporation of

Maharashtra Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act,

1956 (1 of 56) and having its registered office at Nirmal, 2nd floor,

Nariman Point, Mumbai - 400 021 (hereinafter called the ‘Employer’

which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context and

meaning thereof include its successors and assign) having agreed under

the terms and conditions of Contract Agreement No. _________________

dated ____________ made between M/s. _________________________

_________________ (Name of Agency) (hereinafter called the ‘Contractor’

which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context and

meaning thereof include his heirs, executors administrators and assigns /

its successors and assign) and the Employer in consideration with

_______________________________ (Name of Work) (hereinafter called

“the said Contract”) to accept a deed of Guarantee as herein provided for

`________________ by _____________________ (Name of the Nationalized /

Scheduled Bank, Mumbai / Navi Mumbai Branch) towards contract deposit, for the

due fulfillment by the Contractor of the terms and conditions contained in

the said contract. We, _______________________________________

(Name of Bank and detailed address), the Bank constituted and established under


the Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act,

1979 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘said Bank’) and having our Head

Office at ______________________________________ (Address) at the

request of M/s. _______________________________ (Name of Agency) do

hereby undertake to pay to the Employer an amount not exceeding

`_______________ (Rupees _________________________________

only) against any loss or damage caused to or suffered or would be caused

to or suffered by the Employer by reasons of any breach by the said

Contractor(s) of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said

Contract Agreement and to unconditionally pay the amount claimed by the

Employer on demand and without demur to the extent expressed.

2) We,_____________________________________________ (Name of Bank)

do hereby undertake to pay amounts due and payable under this guarantee

without any demur, merely on a demand from the Employer stating that

the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to, or would

be caused to or suffered by the Employer by reason of breach by the said

Contractor(s) of any of the terms or condition contained in the said

Contract Agreement or by reasons of the Contractor(s) failure to perform

the said Contract Agreement. Any such demand made on the Bank shall

be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under

this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be

restricted to an amount not exceeding ` _____________________

(Rupees ____________________________________________________

___________________________ only).

3) We, _____________________________________________ (Name of Bank)

further agree that the Employer shall be the sole judge of and as to

whether the Contractor has committed a breach of any of the terms and

conditions of the said Contract and the extent of the loss, damage, costs,


charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or

suffered by the Employer on account thereof and the decision of the

Employer that the Contractor has committed such breach and as to the

amount or amounts of loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to

or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the Employer from

time to time shall be final and binding on us.

4) We undertake to pay the Employer any money so demanded

notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s)/

Supplier(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court of Tribunal

unequivocal, without demur. The payment so made by us under this bond

shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the

Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us for making such

payment.

5) We, _____________________________________________ (Name of Bank)

further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force

and effect during the Contract Period including Extensions in time limit if

any & also till such time the Taking Over Certificate is issued for the

whole completed work including that would be taken from the

performance of the said Agreement and shall continue to be enforceable

till all the dues of the Employer under or by the said Agreement have

been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till the

___________________________________________________________

________________ (indicate the Authority & Administrative Department) certified that

the terms and conditions of the said Contract Agreement have been fully

and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly

discharges this guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee

is made on us in writing on or before ______________ (contract period + claim


period) we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee

thereafter.

6) We, _________________________________________________, further

agree with the Employer, that the Employer shall have the fullest liberty

without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations

hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement

or to extend the time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time

to time or to postpone for any time any of the powers exercisable by the

Employer against the said Contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of

the terms and conditions relating to the said Agreement and we shall not

be relieved from our liability by reasons of any such variation, or

extension being granted the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance act

or omission on the part of the Employer or any indulgence by the

Employer to the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing

whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this

provisions have effect of so relieving us.

7) This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution

of the Bank or the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s).

8) This guarantee is valid till __________________ (completion date) unless a

suitable action to enforce the claim under this guarantee is made within six

months from completion date i.e. up to ________________ (date) all yours

rights under this guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and

discharged from all liabilities there under.


9) We, __________________________________ (Name of Bank) lastly

undertake not to revoke this guarantee during the currency except with the

previous consent of the Employer in writing.

Dated this _______ day of _________20___.

Dated this ______ day of ________ 20__

FOR & ON BEHALF OF BANK

The above guarantee is acceptedFor and on behalf of the Employer

(Name & Designation)

Date :


INDENTURE BOND


THIS INDENTURE made on the _____ (Day) of _______ (Month), 20___ (Year)

M/s. ______________________________________ (Name of Agency) (hereinafter

called the ‘Contractor’ which expression shall, where the context so admits or

implies be deemed to include his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns) of

the ONE PART and City and Industrial Development Corporation of

Maharashtra Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956

and having its registered office at ‘Nirmal’, 2nd floor, Nariman Point, Mumbai -

400 021 (hereinafter called the ‘Employer’, which expression shall, where the

context so admits or implies be deemed to include its successor and assigns) of

the OTHER PART.

The contractor has entered into a contract dated _____________ for the work of

“____________________________________________________” (Name of Work)

on the terms and conditions set out their.

The contractor has applied to the Employer that he be allowed advances on

materials (hereinafter called the ‘said Material’) absolutely belonging to him and

brought by him to the site of the works for use in construction of such of the

works as he had undertaken to execute at stipulated rates, and of aforesaid nature.

The security of the quantities and other particulars of the materials for which the

advances are being made in the Monthly Payments, will be the sole responsibility

of the Contractor.

NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSTH THAT IN PURSUANCE OF THE

SAID CONTRACT and in consideration of the sum up to `________________

paid on or before the execution of these presents to the contractor by the


Employer and of the such further advance (if any) as may be made to him as

aforesaid, the Contractor hereby covenant and agree with the Employer and

declares as follows:

1. That the said sum so advanced by the Employer to the Contractor as

aforesaid and all or any further sum or sums advanced as aforesaid shall be

used by the contractor in or towards expediting the execution of the said

works and for no other purpose whatsoever.

2. That the said materials which have been offered to and accepted by the

Employer for advances on material, is absolutely the contractor’s own

property and free from encumbrances of any kind and the contractor shall

not make any application or receive a further advance from the Employer

on the same materials. The contractor indemnifies the Employer against

all claims to any material in respect of which an advance has been made to

him as aforesaid.

3. That the said materials and all other materials on the security of which any

further advance or advances may hereafter be made as aforesaid shall be

used by the contractor solely in the execution of the said works in

accordance with the direction of the Engineer (hereinafter called ‘the

Engineer’) and in terms of the said contract.

4. That the contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate

arrangements for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all

risks of the said materials in the contractor’s custody and on his own

responsibility and shall at times be open to inspection by the Engineer or

any officer authorized by him. In the event of the said materials or any

part thereof being stolen, destroyed, or damaged, the contractor shall


forthwith replace the same with other materials of like quantity or repair

and make good the same as required by the Engineer.

5. The above said materials shall not on any account be removed from the

site except with the written permission of the Engineer or any officer

authorized by him on that behalf.

6. That the advance shall be repayable in full when or before the contractor

receives the payment from the Employer on the price payable to him for

the said works under the contract provided that if any intermediate

payment are made to the contractor on account of work done, when on the

occasion of such payment the Employer will be at liberty to make a

recovery from the Contractor’s payment, for such payment by deducting

therefrom the value of the said materials actually used in the construction

and in respect of which recovery has not been made previously. The

value for the purpose of recovery shall be at the rates at which the

advances were calculated.

7. That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the

performance of observance in any respect of any of their terms and

provisions of the said contract or of these presents, the total amount of the

advance or advances that may still be owing to the Employer shall be

immediately on the happening of such default be repayable by the

contractor to the Employer together with interest rate per annum as

prevailing from the date of the respective dates of such advance or

advances, to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages

and expenses incurred by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or

the enforcement of this security or otherwise be reasons of the default of


the contractor and the contractor hereby covenants and agrees with the

Employer to repay the same respectively to the Employer accordingly.

8. That the contractor hereby hypothecates all the said materials with the

repayment to the Employer of the said sum so advanced and any further

sum or sums, advance as aforesaid all costs, damage and expenses payable

under these presents provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared

that notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and without prejudice

to the powers contained therein shall become enforceable and the money

shall not be paid in accordance with, the Employer may at any time

thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as Engineer may deem

fit.

(a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the

completion of the said works on behalf of the contractor in

accordance debiting the contractor with the value of the work done

as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said contract and

the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the contractor,

he is to pay same to the Employer on demand.

(b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part

thereof and out of the money arising from the sale retain all the sum

aforesaid repayable or payable to the Employer under these

presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.

(c) Deduct all or any part of the money owning out of Performance

Security of any sum due to the contractor under the said contract.

9. That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as

aforesaid, interest on the said advance shall not be payable.


10. The Contractor shall execute a promissory note for a sum of

`________________ only in favour of the Employer to provide a

collateral security for the repayment of the advance made to the contractor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE _________________________________ and

City & Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra Limited have hereby

put their respective hands the day and year first above written.

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED )BY THE SAID CONTRACTOR IN )THE PRESENCE OF )

) SIGNATURE OFCONTRACTOR

WITNESSES :

1.

2.

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED )BY AND FOR AND ON BEHALF OF )CITY & INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT )CORPORATION OF MAHARASHTRA )LIMITED )

IN THE PRESENCE OF WITNESSES )

ENGINEER


PROMISSORY NOTE


In terms of para 10 of indenture bond we agree to pay a sum of

`__________________ (Rupees _____________________________________

_____________________) as a collateral security for Contract Agreement

No._________________________________________________ for the work of

_________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________.

For

(Signature of Contractor)

Place :

Date :


INDEMNITY BOND


In consideration of City and Industrial Development Corporation of

Maharashtra Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956

and having its Registered Office at “Nirmal”, 2nd floor, Nariman Point, Mumbai -

400 021 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Employer’, which expression shall unless

it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof includes it’s successors and

assigns) having awarded the contract for the work of “______________________

_________________” (Name of Work) at an awarded cost of ` ________________

to M/s._______________________________________________ (Name of Agency)

a Partnership / Proprietorship / Private Limited / Public Limited firm carrying in

such name and style the business of construction (hereinafter referred to as the

‘Contractor’ which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or

meaning thereof, includes its Proprietor/Partners/Directors for the time being or

its surviving partner or his heirs and executors).

We, M/s. _____________________________________, being the

Contractor do hereby agree and undertake and indemnify and save harmless the

Employer in consequence of the manufacturing defect, latent manufacturing

defect and construction defect found in the constructed works at any time in a

period of Five (5) years commencing with the certified completion date certificate

by the Employer to the Contractors in accordance with and subject to the

provisions of the said contract.

It is hereby agreed and declared that the Chief Engineer (South) of the

Employer or any officer acting on his behalf shall be the Competent Authority to

decide upon the question as to the defects in the construction of works and the

remedy to be applied by the Contractor for their rectification at his cost and his


decision shall be final, conclusive and binding upon both the Employer and the

Contractor, provided that the Chief Engineer (South) shall so decide after giving

an opportunity to the Contractor to represent his case.

We hereby agree and undertake irrevocably and unconditionally to carry

out duly each and every decision, order, direction or instruction as may be issued

by the said Chief Engineer (South) or as the case may be, the Officer of the

Employer in this behalf and to rectify properly and promptly the defects found by

him.

For & On behalf of M/s._______________________________________________

Date :(Seal)

Notary, Maharashtra StateBefore Me

Notary, Maharashtra StateNotary and Registeredat Serial Number

Accepted by :____________________________(For & On behalf of CIDCO Ltd.)


PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF EMD

(Valid for Min. period of 6 months)(On Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value)

To:

The City and Industrial DevelopmentCorporation of Maharashtra Limited,‘Nirmal’, 2nd floor, Nariman Point,Mumbai - 400 021.

1. In consideration of City & Industrial Development Corporation of

Maharashtra Limited, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act,

1956 (I of 56) and having its registered office at ‘Nirmal’, 2nd floor,

Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021 (hereinafter called the “Employer”

which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject and context on

meaning thereof include its successors and assigns) having invited tenders

in connection with Contract No. __________________________ dated

__________ for the execution of Civil work of _____________________

and in further consideration of the Employer having consented to permit

M/s.____________________ (Name of Agency) (hereinafter called “the

Tenderer”, which expressions shall unless be repugnant on the context and

meaning thereof include his heir, executors and administrators and

assign/assigns) to deposit the Earnest Money Deposit of ` ____________

(Rupees __________________) in the form of an unconditional and

irrevocable Bank Guarantee furnished by _________________ (Name of

Nationalized / Scheduled Bank, Mumbai / Navi Mumbai branch) in accordance with the

conditions of the said notice inviting the tenders.

2. We the Bank of ___________________, (Name of Bank) constituted and

established under the Banking companies Act, Acquisition and Transfer

Undertaking Act 1970 - a company incorporated under Companies Act


1956 and Scheduled Bank, within the meaning of Reserve Bank Act 1934,

Clause (e) of Section 2 having our Head office at ____________________

_____________________ (Address) do and hereby guarantee, undertake and

agree to pay the Employer a sum of ` _________________ (Rupees

_____________________________________________) in the event of

the tenderer revoking his tender or; offer or vary or modify any conditions

stipulated in, more particularly specified in para 3.4 of the Notice of

Tender & Instructions to the Tenderers; or further, in the event of the

tenderer failing or omitting to deposit the Contract Deposit in accordance

with Condition No.10.1.1 of the General Conditions of the Contract.

3. We, Bank of ___________________________________ further agree

that the Employer shall be sole judge of and as to whether the contractor

has committed any breach or breaches of any of the terms and conditions

of the said contract and the extent of loss, damages, costs, charges and

expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by

the Employer on account thereof and the decision of the Employer that the

contractor has committed such breach or breaches and as to the amount or

amounts of loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses caused to or suffered

by or that may be caused to or suffered by the Employer from time to time

shall be final and binding on us.

4. We, the said Bank, further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall

remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for

the performance of the said contract and till all the dues of the Employer

under the said Contract or by virtue of any of the terms and conditions

governing the said contract have been fully paid and it’s claims satisfied or

discharged and till Chief Engineer (South) certifies that the terms and

conditions of the said contract have been fully and properly carried out by


the contractor and accordingly discharges this guarantee subject however

that the Employer shall have no claim under this Guarantee after

completion of the work or from the date of cancellation of the said

contract, as the case may be, unless a notice of the claim under this

Guarantee has been served on the Bank before the expiry of the said

period of six months from the date of receipt of tender i.e. in which case

the same shall be enforceable against the Bank not withstanding the fact

that the same is enforced after the expiry of the said period of six months

from the date of receipt of tender i.e._____________.

5. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way

the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee of Indemnity from time to

time vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract or to extend

time of performance by the Contractor or to postpone for any time and

from time to time any of the power exercisable by its against the

contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms

and conditions governing the said contract or securities available to the

Employer and the said bank shall not be released from its liability under

these presents by an exercise by the Employer of the liberty with reference

to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor

or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Employer or

any indulgence by the Employer to the Contractor or of any other matter

or things whatsoever which under the law relating to surities would but for

this provision have the effect of so releasing the Bank from its such

liability.

6. It shall not be necessary for the Employer to proceed against the contractor

before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained

shall be enforceable against the bank notwithstanding any security which


the Employer may have obtained or obtain from the Contractor shall at the

time when proceedings are taken against the bank hereunder be

outstanding or unrealized.

7. We, the said Bank lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during the

currency except with the previous consent of the Employer in writing and

agree that any change in the constitution of the Contractor or the said Bank

shall not discharge our liability hereunder.

8. Our liability under this bond is restricted to ` _______________ and it

will remain till the __________________, unless an action to enforce the

claim under the guarantee is filed against us before that date all your rights

under the said Guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and

discharged for all liability thereunder.

Dated this _____ the day of_________ 20__.

For and on behalf of the Bank

Date :

The above guarantee is accepted by

For & on behalf of the Employer

(Name and Designation)


PROFORMA FOR AFFIDAVIT FOR

PRESERVATION OF MANGROVES


1. On behalf of _____________________________ (Name of Agency) having its

office situated at _________________________________ (Address of Agency)

I, Shri/Smt. ______________________ (Name of person signing affidavit),

authorized signatory, hereby state that we are aware of the directives of

Maharashtra Coastal Zone Management Authority (MCZMA) under

section 5 of the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 read with provision

of CRZ-1991 (as amended from time to time). The Hon’ble High Court in

PIL No.3246 of 2005 has issued directions for Preservation of Mangroves.

I am aware of these directions. Further, I undertake to comply these

directions in its letter and spirit while executing the work to stop any

destruction or denudation of mangroves and take necessary care for their

preservation applicable in and around coastal areas of Navi Mumbai in

Thane and Raigad district. We are also aware that in case of failure by us

to comply with the above directives, we may be prosecuted by MCZMA

under Section 15 of the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986.

2. We further state that we will strictly follow the above directives, (as

amended from time to time), while carrying out the work of

_______________________ (Name of Work) awarded by CIDCO vide

C.A.No. ___________________.


3. We further indemnify and keep indemnified CIDCO, its officers from all

liabilities, consequences arising in future due to the violation of any of the

directives (as amended from time to time) by us.

Signature

(Name)

Seal of the Firm

Witness

1. Name

Signature

Address :

2. Name

Signature

Address :

��

CITY & INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTCORPORATION OF MAHARASHTRA LTD.

REVISED

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

OF CIDCO LTD.

(W.e.f. )

Updated upto

ISSUED TO

SIGN. OF ISSUING AUTHORITY

Price Rs. 100/-

INDEX General Conditions of Contract

Clause No. CONTENTS Page No.

Definitions and Interpretation

1.1 Definition 1 1.2 Headings and Marginal Notes 5 1.3 Interpretation 5 1.4 Singular and Plural 5 1.5 Notices, Consents, Approvals, Certificates & Determinations 5

Engineer & Engineer’s Representative

2.1 Engineer’s Duties & Authority 6 2.2 Engineer’s Representative 7 2.3 Engineer’s Authority to Delegate 7 2.4 Appointment of Assistants 7 2.5 Instructions in Writing 8 2.6 Engineer to Act Impartially 8

Assignment & Subcontracting

3.1 Assignment of contract 9 4.1 Subcontracting 9 4.2 Assignment of Subcontractor’s Obligations 9

Contract Documents

5.1 Language(s) & Law 10 5.2 Priority of Contract Documents 10 6.1 Custody & Supply of Drawings and Documents 10 6.2 One copy of Drawings to be kept on Site 11 6.3 Disruption of Progress 11 6.4 Delays and cost of delay of drawings 11 6.5 Failure by Contractor to submit Drawings 11 7.1 Supplementary Drawings & Instructions 12 7.2 Permanent Works Designed by Contractor 12 7.3 Responsibility Unaffected by Approval 12

General Obligations

8.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities 12 8.2 Site Operations and Methods of Construction 13 8.3 Contractor's Representative 13 8.4 Temporary office for the Engineer 14 8.5 Changes in Constitution 14 9.1 Contract Agreement 15 10.1 Performance Security 15 10.2 Period of Validity of Performance Security 16 10.3 Claims under Performance Security 16 11.1 Inspection of site 16 12.1 Sufficiency of Tender 17 12.2 Not foreseeable physical obstructions or conditions 18

13.1 Work to be in Accordance with Contract

18

C.A. No.: Sl. Page No.


14.1 Programme to be submitted 18 14.2 Revised Programme 19 14.3 Cash flow Estimate to be submitted 19 14.4 Contractor not relieved of Duties or Responsibilities 19 14.5 Early Warning 19 15.1 Contractor’s Superintendence 19 15.2 Use of Corporation’s land 20 15.3 Supply of Water and Power 21 16.1 Contractor’s Employees 21 16.2 Engineer at Liberty to Object 21 17.1 Setting Out 21 18.1 Boreholes & Exploratory Excavation 22 19.1 Safety, Security & Protection of the Environment 22 19.2 Employer’s Responsibilities 23 20.1 Care of Works 23 20.2 Responsibility to Rectify Loss or Damage 24

20.3 Loss or Damage due to Employer’s Risks 24 20.4 Employer’s Risks 25 21.1 Insurance of Works & Contractor’s Equipment 25

21.2 Scope of Cover 26 21.3 Responsibility of Amounts not Recovered 26 21.4 Exclusions 26 22.1 Damage to Persons & Property 27 22.2 Exceptions 27 22.3 Indemnity by Employer 28 23.1 Third Party Insurance (including Employer’s Property) 28 23.2 Minimum amount of Insurance 28 23.3 Cross Liabilities 28 23.4 Insurance Policy 28 24.1 Accident or Injury to Workmen 28 24.2 Insurance Against Accident to Workmen 29 25.1 Evidence and Terms of Insurance 29 25.2 Adequacy of Insurances 30 25.3 Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure 30 25.4 Compliance with Policy Conditions 30 26.1 Compliance with Statutes, Regulations 30 27.1 Fossils 31 28.1 Patent Rights 31 28.2 Royalties 31 29.1 Interference with Traffic & Adjoining Properties 32

30.1 Avoidance of damage to Roads 32 30.2 Transport of Contractor's equipment or temporary works 32 30.3 Transport of materials or plants 33 30.4 Waterborne Traffic 33 31.1 Opportunities for Other Contractors 34 31.2 Facilities for other Contractor 34 32.1 Contractor to Keep Site Clear 34 33.1 Clearance of Site on Completion

34



Labour 34.1 Engagement of Staff & Labour 35 34.2 Rates of Wages and conditions of Labour 35 34.3 Housing for Labour 36 34.4 Health and Safety 36 34.5 Measures against insect and Pest Nuisance 36 34.6 Disorderly Conduct 37 35.1 Returns of Labour & Contractor’s Equipment 37 35.2 Record of Safety and Health 37 35.3 Reporting of Accidents 37 35.4 The Apprentices Act 1961 37

Materials, Plant and Workmanship 36.1 Quality of Materials, Plant & Workmanship 38

36.2 Cost of Samples 38 36.3 Cost of Test 38 36.4 Cost of Test not Provided for 38 36.5 Engineer’s Determination where Tests not provided for 39

36.6 Use of B.I.S. specifications 39 37.1 Inspection of Operations 39 37.2 Inspection & Testing 39 37.3 Dates for Inspection & Testing 40 37.4 Rejection 40 37.5 Independent Inspection 40 38.1 Examination of work before Covering up 40 38.2 Uncovering & Making Openings 41 38.3 Materials brought to Site 41 38.4 Materials obtained from excavation 41 38.5 Use of Explosives 41 39.1 Removal of Improper Work, Materials or Plant 42 39.2 Default of Contractor in Compliance 42

Suspension and Foreclosure 40.1 Suspension of Work 42 40.4 Foreclosure of Contract in full or in part 44

Commencement and Delays 41.1 Commencement of Works 45

42.1 Possession of Site 45 42.2 Failure to Give Possession 46 42.3 Rights of Way & Facilities 46 43.1 Time for Completion 46 44.1 Extension of Time for Completion 47 44.2 Contractor to Provide Notification & Detailed Particulars 47 44.3 Interim Determination of Extension 47 45.1 Restriction on Working Hours 48 46.1 Rate of Progress 48 47.1 Compensation for Delay 49 47.2 Reduction of Compensation for Delay 50 48.1 Taking Over Certificate 51 48.2 Taking Over of Sections or Parts 51 48.3 Substantial Completion of Parts 52 48.4 Surfaces Requiring Reinstatement

52



Defects Liability

49.1 Defects Liability Period 52 49.2 Completion of Outstanding Work & Remedying Defects 52 49.3 Cost of Remedying Defects 53 49.4 Contractor’s Failure to Carry Out Instructions 53 50.1 Contractor to Search 54

Alterations, Additions and Omissions

51.1 Variations 54 51.2 Instructions for Variations 55 52.1 Valuation of Variations 55 52.2 Variations exceeding 15 percent 56

Procedure for Claims

53.1 Notice of Claims 57 53.2 Contemporary Records 57 53.3 Substantiation of Claims 57 53.4 Failure to Comply 57 53.5 Payment of Claims 58

Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary Works & Materials

54.1 Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary Works & Materials, Exclusive Use for the Works

58

54.2 Employer not Liable for Damage 58 54.3 Customs Clearance 59 54.4 Condition of Hire of Contractor’s Equipment 59 54.5 Cost for the Purpose of Clause 63 59 54.6 Incorporation of Clause in Subcontracts 59 54.7 Approval of Materials not Implied 60

Measurements

55.1 Quantities 60 56.1 Works to be Measured 60 57.1 Method of Measurement 61

Provisional Sums

58.1 Definition of “Provisional Sum” 61 58.2 Use of Provisional Sums 61 58.3 Production of Vouchers 62

Nominated Subcontractors

59.1 Definition of “Nominated Subcontractor” 62 59.2 Nominated Subcontractors; Objection to Nomination 62 59.3 Design Requirements to be Expressly Stated 63 59.4 Payments to Nominated Subcontractors 63 59.5 Certification of Payments to Nominated Subcontractors 64

Certificates and Payments

60.1 Monthly Statements 64 60.2 Monthly Payment

65



60.3 Refund of Performance Security 65 60.4 Correction of Certificates 66 60.5 Advance against Material 66 60.6 Final Statement 67 60.7 Discharge 67 60.8 Final Payment Certificates 67 60.9 Cessation of Employer’s Liability 68

60.10 Time for Payment 68 60.11 No interest for delayed payments due to disputes etc. 68 60.12 Recovery of dues from the Contractor 68 60.13 Crèche facility for the children of Construction labour 69 61.1 Approval only by Defects Liability Certificates 69 62.1 Defects Liability Certificate 70 62.2 Unfulfilled Obligations 70

Remedies

63.1 Default of Contractor 70 63.2 Valuation at Date of Termination 72 63.3 Payment after Termination 72 63.4 Assignment of Benefit of Agreement 72 64.1 Urgent Remedial Work 72

Special Risks

65.1 No Liability for Special Risks 73 65.2 Special Risks 73 65.3 Damage to Works by Special Risks 74 65.4 Projectile, Missile 74 65.5 Increased Costs arising from Special Risks 74 65.6 Outbreak of War 75 65.7 Removal of Contractor’s Equipment on Termination 75 65.8 Payment if Contract Terminated 75

Release from Performance

66.1 Payment in Event of Release from Performance 76

Settlement of Disputes

67.1 Settlement of Disputes

77

Notices

68.1 Notice to Contractor 81 68.2 Notice to Employer & Engineer 81 68.3 Change of Address 81

Default of Employer

69.1 Default of Employer 81 69.2 Removal of Contractor’s Equipment 82 69.3 Payment on Termination 82 69.4 Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work 82 69.5 Resumption of Work

82

C.A. No.: Sl. Page No.C.A. No.: Sl. Page No.


Changes in Cost and Legislation

70.1 Price Variation Clause 83

70.2 Reimbursement of taxes and duties 91

71.1 Tax Registrations 91

ANNEXURES :

A Annexure 'A' 93 B Safety provisions 95 C Format for Taking Over Certificate 100

APPENDICES:

Appendix-I to Sub-Clause No. 67.4 102 Appendix-II to Sub-Clause No. 67.4 108


1

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Definitions and Interpretation

Definitions

1.1 In the Contract (as hereinafter defined) the following words and expressions shall

have the meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context otherwise

requires:

(a) (i) “Employer” means the CIDCO Ltd. a Company incorporated

under the Companies Act, 1956 (The Corporation).

(ii) “Contractor” means the person whose tender has been accepted

by the Employer and the legal successors in title to such person,

but not any assignee of such person appointed without consent of

Employer.

(iii) “Subcontractor” means the person named in the Contract as a

Subcontractor for a part of the Works or any person to whom a

part of the Works has been subcontracted with the consent of the

Engineer and the legal successors in title to such person, but not

any assignee of any such person appointed without consent of

Employer.

(iv) “Engineer” means the person nominated by the Employer to act

as Engineer for the purposes of the Contract and named as such

in Annexure “A” of these Conditions.

(v) “Engineer’s Representative” means a person appointed from

time to time by the Engineer under Sub-Clause 2.2

(vi) The 'Managing Director' means the Managing Director of the

CIDCO Ltd., for the time being holding that office and also his

successors and shall include any officer authorised by him.

(vii) The 'Joint Managing Director' means the Joint Managing

Director of the CIDCO Ltd., for the time being holding that office


2

and also his successors and shall include any officer authorised by

him.

(viii) The "Chief Engineer" means Chief Engineer & General Manager

(Technical), the officer so designated in the Corporation or any

other officer who is for the time being entrusted with his functions,

duties and powers by the Managing Director and notified to the

Contractor.

(ix) The "Additional Chief Engineer" means the officer, so

designated in the Corporation or any other officer who is for the

time being entrusted with his functions, duties and powers by the

Managing Director and notified to the Contractor.

(x) The "Chief Accounts Officer" means the officer, so designated in

the Corporation or any other officer who is for the time being

entrusted with his functions, duties and powers by the Managing

Director and notified to the Contractor.

(xi) The 'Superintending Engineer ' means the officer, so designated

in the Corporation or any other officer who is for the time being

entrusted with his functions, duties and powers by the Managing

Director and notified to the Contractor.

(xii) The 'Executive Engineer ' means the officer, so designated in the

Corporation or any other officer who is for the time being entrusted

with his functions, duties and powers by the Managing Director

and notified to the Contractor.

(xiii) The "Inspecting Officers" shall mean the Chief Engineer,

Additional Chief Engineer, Superintending Engineer or any other

officer or person for the time being exercising their functions,

duties and powers.

(b) (i) “Contract’ means these Conditions, the Specifications, the

Drawings, the Bill of Quantities, the Tender, the Letter of

Acceptance, the Work order, the Contract Agreement (if

completed) and such further documents as may be expressly

incorporated in the Letter of Acceptance or Contract Agreement (if

completed).


3

(ii) “Specification” means the specification of the Works included in

the Contract and any modification thereof or addition thereto made

under Clause 51 or submitted by the Contractor and approved by

the Engineer.

(iii) “Drawings” means all drawings, calculations and technical

information of a like nature provided by the Engineer to the

Contractor under the Contract and all drawings, calculations,

samples, patterns, models, operation and maintenance manuals

and other technical information of a like nature submitted by the

Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

(iv) “Bill of Quantities” means the priced and completed Bill of

quantities forming part of the Tender.

(v) "Tender" means the Contractor's priced offer to the Employer for the

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any

defects therein in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

as accepted by the Letter of Acceptance.

(vi) “Letter of Acceptance” means the formal acceptance by the

Employer of the Tender.

(vii) “Contract Agreement” means the contract agreement (if any)

referred to in Sub-Clause 9.1.

(viii) “Work Order” means the written communication of the Engineer

ordering starting of the Work and specifying Commencement date

and date of completion.

(c) (i) “Commencement Date” means the date upon which the

Contractor receives the notice to commence, issued by the

Engineer pursuant to clause 41.

(ii) “Time for Completion” means the time for completing the

execution of and passing the Test on Completion of the Works or

any Section or part thereof as stated in the Contract (or as

extended under Clause 44) calculated from the Commencement

Date.

(d) (i) “Tests on Completion” means the tests specified in the contract

or otherwise agreed by the Engineer and the Contractor which are


4

to be made by the Contractor before the Works or any section or

part thereof are taken over by the Employer.

(ii) “Taking over Certificate” means a certificate issued pursuant to

clause 48.

(e) (i) “Contract Price” means the sum stated in the Letter of

Acceptance as payable to the Contractor for the execution and

completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein

in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

(ii) “Performance Security” means the aggregate of all monies

retained by the Employer pursuant to Sub-Clause 10.1.

(iii) “Interim Payment Certificate” means the certificate of payment

issued by the Engineer other than the Final Payment Certificate.

(iv) “Final Payment Certificate” means the certificate of payment

issued by the Engineer pursuant to Sub-Clause 60.8.

(f) (i) “Works ” means the Permanent Works and the Temporary Works

or either of them as appropriate.

(ii) “Permanent Works” means the permanent Works to be executed

(including Plant) in accordance with the Contract.

(iii) “Temporary Works” means all temporary Works of every kind

(other than Contractor’s Equipment) required in or about the


defects therein.

(iv) “Plant” means machinery, apparatus and the like intended to form

or forming part of the Permanent Works.

(v) “Contractor’s Equipment” means all appliances and things of

whatsoever nature (other than Temporary Works ) required for the


defects therein, but does not include Plant, materials or other

things intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works .

(vi) “Section” means a part of the Works specifically identified in the

Contract as a Section.


5

(vii) “Site” means the places provided by the Employer where the

Works are to be executed and any other places as may be

specifically designated in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

(g) (i) “Cost” means all expenditure properly incurred or to be incurred,

whether on or off the Site, including overhead and other charges

properly allocable thereto but does not include any allowance for

profit.

(ii) “Day” means calendar day.

(iii) “Foreign currency” means a currency of a country other than that

in which the Works are to be located.

(iv) “Writing” means any hand-written, type-written, or printed

communication, including telex, cable and facsimile transmission.

Headings and Marginal Notes

1.2 The headings and marginal notes in these Conditions shall not be deemed part

thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof

or of the Contract.

Interpretation

1.3 Words importing persons or parties shall include firms and corporations and any

organization having legal capacity.

Singular and Plural

1.4 Words importing the singular only also include the plural and vice versa where

the context requires.

Notices, Consents, Approvals, Certificates & Determinations

1.5 Wherever in the Contract provision is made for the giving or issue of any notice,

consent, approval, certificate or determination by any person, unless otherwise

specified such notice, consent, approval , certificate or determination shall be in

writing and the words “notify”, “certify” or “determine” shall be construed

accordingly. Any such consent, approval, certificate or determination shall not

unreasonably be withheld or delayed.


6

Engineer and Engineer’s Representative

Engineer’s Duties and Authority

2.1 (a) The Engineer shall carry out the duties specified in the Contract.

(b) The Engineer may exercise the authority specified in or necessarily to be

implied from the Contract, provided, however, that in respect of the items

mentioned in following paragraph (d) of this section, the Engineer shall

obtain specific approval of the Employer. Provided further that, any

requisite approval shall be deemed to have been given by the Employer

for any such authority exercised by the Engineer.

(c) Except as expressly stated in the Contract, the Engineer shall have no

authority to relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the

Contract.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contrary in this document, the Engineer shall

obtain specific approval of the Employer in respect of the following:

(a) Approving subletting of the work.

(b) Granting claims to the Contractor.

(c) Ordering suspension of the work.

(d) Determining an extension of time.

(e) Reduction of Compensation for Delay as per Sub-Clause 47.2

(f) ordering variations.

(g) Ordering any work/test beyond the scope of the Contract.

(h) Determining rates for the varied works.

(i) Any variations in the Contract condition.

(j) Approval to designs and working drawings.

(k) payment of bonus for early completion


7

Engineer’s Representative

2.2 The Engineer’s Representative may be appointed by and be responsible to the

Engineer and shall carry out such duties and exercise such authority as may be

delegated to him by the Engineer under Sub-Clause 2.3.

Engineer’s Authority to Delegate

2.3 The Engineer may from time to time delegate to the Engineer’s Representative

any of the duties and authorities vested in the Engineer and he may at any time

revoke such delegation. Any such delegation or revocation shall be in writing and

shall not take effect until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and

the Contractor.

Any communication given by the Engineer’s Representative to the Contractor in

accordance with such delegation shall have the same effect as though it had

been given by the Engineer. Provided that:

(a) Any failure of the Engineer’s Representative to disapprove any work,

materials or Plant shall not prejudice the authority of the Engineer to

disapprove such work, materials or Plant and to give instructions for the

rectification thereof; and

(b) If the Contractor questions any communication of the Engineer’s

Representative he may refer the matter to the Engineer who shall confirm,

reverse or vary the contents of such communication.

Appointment of Assistants

2.4 The Engineer or Engineer’s Representative may engage any number of persons

to assist the Engineer’s Representative in the carrying out of his duties under

Sub-Clause 2.2. He shall notify to the Contractor the names, duties and scope of

authority of such persons. Such assistants shall have no authority to issue any

instructions to the Contractor save in so far as such instructions may be

necessary to enable them to carry out their duties and to secure their acceptance

of materials, Plant or workmanship as being in accordance with the Contract, and

any instructions given by any of them for those purposes shall be deemed to

have been given by the Engineer’s Representative.


8

Instructions in Writing

2.5 Instructions given by the Engineer shall be in writing, provided that if for any

reason the Engineer considers it necessary to give any such instruction orally, the

Contractor shall comply with such instruction. Confirmation in writing of such oral

instruction given by the Engineer, whether before or after the carrying out of the

instruction, shall be deemed to be an instruction within the meaning of this Sub-

Clause. Provided further that if the Contractor, within 7 days, confirms in writing to

the Engineer any oral instruction of the Engineer and such confirmation is not

contradicted in writing within 7 days by the Engineer, it shall be deemed to be an

instruction of the Engineer.

The provision of this Sub-Clause shall equally apply to instructions, given by the

Engineer’s Representative and any assistants of the Engineer or the Engineer’s

Representative appointed pursuant to Sub-Clause 2.4.

A site order book shall be maintained on the site and it shall be the property of

the Employer and the Contractor shall promptly sign orders given therein by the

Engineer or his representative or his assistant and comply with them. The

compliance shall be reported by Contractor to the Engineer in good time so that it

can be checked.

Engineer to Act Impartially

2.6 Wherever, under the Contract, the Engineer is required to exercise his discretion

by:

(a) giving his decision, opinion or consent,

(b) expressing his satisfaction or approval,

(c) determining value, or

(d) Otherwise taking action which may affect the right and obligations of the

Employer or the Contractor

he shall exercise such discretion impartially with in the terms of the Contract and

having regard to all the circumstances. Any such decision, opinion, consent,

expression of satisfaction, or approval, determination of value or action may be

opened up, reviewed or revised as provided in Clause 67.


9

Assignment and Subcontracting

Assignment of Contract

3.1 The Contractor shall not, without the prior consent of the Employer (which

consent, notwithstanding the provisions of Sub-Clause 1.5, shall be at the sole

discretion of the Employer), assign the Contract or any part thereof, or any benefit

or interest therein or thereunder, otherwise than by:

(a) a charge in favour of the Contractor’s bankers of any monies due or to

become due under the Contract,

(b) assignment to the Contractor’s insurers (in cases where the insurers have

discharged the Contractor’s loss or liability) of the Contractor’s right to

obtain relief against any other party liable.

Subcontracting

4.1 The Contractor shall not subcontract the whole of the Works. Except where

otherwise provided by the Contract, the Contractor shall not subcontract any part

of the Works without the prior consent of the Engineer. Any such consent shall

not relieve the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the Contract and

he shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any Subcontractor,

his agents, servants or workmen as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or

neglects of the Contractor, his agents, servants or workmen.

Provided that the Contractor shall not be required to obtain such consent for:

(a) the provision of labour,

(b) the purchase of materials which are in accordance with the standards

specified in the Contract, or

(c) the subcontracting of any part of the Works for which the Subcontractor is

named in the Contract.

Assignment of Subcontractor’s Obligations

4.2 In the event of a Subcontractor having undertaken towards the Contractor in

respect of the Work executed, or the goods, materials, Plant or services supplied

by such Subcontractor, any continuing obligation extending for a period

exceeding that of the Defects Liability Period under the Contract, the Contractor

shall at any time, after the expiration of such Period, assign to the Employer, at


10

the Employer’s request and cost, the benefit of such obligation for the unexpired

duration thereof.

Contract Documents

Language(s) and Law

5.1 (a) The languages are English and Marathi, being a Local Language of State

of Maharashtra, India. The Ruling Language is English.

(b) Law - The Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance

with the law of India and all disputes arising out of or in any way

connected to the Contract shall be deemed to have arisen in Mumbai and

only the courts in Mumbai shall have jurisdiction to determine the same.

Priority of Contract Documents

5.2 The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually

explanatory of one another, but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the same

shall be explained and adjusted by the Engineer who shall thereupon issue to the

Contractor instructions thereon and such event, unless otherwise provided in the

Contract, the priority, in descending order, of the documents forming the Contract

shall be as follows:

(a) Letter of Acceptance

(b) Description of items of Work given in bill of quantities.

(c) Particular specifications for contract

(d) Special conditions of contract.

(e) General conditions of contract.

(f) Drawing forming part of contract.

(g) Any other document forming part of the contract.

In case of Lump-sum contracts/ Turnkey Contracts, the order of

preference mentioned above stands altered whereby the drawing forming

part of the Contract will have highest priority next to Letter of Acceptance.

Custody and Supply of Drawings and Documents

6.1 The Contract document and Drawings shall remain in the sole custody of the

Engineer, but two copies thereof, duly certified by the Engineer, shall be provided


11

to the Contractor free of charge. The Contractor shall make at his own cost any

further copies required by him. Unless it is strictly necessary for the purposes of

the Contract, the Drawings, Specification and other documents provided by the

Employer or the Engineer shall not, without the consent of the Engineer, be used

or communicated to a third party by the Contractor. Upon issue of the Defects

Liability Certificate, the Contractor shall return to the Engineer all Drawings,

Specification and other documents provided under the Contract.

One Copy of Drawings to be kept on Site

6.2 One copy of the Drawing, provided to or supplied by the Contractor as aforesaid,

shall be kept by the Contractor on the Site and the same shall at all reasonable

times be available for inspection and use by the Engineer and by any other

person authorised by the Engineer in writing.

Disruption of Progress

6.3 The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer, with a copy to the Employer,

whenever planning or execution of the Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted

unless any further drawing or instruction is issued by the Engineer within a

reasonable time. The notice shall include details of the drawing or instruction

required and of why and by when it is required and of any delay or disruption

likely to be suffered if it is late.

Delays and Cost of Delay of Drawings

6.4 If, by reason of any failure or inability of the Engineer to issue, within a time

reasonable in all the circumstances, any drawing or instruction for which notice

has been given by the Contractor in accordance with Sub-Clause 6.3, the

Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs costs then the Engineer shall, after due

consultations with the Employer & the Contractor, determine:

a) any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under Clause 44,

and

b) the amount of such costs, which shall be added to the Contract Price, and

shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

Failure by Contractor to Submit Drawings

6.5 If the failure or inability of the Engineer to issue any drawings or instructions is

caused in whole or in part by the failure of the Contractor to submit Drawings,


12

Specification or other documents which he is required to submit under the

Contract, the Engineer shall take such failure by the Contractor into account

when making his determination pursuant to Sub-Clause 6.4.

Supplementary Drawings and Instructions

7.1 The Engineer shall have authority to issue to the Contractor, from time to time,

such supplementary Drawings and instructions as shall be necessary for the

purpose of the proper and adequate execution and completion of the Works and

the remedying of any defects therein. The Engineer may also issue further

drawings or instructions pursuant to Clause 51. The Contractor shall carry out

and be bound by the same.

Permanent Works Designed by Contractor

7.2 Where the Contract expressly provides that part of the Permanent Works shall

be designed by the Contractor, he shall submit to the Engineer, for approval :

(a) such drawings, specifications, calculations and other information as shall

be necessary to satisfy the Engineer as to the suitability and adequacy of

that design, and

(b) operation and maintenance manuals together with drawings of the

Permanent Works as completed, in sufficient detail to enable the

Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble and adjust the

Permanent Works incorporating that design. The Works shall not be

considered to be completed for the purposes of taking over in accordance

with Clause 48 until such operation and maintenance manuals, together

with drawings on completion, have been submitted to and approved by

the Engineer.

Responsibility Unaffected by Approval

7.3 Approval by the Engineer, in accordance with Sub-Clause 7.2, shall not relieve

the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract.

General Obligations

Contractor’s General Responsibilities

8.1 The Contractor shall, with due care and diligence, design (to the extent provided

for by the Contract), execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects

therein in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. The Contractor shall


13

provide all superintendence, labour, materials, Plant, Contractor’s Equipment and

all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for

such design, execution, completion and remedying of any defects, so far as the

necessity for providing the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred

from the Contract.

The Contractor shall give prompt notice to the Engineer, with a copy to the

Employer, of any error, omission, fault or other defect in the design of or

Specification for the Works, which he discovers when reviewing the Contract of

executing the Works.

Site Operations and Methods of Construction

8.2 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety

of all Site operations and methods of construction. Provided that the Contractor

shall not be responsible (except as stated hereunder or as may be otherwise

agreed) for the design or specification of Permanent Works, or for the design or

specification of any Temporary Works not prepared by the Contractor. Where the

Contract expressly provides that part of the Permanent Works shall be designed

by the Contractor, he shall be fully responsible for that part of such Works,

notwithstanding any approval by the Engineer.

Contractor’s Representative

8.3 The Contractor shall himself supervise the execution of Works or shall appoint a

competent representative approved by the Engineer to act in his stead. If in the

opinion of the Engineer the Contractor has himself not sufficient knowledge and

experience to be capable of receiving instructions or cannot give his full attention

to the Works , the Contractor shall at his own expense, employ as his accredited

representative, a suitably qualified and experienced person approved by the

Engineer. The name of the representative, so appointed, along with the

qualifications, experience and address, shall be communicated to the Engineer.

The representative shall be a responsible person adequately authorised by the

Contractor to take decision on site and to spend money, if required for procuring

material and labour etc., to carry out emergency Work in the interest of the

Contract work, if so required by the Engineer. Orders given to Contractor's

representative shall be considered to have the same force as if these had been

given to the Contractor himself. If the Contractor fails to appoint a suitable

representative as directed by the Engineer, the Chief Engineer shall have full


14

powers to suspend the execution of the Works until such date as a suitable

representative is appointed and the Contractor shall be held responsible for the

delay so caused to the Works.

Temporary office for the Engineers

8.4 The Contractor shall at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer ,

Construct an office at the Works site, for Engineer’s Supervisory staff which will

include adequate furniture and the necessary arrangement for drinking water,

toilet, etc. and shall be got approved from the Engineer. The office shall have

area not less than the area given below:

Contract Amount Minimum area of site

Office

a) From 25 Lacs and upto 1 Crore 40 sq.m.

b) Above 1 crore and upto 10 crores 60 sq.m.

c) Above 10 crores 75 sq.m.

a) For the Works above 1.0 crore, the Contractor shall also provide a new

Computer of latest configuration with latest software with printer, scanner,

back-up facility with UPS including maintenance of the Computer till the

end of certified completion period of the contract.

The Contractor will bear all the expenses including procurement,

installation and maintenance of the Computer. The Contractor shall also

provide the Computer Operator and required consumables during the

entire Contract period.

b) The Computer, printer, scanner, UPS etc. provided under this clause,

shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be taken back after the

payment under Final Payment Certificate is made.

Changes in Constitution

8.5 Where the Contractor is a partnership firm, the prior approval in writing of the

Managing Director shall be obtained before any change is made in the

constitution of the firm. Where the Contractor is an individual or a Hindu

Undivided family business concern such approval as aforesaid shall likewise be


15

obtained before the Contractor enters into any partnership agreement where

under the partnership firm would have the right to carry out the Work hereby

undertaken by the Contractor. If prior approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the

Contractor shall be deemed to have been assigned in contravention of the

condition 63 hereof and the same action may be taken and the same

consequences shall ensure as provided for in the said condition 63.

Contract Agreement

9.1 The Contractor shall, within 30 days from the date of issue of Letter of

Acceptance , prepare Contract agreement on stamp paper of required

denominations as per the format provided in Contract document and shall attend

the office of the Engineer, with intimation to the Engineer, to sign the Contract

Agreement.

Performance Security

10.1 The Contractor shall pay a total Performance Security equal to five percent of the

Contract Price as a security in form of Contract deposit and Retention money for

due fulfilment of the contract, unless otherwise stated in the tender documents.

The mode of making this deposit is as under:

10.1.1 Contract deposit

A sum amounting to two & half percent (2.5 %) of the Contract Price shall be paid

within 15 days after receipt of intimation in writing of acceptance to tender. It is

optional for Contractor to make this deposit in one or the other of the following -

i) Wholly in cash; or

ii) Wholly in F.D.R. of Scheduled Bank, pledged in favour of Employer; or

iii) Partly in cash and partly in F.D.R of Scheduled Bank, pledged in favour of

Employer; or

iv) By way of General Undertaking and Guarantee issued on behalf of the

Contractors by the Nationalised/Scheduled Bank only by its Mumbai/Navi

Mumbai Branch, provided the Banker’s Guarantee covers the entire

completion period, including extensions from time to time if any, the Bank

Guarantee shall be acceptable only in case of Contractors Registered with

Government Departments and provided Contract Price is Rs.100.00 lacs

and above.


16

10.1.2 If the Contract deposit is paid in the manner as per paragraphs (ii) or (iii) of

Sub-Clause 10.1.1 above, the value of F.D.R. to be lodged a deposit shall be

taken as five percent below the market value on the day of acceptance or at their

face value whichever is less.

In case the deposit is paid by the transfer of G.P. Notes, the endorsement in

favour of the Corporation should be paid to the City and Industrial Development

Corporation of Maharashtra Limited on order and should bear the ‘EXAMINED’

stamp of Public Department, Office, Reserve Bank of India. All the charges for

safe custody, withdrawal or for collection of interest etc. on the paper deposit

shall be payable by the Contractor. Securities endorsed for payment of interest

in Mumbai only shall be accepted as deposits as aforesaid.

10.1.3 Retention Money

The remaining amount of the Performance Security of two & half percent (2.5 %)

shall be recovered from amount due to the Contractor under Interim payment

Certificates at the rate of five percent and such retention together with the

Contract deposit made as aforesaid shall not exceed in the aggregate five

percent of the Contract Price after which the deduction will cease.

Period of Validity of Performance Security

10.2 The performance security shall be valid until the Contractor has executed and

completed the Works and remedied any defects therein in accordance with the

Contract. No claim shall be made against such security after the issue of the

Defects Liability Certificate in accordance with Sub-Clause 62.1 and such security

shall be refunded to the Contractor within 14 days of the issue of the said Defects

Liability Certificate after deduction for claims, if any.

Claims under Performance Security

10.3 Prior to making a claim under the performance security the Employer shall, in

every case, notify the Contractor stating the nature of the default in respect of

which the claim is to be made.

Inspection of Site

11.1 The Employer shall have made available to the Contractor, before the submission

by the Contractor of the Tender, such data on hydrological and sub-surface

conditions as have been obtained by or on behalf of the Employer from


17

investigation undertaken relevant to the Works but the Contractor shall be

responsible for his own interpretation thereof.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site and its

surroundings and information available in connection therewith and to have

satisfied himself (so far as is practicable, having regard to considerations of cost

and time) before submitting his Tender, as to:

(a) the form and nature thereof, including the sub-surface conditions,

(b) the hydrological and climatic conditions,

(c) the extent and nature of Work and materials necessary for the execution

and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein,

and

(d) the means of access to the Site and the accommodation he may require

and, in general, shall be deemed to have obtained all necessary

information, subject as above mentioned, as to risks, contingencies and

all other circumstances which may influence or affect his Tender.

If the Contractor shall claim to have been obstructed in the execution of

the Contract work by any act of lawlessness on the part of any person

other than an agent or servant of the Corporation, the Contractor shall

exclusively deal with such act by the due process of law but shall not be

entitled to attribute thereby the breach of any obligation under the

Contract to the Corporation and to claim from the Corporation

compensation for damage or loss, if any thereby suffered, but shall only

be entitled to an appropriate extension of period agreed for the completion

of the Contract work. Provided that, the Contractor has reported to the

local police authorities and the Corporation, every such act of obstruction

with particulars, soon after its occurrence and the Corporation has, after

enquiry, found the same to be substantially true and has determined the

duration of such obstruction.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have based his Tender confirming

details on his own inspection and examination, all as aforementioned.

Sufficiency of Tender

12.1 The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the correctness

and sufficiency of the Tender and of the rates and prices stated in the Bill of


18

Quantities, all of which shall, except insofar as it is otherwise provided in the

Contract, cover all his obligations under the Contract (including those in respect

of the supply of goods, materials, Plant or services or of contingencies for which

there is a Provisional Sum) and all matters and things necessary for the proper

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects

therein.

Not Foreseeable physical obstructions or Conditions

12.2 If, however, during the execution of the Works the Contractor encounters physical

obstructions or physical conditions, other than climatic conditions on the Site,

which obstructions or conditions were, in his opinion, not foreseeable by an

experienced contractor, the Contractor shall forthwith give notice thereof to the

Engineer, with a copy to the Employer. On receipt of such notice, the Engineer

shall, if in his opinion such obstructions or conditions could not have been

reasonably foreseen by an experienced contractor, after due consultation with the

Employer and the Contractor, determine any extension of time to which the

Contractor is entitled under Clause 44, and shall notify the Contractor

accordingly, with a copy to the Employer. Such determination shall take account

of any instruction which the Engineer may issue to the Contractor in connection

therewith, and any proper and reasonable measures acceptable to the Engineer

which the Contractor may take in the absence of specific instructions from the

Engineer.

Work to be in Accordance with Contract

13.1 Unless it is legally or physically impossible, the Contractor shall execute and

complete the Works and remedy any defects therein in strict accordance with the

Contract to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with and

adhere strictly to the Engineer’s instructions on any matter, whether mentioned in

the Contract or not, touching or concerning the Works. The Contractor shall take

instructions only from the Engineer (or his delegate).

Programme to be Submitted

14.1 The Contractor shall, within 30 days after the date of the Letter of Acceptance,

submit to the Engineer for his consent a programme, in such form and detail as

the Engineer shall reasonably prescribe, for the execution of the Works. The

Contractor shall, whenever required, by the Engineer, also provide in writing for


19

his information a general description of the arrangements and methods which the

Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the Works.

Revised Programme

14.2 If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of the

Works does not conform to the programme to which consent has been given

under Sub-Clause, 14.1, the Contractor shall produce, at the request of the

Engineer, a revised programme showing the modifications to such programme

necessary to ensure completion of the Works within the Time for Completion.

Cash Flow Estimate to be Submitted

14.3 The Contractor shall, within 30 days after the date of the Letter of Acceptance,

provide to the Engineer for his information a detailed cash flow estimate, in

quarterly periods, of all payments to which the Contractor will be entitled under

the Contract and the Contractor shall subsequently supply revised cash flow

estimates at quarterly intervals, if required to do so by the Engineer.

Contractor not relieved of Duties or Responsibilities

14.4 The submission to and consent by the Engineer of such programmes or the

provision of such general descriptions or cash flow estimates shall not relieve the

Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

Early Warning

14.5 The Contractor is expected to warn the Engineer, at the earliest opportunity, of

specific likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the quality

of work, increase the contract price or delay an estimate of the expected effect of

the future events or circumstances on the Contract Price and Time for

Completion. The estimate shall be provided by the contractor as soon as

reasonably possible.

Contractor’s Superintendence

15.1 The Contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during the execution

of the Works and as long thereafter as the Engineer may consider necessary for

the proper fulfilling of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. The

Contractor, or a competent and authorised representative approved by the

Engineer, which approval may at any time be withdrawn, shall give his whole time


20

to the superintendence of the Works. Such authorised representative shall

receive, on behalf of the Contractor, instructions from the Engineer.

If approval of the representative is withdrawn by the Engineer, the Contractor

shall, as soon as is practicable, having regard to the requirement of replacing him

as hereinafter mentioned, after receiving notice of such withdrawal, remove the

representative from the Works and shall not thereafter employ him again on the

Works in any capacity and shall replace him by another representative approved

by the Engineer.

Use of Corporation's land

15.2 The Contractor shall not be permitted to enter (other than for inspection

purposes) or take possession of site until instructed to do so by the Engineer in

writing. The portion of the site to be occupied by the Contractor shall be defined

and/or marked on the site plan, failing which these shall be indicated by the

Engineer and the Contractor shall on no account be allowed to extend his

operations beyond these areas. The Contractor will be allowed to use such land

free of charge for the purpose of sheds, offices thereon for themselves and for

the Engineer and his subordinates, and shall remove the same from the ground

at the completion of the Works or whenever required to do so by the Engineer

after receiving 7 days notice. He shall make good any damage which may have

been done and restore to good condition anything which may have been

disturbed during the period of his occupation.

a) The Contractor shall not use or allow to be used any such ground, sheds

or offices, or any portion of the site of the Works, for any other purpose

than the carrying out of Works under the Contract. In the event of there

being no plot or ground or insufficiency of ground belonging to the

Corporation, available for the above purposes, the Contractor shall

provide other such ground at his own cost. The Contractor shall, in any

case, pay all taxes, which have to be paid in respect of all ground sheds

or offices used as above, and all the license fees, etc., that may be

demanded for the storage or otherwise of the various articles as per rules

in force. The Contractor shall provide, if necessary or if required, on the

site, all temporary access thereto and shall alter, adopt and maintain the

same as required from time to time and shall take up and clear them away

as and when no longer required and make good all damage done to the

site.


21

b) In case, the Contractor requires additional land for specialised Works

under the Contract, he shall approach to the Chief Engineer with details of

his requirements. The decision of Chief Engineer in this respect shall be

final and binding on the Contractor.

Supply of Water and Power

15.3 The Contractor shall make, at his own cost, his own arrangement for:

a) supply of water required for the Works including water required for testing

purpose and also for drinking purpose.

b) power connection, if required.

Contractor’s Employees

16.1 The Contractor shall provide on the Site in connection with the execution and

completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein :

(a) only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their

respective callings and such foremen and leading hands as are

competent to give proper superintendence of the Works , and

(b) such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the

proper and timely fulfilling of the Contractor’s obligations under the

Contract.

Engineer at Liberty to Object

16.2 The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove

forthwith from the Works any person provided by the Contractor who, in the

opinion of the Engineer, misconducts himself, or is incompetent or negligent in

the proper performance of his duties, or whose presence on Site is otherwise

considered by the Engineer to be undesirable, and such person shall not be

again allowed upon the Works without the consent of the Engineer. Any person

so removed from the Works shall be replaced as soon as possible.

Setting Out

17.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for:

(a) The accurate setting out of the Works in relation to original points, line and

levels of reference given by the Engineer in writing.


22

(b) The correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels,

dimensions and alignment of all parts of the Works , and

(c) The provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in

connection with the foregoing responsibilities.

If, at any time during the execution of the Works , any error appears in the

position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works , the

Contractor, on being required so to do by the Engineer, shall at his own

cost, rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer, unless such

error is based on incorrect data supplied in writing by the Engineer, in

which case the Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price

in accordance with Clause 52 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly,

with a copy to the Employer.

d) All levels referred to in connection with these Works are based on G.T.S.

levels

The checking of any setting out or of any line or level by the Engineer

shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the

accuracy thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve

all bench-marks, site-rails, pegs and other things used in setting-out the

Works .

Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation

18.1 If, at any time during the execution of the Works, the Engineer requires the

Contractor to make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation, such

requirement shall be the subject of an instruction in accordance with Clause 51.

Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment

19.1 The Contractor shall, throughout the execution and completion of the Works and

the remedying of any defects therein :

(a) have full regard for the safety of all persons entitled to be upon the Site

and keep the Site (so far as the same is under his control) and the Works

(so far as the same are not completed or occupied by the Employer) in an

orderly state appropriate to the avoidance of danger to such persons.

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, arrange for the safety

provisions indicated in Annexure-'B' or as required by the Engineer, in


23

respect of all labour, directly or indirectly employed for performance of the

Works and shall provide all facilities in connection therewith. In case, the

Contractor fails to make arrangements and provide necessary facilities as

aforesaid, the Engineer may do so and recover the costs thereof from the

Contractor.

(b) Provide and maintain at his own cost all lights, guards, fencing, warning

signs and watching, when and where necessary or required by the

Engineer or by any duly constituted authority, for the protection of the

Works or for the safety and convenience of the public or others, and

(c) Take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the Site,

in accordance with Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and amendments

thereof, and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the

public or others, resulting from pollution, noise or other causes arising as

a consequence of his methods of operation.

(d) Trees designated by the Engineer shall be suitably protected from

damage during the course of the Work as directed by the Engineer, cost

of which shall be borne by the Contractor.

Employer’s Responsibilities

19.2 If under Clause 31 the Employer shall carry out work on the Site with his own

workmen he shall, in respect of such work:

(a) have full regard to the safety of all persons entitled to be upon the Site,

and

(b) keep the Site in an orderly state appropriate to the avoidance of danger to

such persons.

If under Clause 31 the Employer shall employ other contractors on the

Site, he shall require them to have the same regard for safety and

avoidance of danger.

Care of Works

20.1 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Works and

materials and Plant for incorporation therein from the Commencement Date until

the date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate for the whole of the Works, when

the responsibility for the said care shall pass to the Employer, provided that :


24

(a) if the Engineer issues a Taking-Over Certificate for any Section or part of

the Permanent Works, the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the care

of that Section or part from the date of issue of the Taking-Over

Certificate, when the responsibility for the care of that Section or part shall

pass to the Employer, and

(b) the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of any outstanding

Works and materials and Plant for incorporation therein which he

undertakes to finish during the Defects Liability Period until such

outstanding Works have been completed pursuant to Clause 49.

Responsibility to Rectify Loss or Damage

20.2 If any loss or damage happens to the Works, or any part thereof, or materials or

Plant for incorporation therein, during the period for which the Contractor is

responsible for the care thereof, from any cause whatsoever, other than the risks

defined in Sub-Clause 20.4, the Contractor shall, at his own cost, rectify such loss

or damage so that the Permanent Works conform in every respect with the

provisions of the Contract to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall

also be liable for any loss or damage to the Works occasioned by him in the

course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of complying with his

obligations under Clause 49 and 50.

Loss or Damage Due to Employer’s Risks

20.3 In the event of any such loss or damage happening from any of the risks defined

in Sub-Clause 20.4, or in combination with other risks, the Contractor shall, if and

to the extent required by the Engineer, rectify the loss or damage and the

Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price in accordance with

Clause 52 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the

Employer.

In the case of a combination of risks causing loss or damage any such

determination shall take into account the proportional responsibility of the

Contractor and the Employer.


25

Employer’s Risks

20.4 The Employer’s risks are:

(a) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign

enemies,

(b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil

war,

(c) ionising radiations, or contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear

fuel, or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-

active toxic explosive or other hazardous properties of any explosive,

nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof,

(d) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at

sonic or supersonic speeds,

(e) riot, commotion or disorder, unless solely restricted to employees of the

Contractor or of his Subcontractors and arising from the conduct of the

Works ,

(f) loss or damage due to the use or occupation by the Employer of any

Section or part of the Permanent Works , except as may be provided for in

the Contract.

(g) loss or damage to the extent that it is due to the design of the Works,

other than any part of the design provided by the Contractor or for which

the Contractor is responsible, and

(h) any operation of the forces of nature against which an experienced

contractor could not reasonably have been expected to take precautions.

Insurance of Works and Contractor’s Equipment

21.1 The Contractor shall, without limiting his or the Employer’s obligations and

responsibilities under Clause 20, insure:

(a) the Works , together with materials and Plant for incorporation therein, to

the full replacement cost (the term “cost” in this context shall include

profit),

(b) an additional sum of 15 per cent of such replacement cost, to cover any

additional costs of and incidental to the rectification of loss or damage


26

including professional fees and the cost of demolishing and removing any

part of the Works and of removing debris of whatsoever nature, and

(c) the Contractor’s Equipment and other things brought onto the Site by the

Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at the Site.

Scope of Cover

21.2 The insurance in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Sub-Clause 21.1 shall be in the joint

names of the Contractor and the Employer and shall cover:

(a) the Employer and the Contractor against all loss and damage from

whatsoever cause arising, other than as provided in Sub-Clause 21.4,

from the date of start of Work at the Site until the date of issue of the

relevant Taking-Over Certificate in respect of the Works or any Section or

part thereof as the case may be, and

(b) the Contractor for his liability:

(i) during the Defects Liability Period for loss or damage arising from

a cause occurring prior to the commencement of the Defects

Liabilities Period, and

(ii) for loss or damage occasioned by the Contractor in the course of

any operation carried out by him for the purpose of complying with

his obligations under Clauses 49 and 50.

(c) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the insurance

company of any change in the nature and extent of the Works and to

ensure the adequacy of the insurance coverage at all times during the

period of the Contract.

Responsibility for Amounts not Recovered

21.3 Any amounts not insured or not recovered from the insurers shall be borne

by the Employer or the Contractor in accordance with their responsibilities under

Clause 20

Exclusions

21.4 There shall be no obligation for the insurances in Sub-Clause 21.1 to include loss

or damage caused by:


27

(a) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign

enemies,

(b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil

war,

(c) ionising radiations or contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel,

or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-

active toxic explosive or other hazardous properties of any explosive

nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof, or

(d) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at

sonic or supersonic speeds.

Damage to Persons and Property

22.1 The Contractor shall, except if and so far as the Contract provides otherwise,

indemnify the Employer against all losses and claims in respect of:

(a) death of or injury to any person, or

(b) loss of or damage to any property (other than the Works),

which, may arise out of or in consequences of the execution and

completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein, and

against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses

whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto, subject to the

exceptions defined in Sub-Clause 22.2.

Exceptions

22.2 The “exceptions” referred to in Sub-Clause 22.1 are :

(a) the permanent use or occupation of land by the Works , or any part

thereof

(b) the right of the Employer to execute the Works , or any part thereof, on,

over, under, in or through any land,

(c) damage to property which is the unavoidable result of the execution and

completion of the Works , or the remedying of any defects therein, in

accordance with the Contract, and

(d) death of or injury to persons or loss of or damage to property resulting

from any act or neglect of the Employer, his agents, servants or other


28

contractors, not being employed by the Contractor, or in respect of any

claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect

thereof or in relation thereto, or where the injury or damage was

contributed to by the Contractor, his servants or agents, such part of the

said injury or damage as may be just and equitable having regard to the

extent of the responsibility of the Employer, his servants or agents or

other contractors for the injury or damage.

Indemnity by Employer

22.3 The Employer shall indemnify the Contractor against all claims, proceedings,

damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect of the matters referred to in

the exceptions defined in Sub-Clause 22.2.

Third Party Insurance (including Employer’s Property)

23.1 The Contractor shall, without limiting his or the Employer’s obligations and

responsibilities under Clause 22, insure, in the joint names of the Contractor and

the Employer, against liabilities for death of or injury to any person (other than as

provided in Clause 24) or loss of or damage to any property (other than the

Works) arising out of the performance of the Contract, other than the exceptions

defined in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Sub-Clause 22.2.

Minimum Amount of Insurance

23.2 Such insurance shall be for at least the amount equivalent to 1.2 times the

Contract Price.

Cross Liabilities

23.3 The insurance policy shall include a cross liability clause such that the insurance

shall apply to the Contractor and to the Employer as separately insured.

Insurance Policy

23.4 All insurance to be effected by the Contractor and/or his subcontractors (if any)

shall be taken out only with the Government Insurance Fund, MAHARASHTRA

State.

Accident or Injury to Workmen

24.1 The Employer shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or

compensation payable to any workman or other person in the employment of the


29

Contractor or any Subcontractor, other than death or injury resulting from any act

or default of the Employer, his agents or servants. The Contractor shall indemnify

and keep indemnified the Employer against all such damages and compensation,

other than those for which the Employer is liable as aforesaid, and against all

claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in

respect thereof or in relation thereto.

Insurance Against Accident to Workmen

24.2 The Contractor shall insure against such liability and shall continue such

insurance during the whole of the time that any persons are employed by him on

the Works. Provided that, in respect of any persons employed by any

Subcontractor, the Contractor’s obligations to insure as aforesaid under this Sub-

Clause shall be satisfied if the Subcontractor shall have insured against the

liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the Employer is

indemnified under the policy, but the Contractor shall require such Subcontractor

to produce to the Employer, when required, such policy of insurance and the

receipt for the payment of the current premium.

It is mandatory for the Contractor that all workmen appointed to complete the

Contract work, are insured under Workmen’s Compensation Insurance Policy.

Evidence and Terms of Insurances

25.1 The Contractor shall provide evidence to the Employer as soon as practicable

after respective insurances has been taken out but in any case prior to the start

of Work at the Site that the insurances required under the Contract have been

effected and shall, within 84 days of the Commencement Date, provide the

insurance policies to the Employer. When providing such evidence and such

policies to the Employer, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of so doing.

Such insurance policies shall be consistent with the general terms agreed prior to

the issue of the Letter of Acceptance. The Contractor shall effect all insurances

for which he is responsible with insurers and in terms approved by the Employer.

The Contractor shall pay full premium prior to start of the Work and take out

insurance policies for the entire period of Contract including defects liability period

and also pay necessary premium for extended period of Contract if any. The

Contractor shall prove to the Engineer from time to time that he has taken out all

the insurance policies and has paid the necessary premiums for keeping the

policies alive till expiry of the Defects Liability Period.


30

Adequacy of Insurances

25.2 The Contractor shall notify the insurers of changes in the nature, extent or

programme for the execution of the Works and ensure the adequacy of the

insurances at all times in accordance with the terms of the Contract and shall,

when required, produce to the Employer the insurance policies in force and the

receipt for payment of the current premiums.

Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure

25.3 If the Contractor fails to effect and keep in force any of the insurances required

under the Contract, or fails to provide the policies to the Employer within the

period required by Sub-Clause 25.1, then and in any such case the Employer

may effect and keep in force any such insurances and pay any premium as may

be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount so paid

from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as

a debt due from the Contractor.

Compliance with Policy Conditions

25.4 In the event that the Contractor or the Employer fails to comply with conditions

imposed by the insurance policies effected pursuant to the Contract, each shall

indemnify the other against all losses and claims arising from such failure.

Compliance with Statutes, Regulations

26.1 The Contractor shall conform in all respects, including by the giving of all notices

and the paying of all fees, with the provisions of:

(a) any National or State Statute, Ordinance, or other Law, or any regulation,

or bye-law of any local or other duly constituted authority in relating to the

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects

therein, and

(b) the rules and regulations of all public bodies and companies whose

property or rights are affected or may be affected in any way by the

Works,

and the Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified against all

penalties and liability of every kind for breach of any such provisions.

Provided always that the Employer shall be responsible for obtaining any

planning, zoning or other similar permission required for the Works to


31

proceed and shall indemnify the Contractor in accordance with Sub-

Clause 22.3.

Fossils

27.1 All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or

things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the Site shall, as

between the Employer and the Contractor, be deemed to be the absolute

property of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to

prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such

article or thing and shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal,

acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions

for dealing with the same. If, by reason of such instructions, the Contractor

suffers delay and/or incurs costs then the Engineer shall, after due consultation

with the Employer and the Contractor determine:

(a) any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under Clause 44,

and

(b) the amount of such costs, which shall be added to the Contract Price, and

shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

Patent Rights

28.1 The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer from and against

all claims and proceedings for or on account of infringement of any patent rights,

design trademark or name or other protected rights in respect of any Contractor’s

Equipment, materials or Plant used for or in connection with or for incorporation in

the Works and from and against all damages, costs, charges and expenses

whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto, except where such

infringement results from compliance with the design or Specification provided by

the Engineer.

Royalties

28.2 Except where otherwise stated, the Contractor shall pay all tonnage and other

royalties, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting soil / earth

, stone, sand, gravel, murum, clay or other materials required for the Works ,

imposed by authorities from time to time and submit to the Engineer, proof of

such payment, if so required by the Engineer.


32

Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties

29.1 All operations necessary for the execution and completion of the Works and the

remedying of any defects therein shall, so far as compliance with the

requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere

unnecessarily or improperly with:

(a) the convenience of the public, or

(b) the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads and footpaths

to or of properties whether in the possession of the Employer or of any

other person.

(c) the underground utilities services such as water pipes, gas pipes, drains,

sewers, cables etc., which shall be protected and properly maintained at

his own cost.

The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer in

respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and

expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation to, any such matters

insofar as the Contractor is responsible therefore.

The Contractor shall have to make all necessary arrangements for

regulating traffic day and night, during the period of construction and to

the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.

Avoidance of damage to Roads

30.1 The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the roads or

bridges communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or

injured by any traffic of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors and, in

particular, shall select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict and distribute

loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from the moving

of materials, Plant, Contractor's Equipment or Temporary Works from and to the

Site shall be limited, as far as reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary

damage or injury may be occasioned to such roads and bridges.

Transport of Contractor's equipment or temporary Works

30.2 Save insofar as the Contract otherwise provides, the Contractor shall be

responsible for and shall pay the cost of strengthening any bridges or altering or


33

improving any road communicating with or on the routes to the Site to facilitate

the movement of Contractor's Equipment or Temporary Works and the

Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all claims

for damage to any such road or bridge caused by such movement, including such

claims as may be made directly against the Employer, and shall negotiate and

pay all claims arising solely out of such damage.

Transport of materials or plants

30.3 If, notwithstanding Sub-Clause 30.1, any damage occurs to any bridge or road

communicating with or on the routes to the Site arising from the transport of

materials or Plant, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer with a copy to the

Employer, as soon as he becomes aware of such damage or as soon as he

receives any claim from the authority entitled to make such claim. Where under

any law or regulation the haulier of such materials or Plant is required to

indemnify the road authority against damage the Employer shall not be liable for

any costs, charges or expenses in respect thereof or in relation thereto. In other

cases the Employer shall negotiate the settlement of and pay all sums due in

respect of such claim and shall indemnify the Contractor in respect thereof and in

respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in

relation thereto. Provided that if an so far as any such claim or part thereof is, in

the opinion of the Engineer, due to any failure on the part of the Contractor to

observe and perform his obligations under Sub-Clause 30.1, then the amount,

determined by the Engineer, after due consultation with the Employer and the

Contractor, to be due to such failure shall be recoverable from the Contractor by

the Employer and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or to

become due to the Contractor and the Engineer shall notify the Contractor

accordingly, with a copy to the Employer. Provided also that the Employer shall

notify the Contractor whenever a settlement is to be negotiated and, where any

amount may be due from the Contractor, the Employer shall consult with the

Contractor before such settlement is agreed.

Waterborne Traffic

30.4 Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use by the Contractor of

waterborne transport the foregoing provisions of this Clause shall be construed

as though "road" included a lock, dock, sea wall or other structure related to a

waterway and "vehicle" included craft, and shall have effect accordingly.


34

Opportunities for Other Contractors

31.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford

all reasonable opportunities for carrying out their work to:

(a) any other contractors employed by the Employer and their workmen,

(b) the workmen of the Employer, and

(c) the workmen of any duly constituted authorities who may be employed in

the execution on or near the Site of any work not included in the Contract

or of any contract which the Employer may enter into in connection with or

ancillary to the Works .

Facilities for Other Contractors

31.2 If, however, pursuant to Sub-Clause 31.1 the Contractor shall, on the written

request of the Engineer :

(a) make available to any such other contractor, or to the Employer or any

such authority, any roads or ways for the maintenance of which the

Contractor is responsible,

(b) permit the use, by any such, of Temporary Works or Contractor’s

Equipment on the Site, or

(c) provide any other service of whatsoever nature for any such,

the Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price in

accordance with Clause 52 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly,


Contractor to Keep Site Clear

32.1 During the execution of the Works the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably

free from all unnecessary obstruction and shall store or dispose of any

Contractor’s Equipment and surplus materials and clear away and remove from

the Site any wreckage, rubbish or Temporary Works no longer required.

Clearance of Site on Completion

33.1 Upon the issue of any Taking-Over Certificate the Contractor shall clear away

and remove from that part of the Site to which such Taking-Over Certificate

relates all Contractor’s equipment, surplus material, rubbish and Temporary

Works of every kind, and leave such part of the Site and Works clean and in a


35

workmanlike condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Provided that the

Contractor shall be entitled to retain on Site, until the end of the Defects Liability

Period, such materials, Contractor’s Equipment and Temporary Works as are

required by him for the purpose of fulfilling his obligations during the Defects

Liability Period.

Labour

Engagement of Staff and Labour

34.1 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own

arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for

their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him on the

Works only from locally available labours and shall give preference to those

persons enrolled under Maharashtra Government Employment and Self

Employment Departments Scheme. provided, however, that if the required

unskilled labours are not available locally, the Contractor shall in the first instant

employ such number of persons as is available and thereafter may with previous

permission, in writing of the Engineer, obtain the rest of the requirement of

unskilled labour from outside the above scheme. In such case, the Contractor

shall obtain requisite license / registration certificate under the Interstate Migrant

Workmen Act and/or Contract Labour Act.

Rates of Wages and conditions of Labour

34.2 The Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions of labour not less

favourable than those established for the trade or industry where the work is

carried out.

The Contractor shall also comply with the provisions of payment of Wages Act,

1936, Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees Liability Act 1938, Workmen's

Compensation Act, 1923, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Indian Factories Act,

1948, Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, or any modification thereof or any other law

relating thereto and rules made thereunder from time to time, he will observe and

give effect to the provisions of any law for the time being in force and regulating

the rights and privileges of the labourers employed by him directly or indirectly.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Corporation against any payments to be made

thereunder.


36

Housing for Labour

34.3 Save insofar as the Contract otherwise provides, the Contractor shall provide and

maintain such accommodation and amenities as he may consider necessary for

all his staff and labour, employed / engaged for the purpose of or in connection

with the Contract, including all fencing, water supply (both for drinking and other

purposes), electricity supply, sanitation, cookhouses, fire prevention and fire

fighting equipment, and other requirements in connection with such

accommodation or amenities. On completion of the Contract, unless otherwise

agreed with the Employer, the temporary camps or housing provided by the

Contractor shall be removed and the site reinstated to its original condition, all to

the approval of the Engineer.

Health and Safety

34.4 Due precautions shall be taken by the Contractor, and at his own cost, to ensure

the safety of his staff and labour and in collaboration with and to the requirements

of the local health authorities, to ensure that medical staff, first aid equipment and

stores sick bay and suitable ambulance services whenever necessary, including

an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and sterilized cotton wool, as

prescribed in the Factory Rules of the Maharashtra State, are available at the

camps, housing, and on the Site at all times throughout the period of the Contract

and that suitable arrangements are made for the prevention of epidemics and for

all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements.

Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance

34.5 The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect all staff

and labour employed on the Site from insect nuisance, rats, and other pests and

reduce the dangers to health and the general nuisance caused by the same. The

Contractor shall provide his staff and labour with suitable prophylactics for the

prevention of malaria, and shall take steps to prevent the formation of stagnant

pools of water. He shall comply with all the regulations of the local health

authorities in these respects and shall in particular arrange to spray thoroughly

with approved insecticide all buildings erected on the Site. Such treatment shall

be carried out at least once a year or as instructed by the Engineer. The

Contractor shall warn his staff and labour of the dangers of bilharzia and wild

animals.


37

Disorderly Conduct

34.6 The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any

unlawful, riotous, or disorderly conduct by or among his staff and labour and take

all reasonable precautions for the preservation of peace and protection of

persons and property in the neighbourhood of the Works against the same. He

shall also pay the necessary charges for Police protection, required if any, as the

Chief Engineer may deem necessary.

Returns of Labour and Contractor’s Equipment

35.1 The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return

in detail, in such form and such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing

the staff and the number of the several classes of labour from time to time

employed by the Contractor on the Site and such information respecting

Contractor’s Equipment as the Engineer may require.

Records of Safety and Health

35.2. The Contractor shall maintain such records and make such reports concerning

safety, health and welfare of persons and damage to property as the Engineer

may from time to time prescribe.

Reporting of Accidents

35.3. The Contractor shall report to the Engineer details of any accident as soon as

possible after its concurrence. In the case of any fatality or serious accident, the

Contractor shall, in addition, notify the Engineer immediately by the quickest

available means.

The Apprentices Act 1961

35.4. The Contractor shall duly comply with the provision of the Apprentices Act 1961

(III of 1961) the rules made there under and the order that may be issued from

time to time under the said Act and the said Rules and on his failure or neglect to

do so he shall be subject to all the liabilities and penalties provided by the said

Act and said Rules.


38

Materials, Plant and Workmanship

Quality of Materials, Plant and Workmanship

36.1 All materials, Plant and workmanship shall be:

(a) of the respective kinds described in the Contract and in accordance with

the Engineer’s instructions, and

(b) subjected from time to time to such tests as the Engineer may require at

the place of manufacture, fabrication or preparation, or on the Site or at

such other place or places as may be specified in the Contract, or at all or

any of such places.

The Contractor shall provide such assistance, transport, labour, electricity,

fuels, stores, apparatus and instruments as are normally required for

examining, measuring and testing any materials or Plant and shall supply

samples of materials, before incorporation in the Works , for testing as

may be selected and required by the Engineer.

Cost of Samples

36.2 All samples shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost if the supply

thereof is clearly intended by or provided for in the Contract.

Cost of Tests

36.3 The cost of making any test shall be borne by the Contractor if such test is:

(a) clearly intended by or provided for in the Contract, or

(b) particularized in the Contract (in case only of a test under load or of a test

to ascertain whether the design of any finished or partially finished Work is

appropriate for the purpose which it was intended to fulfill) in sufficient

detail to enable the Contractor to price or allow for the same in his tender.

Cost of Test not Provided for

36.4 If any test required by the Engineer which is:

(a) not so intended by or provided for,

(b) (in the cases above mentioned) not so particularised, or


39

(c) (though so intended or provided for) required by the Engineer to be

carried out at any place other than the Site or the place of manufacture,

fabrication or preparation of the materials of Plant tested,

shows the materials, Plant or workmanship not to be in accordance with

the provisions of the Contract to the satisfaction of the Engineer, then the

cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor, but in any other case

Sub-Clause 36.5 shall apply.

Engineer’s Determination where Tests not provided for

36.5 Where, pursuant to Sub-Clause 36.4, this Sub-Clause applies, the Engineer

shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, determine:


and

(b) the amount of such costs, which shall be added to the Contract Price,

and shall notify the Contractor accordingly with a copy to the Employer.

Use of B.I.S. specifications

36.6 In cases where no particular specifications are given for any articles to be used

under the contract, the relevant specification where one exists of the latest

version of Bureau of Indian Standards shall apply.

Inspection of Operations

37.1 The Engineer, and any person authorised by him, shall at all reasonable times

have access to the Site and to all Works hops and places where materials or

Plant are being manufactured, fabricated or prepared for the Works and the

Contractor shall afford every facility for and every assistance in obtaining the right

to such access.

Inspection and Testing

37.2 The Engineer shall be entitled, during manufacture, fabrication or preparation to

inspect and test the materials and Plant to be supplied under the Contract. If

materials or Plant are being manufactured, fabricated or prepared in Works hops

or places other than those of the Contractor, the Contractor shall obtain

permission for the Engineer to carry out such inspection and testing in those

Works hops or places. Such inspection or testing shall not release the Contractor

from any obligation under the Contract.


40

Dates for Inspection and Testing

37.3 The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer on the time and place for the

inspection and testing of any materials or Plant as provided in the Contract. The

Engineer shall give the Contractor not less than 24 hours notice of his intention to

carry out the inspection or to attend the test. If the Engineer, or his duly

authorised representative, does not attend on the date agreed, the Contractor

may, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, proceed with the tests, which

shall be deemed to have been made in the presence of the Engineer. The

Contractor shall forthwith forward to the Engineer duly certified copies of the test

readings.

Rejection

37.4 If, at the time and place agreed in accordance with Sub-Clause 37.3, the

materials or Plant are not ready for inspection or testing or if, as a result of the

inspection or testing referred to in this Clause, the Engineer determines that the

materials or Plant are defective or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract,

he may reject the materials or Plant and shall notify the Contractor thereof

immediately. The notice shall state the Engineer’s objections with reasons. The

Contractor shall then promptly make good the defect or ensure that rejected

materials or Plant comply with the Contract. If the Engineer so requests, the tests

of rejected materials or Plant shall be made or repeated under the same terms

and conditions. All costs incurred for the tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

Independent Inspection

37.5 The Engineer may delegate inspection and testing of materials or Plant to an

independent inspector. Any such delegation shall be effected in accordance with

Sub-Clause 2.4 and for this purpose such independent inspector shall be

considered as an assistant of the Engineer. Notice of such appointment (not

being less than 14 days) shall be given by the Engineer to the Contractor.

Examination of Work before Covering up

38.1 No part of the Works shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval

of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to

examine and measure any such part of the Works which is about to the covered

up or put out of view and to examine foundations before any part of the Works is

placed thereon. The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer whenever any


41

such part of the Works or foundations is or are ready or about to be ready for

examination and the Engineer shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he

considers it necessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the

purpose of examining and measuring such part of the Works or of examining

such foundations.

Uncovering and Making Openings

38.2 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Works or make openings in or

through the same as the Engineer may from time to time instruct and shall

reinstate and make good such part. If any such part has been covered up or put

out of view after compliance with the requirement of Sub-Clause 38.1 and is

found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the Engineer shall, after

due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, determine the amount of

the Contractor’s costs in respect of such of uncovering, making openings in or

through, reinstating and making good the same, which shall be added to the

Contractor Price, and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the

Employer. In any other case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

Materials brought to site

38.3 All materials brought to the site shall become and remains the property of the

Corporation and shall not be removed off the site without the prior written

approval of the Engineer. But whenever the Works are finally completed and

advance paid, if any, in respect of any such material is fully recovered, the

Contractor shall at his own expense forthwith remove from the site all surplus

materials originally supplied by him and upon such removal, the same shall

revest in and become the property of the Contractor.

Materials obtained from excavation

38.4 Materials of any kind obtained from excavation of the site shall remain the

property of the Corporation and shall be disposed off as per the Contract and as

directed by the Engineer.

Use of Explosives

38.5 The Contractor shall comply with all laws and security regulations in force from

time to time, relating to the procurement, importation, movement, storage and use

of explosives including the provision of magazines at locations approved by the

appropriate authorities. The magazines shall conform in all respects to all laws in


42

force regarding the erection, maintenance and guarding of magazines.

The Contractor shall obtain all necessary licenses as may be required for the

procurement, importation, movement, storage and use of explosives and do all

things necessary to ensure compliance with the laws in force relating to

dangerous goods.

Removal of Improper Work, Materials or Plant

39.1 The Engineer shall have authority to issue instructions from time to time, for:

(a) the removal from the Site, within such time or times as may be specified in

the instruction, of any materials or Plant which, in the opinion of the

Engineer, are not in accordance with the Contract,

(b) the substitution of proper and suitable materials or Plant, and

(c) the removal and proper re-execution, notwithstanding any previous test

thereof or interim payment therefore, of any Work which, in respect of

(i) materials, Plant or workmanship, or

(ii) design by the Contractor or for which he is responsible, is not, in

the opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the Contract.

Default of Contractor in Compliance

39.2 In case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such instruction

within the time specified therein or, if none, within a reasonable time, the

Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same

and all costs consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall, after due

consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, be determined by the

Engineer and' shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and

may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or to become due to the

Contractor and the Engineer shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy

to the Employer.

Suspension and foreclosure

Suspension of work

40.1 If at any time after acceptance of the Tender the Engineer shall for any reason

whatsoever (other than default on the part of the Contractor for which the

Corporation is entitled to rescind the contract) desire that the whole or any part of


43

the Work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the

whole or part of the Work should not be carried out at all, he shall give the

Contractor a notice in writing of such desire and upon the receipt of such notice

the Contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the Work wholly or in part as

required, after having due regard to the appropriate stage at which the Work

should be stopped or suspended so as not to cause any damage or injury to the

Work already done or endanger the safety thereof provided that the decision of

the engineer as to the stage at which the Work or any part of it could be or could

have been safely stopped or suspended shall be final and conclusive against the

Contractor. The Contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation

whatsoever by reason of in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid on account of

any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified in 40.2 &

40.3.

40.2 Where the total suspension of the Work ordered as aforesaid continued for a

continuous period exceeding 90 days the Contractor shall be at liberty to

withdraw from the contractual obligations under the Contract so far as it pertains

to the unexecuted part of the Work by giving 10 days prior notice in writing to the

engineer, within 30 days of the expiry of the said period of 90 days, of such

intention and requiring the engineer to record the final measurements of the Work

already done and to pay final payment. Upon giving such notice the Contractor

shall be deemed to have been discharged from his obligation to complete the

remaining unexecuted Work under the Contract. On receipt of such notice the

engineer shall proceed to complete the measurement and make such payment

as may be finally due to the Contractor within a period of 90 days from the receipt

of such notice in respect of the Work already done by the Contractor. Such

payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the Contractor to any

further compensation under the remaining provisions of this clause.

40.3 Where the Engineer required the Contractor to suspend the Work for a period of

excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate, the Contractor shall

be entitled to apply to the engineer within 30 days of the suspension of Work after

such suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of pecuniary loss

suffered by him in respect of working machinery remained idle on the site or on

the account of his having had to pay the salary or wages of labour engaged by

him during the said period of suspension, provided always that the Contractor

shall not be entitled to pay any claim in respect of any such working machinery

salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the aggregate of


44

such suspension or in respect of any suspension whatsoever occasioned by

unsatisfactory work or any other default on his part. The decision of the engineer

in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor.

40.3.1 If the suspension is ordered for the reasons other than default of the Contractor

then the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to period of

such suspension plus a reasonable time as decided by the Engineer.

40.3.2 In the event of -

(i) Any stoppage of Work on notice from the Engineer under Sub Clause

40.1

AND / OR

(ii) Withdrawal by the Contractor from the contractual obligation to complete

the remaining unexecuted Work under Sub-Clause 40.2 on account of

continued suspension of Work for a period exceeding 90 days.

It shall be open to the Contractor, within 90 days from the service of (i) the

notice of stoppage of Work or (ii) the notice of withdrawal from the

contractual obligations under the Contract on account of the continued

suspension of Work or (iii) notice under clause 40(1) resulting in such

curtailment, to produce to the Engineer satisfactory documentary

evidence that he had purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in

the contracted work, before receipt by him of the notice of stoppage,

suspension or curtailment and require the Corporation to take over on

payment such material at the rates determined by the Engineer, provided,

however, that such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the

same was acquired by the Contractor. The Corporation shall thereafter

take over the material so offered, provided the quantities offered, are not

in excess of the requirement of the unexecuted work as specified in the

accepted tender and are of quality and specifications approved by the

Engineer.

Foreclosure of Contract in full or in part

40.4 If at any time after acceptance of the tender the Managing Director shall decide to

abandon or reduce the scope of the Works for any reasons whatsoever and

hence not require the whole or any part of the Works to be carried out, he shall

inform the Contractor in writing to that effect and the Contractor shall have no


45

claim to any payment or compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of

any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the

Works in full but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the

whole or part of the Works .

The Contractor shall be paid at the Contract rates full amount for Works

executed at site, and in addition, reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer

for the value of such material (which material thereupon become the property of

the Corporation) and also such further allowances as the Chief Engineer may

think reasonable and fair in respect of (a) any expenditure incurred by the

Contractor towards preliminary Works etc., and (b) other reasonable and proper

engagement the Contractor may have entered into for carrying out the work.

Commencement and Delays

Commencement of Works

41.1 The Contractor shall commence the Works as soon as is reasonably possible

after the receipt by him of a notice to this effect from the Engineer, which notice

shall be issued within 30 days after the date of the Letter of Acceptance.

Thereafter, the Contractor shall proceed with the Works with due expedition and

without delay.

Possession of Site

42.1 Save insofar as the Contract may prescribe:

(a) the extent of portions of the Site of which the Contractor is to be given

possession from time to time.

(b) the order in which such portions shall be made available to the Contractor,

and, subject to any requirement in the Contract as to the order in which

the Works shall be executed, the Employer will, with the Engineer’s

notice to commence the Works , give to the Contractor possession of

(c) so much of the Site, and

(d) such access as, in accordance with the Contract, is to be provided by the

Employer as may be required to enable the Contractor to commence and

proceed with the execution of the Works in accordance with the

programme referred to in Clause 14, if any, and otherwise in accordance


46

with such reasonable proposals as the Contractor shall, by notice to the

Engineer with a copy to the Employer, make. The Employer will, from time

to time as the Works proceed, give to the Contractor possession of such

further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to

proceed with the execution of the Works with due dispatch in accordance

with such programme or proposals, as the case may be.

Failure to Give Possession

42.2 If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs costs from failure on the part of the

Employer to give possession in accordance with the terms of the Sub-Clause

42.1, the Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the

Contractor, determine:


and

(b) the amount of such costs, subject to maximum of 5% of Contract Price,

which shall be added to the Contract Price, and shall, notify the Contractor

accordingly, with a copy to the Employer

Rights of Way and Facilities

42.3 The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary rights of

way, required by him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall

also provide at his own cost any additional facilities outside the Site required by

him for the purpose of the Works .

Time for Completion

43.1 The whole of the Works and, if applicable, any Section required to be completed

within a particular time as stated in the Annexure- A, shall be completed, in

accordance with the provisions of Clause 48, within the time stated in the

Annexure- A, for the whole of the Works or the Section (as the case may be),

calculated from the Commencement Date, or such extended time as may be

allowed under Clause 44.


47

Extension of Time for Completion

44.1 In the event of:

(a) the amount of nature of extra or additional work,

(b) any cause of delay referred to in these Conditions,

(c) exceptionally adverse climatic conditions,

(d) any delay, impediment or prevention by the Employer, or

(e) other special circumstances which may occur, other than through a

default of or breach of Contract by the Contractor or for which he is

responsible,

being such as fairly to entitle the Contractor to an extension of Time for

Completion of the Works , or any Section or part thereof, the Engineer

shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor,

determine the amount of such extension and shall notify the Contractor

accordingly, with a copy to the Employer

Contractor to Provide Notification and Detailed Particulars

44.2 Provided that the Engineer is not bound to make any determination unless the

Contractor has

(a) within 28 days after such event has first arisen notified the Engineer, with

a copy to the Employer and

(b) within 28 days, or such other reasonable time as may be agreed by the

Engineer, after such notification submitted to the Engineer detailed

particulars of any extension of time to which he may consider himself

entitled in order that such submission may be investigated at the time.

Interim Determination of Extension

44.3 Provided also that where an event has a continuing effect such that it is not

practicable for the Contractor to submit detailed particulars within the period of 28

days referred to in Sub-Clause 44.2(b), he shall nevertheless be entitled to an

extension of time provided that he has submitted to the Engineer interim

particulars at intervals of not more than 28 days and final particulars within 28

days of the end of the effects resulting from the event. On receipt of such interim

particulars, the Engineer shall, without undue delay, make an interim


48

determination of extension of time and, on receipt of the final particulars, the

Engineer shall review all the circumstances and shall determine an overall

extension of time in regard to the event. In both such cases the Engineer shall

make his determination after due consultation with the Employer and the

Contractor and shall notify the Contractor of the determination, with a copy to the

Employer. No final review shall results in a decrease of any extension of time

already determined by the Engineer.

Restriction on Working Hours

45.1 Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the

Works shall, save as hereinafter provided, be carried on during the night or on

locally recognized days of rest without the consent of the Engineer, except when

Work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or

for the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise

the Engineer. Provided that the provisions of this Clause shall not be applicable

in the case of any Work which it is customary to carry out by multiple shifts.

Rate of Progress

46.1 If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time,

the rate of progress of the Works or any Section is at any time, in the opinion of

the Engineer, too slow to comply with the Time for Completion, the Engineer shall

so notify the Contractor who shall thereupon take such steps as are necessary,

subject to the consent of the Engineer, to expedite progress so as to comply with

the Time for Completion. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional

payment for taking such steps. If, as a result of any notice given by the Engineer

under this Clause, the Contractor considers that it is necessary to do any Work at

night or on locally recognized days of rest, he shall be entitled to seek the

consent of the Engineer so to do. Provided that if any steps, taken by the

Contractor in meeting his obligations under this clause, involve the Employer in

additional supervision costs, such costs shall, after due consultation with the

Employer and Contractor, be determined by the Engineer and shall be

recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and may be deducted by the

Employer from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor and the

Engineer shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the employer.


49

Compensation for Delay

47.1 If the Contractor fails to comply with the Time for Completion in accordance with

Clause 48, for the whole of the Works or, if applicable, any Section within the

relevant time prescribed by Clause 43, then the Contractor shall pay to the

Employer, as agreed compensation, amount calculated at ¼ percent per week of

Contract price of the whole Work or of the Section for which separate period of

Completion are given in the contract and of which completion is delayed, as

Compensation for such default and not as a penalty (which sum shall be the only

monies due from the Contractor for such default) for every week or part of a week

which shall elapse between the relevant Time for Completion and the date stated

in a Taking-Over Certificate of the whole of the Works or the relevant Section,

subject to the applicable limit stated. The employer may, without prejudice to any

other method of recovery, deduct the amount of such damages from any monies

due or to become due to the Contractor. The payment or deduction of such

damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to complete the

Works, or from any other of his obligations and liabilities under the Contract.

47.1.1 When the delay is not a full week or in multiple of a week but involves a

fraction of a week the compensation payable for that fraction shall be

proportional to the number of days involved.

47.1.2 Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be

paid under this condition shall not exceed 7 ½ percent of the contract

price of the whole work or group of items of Work for which a separate

period of completion is given.

47.1.3 The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set off against any sum

payable to the Contractor under this or any other Contract with the

Corporation.

47.1.4 Notwithstanding to any provision of this clause, during the progress of the

work till Taking-Over Certificate is issued , Engineer shall be entitled to

recover amount towards Compensation for Delay in terms of following

provisions, if Contractor fails to proceed as per Works programme i.e.

physical and financial programme approved by Engineer

a) Contractor shall analyze or break down the Contract Work to be

executed by him into several parts or items and specify the time

for the completion of each part of item, in the form of a works

programme, and


50

b) Contractor shall complete each part or item on or before such

specified time, being intended to be of the essence of the contract,

and

c) If Contractor fails to so complete each part or item of the Work

before such specified time, the Contract becomes voidable at the

option of the Corporation, and

d) Contractor shall be liable to pay to the Corporation the

compensation under clause 47.1 at the rates provided therein on

the Contract price of whole Work or of section for which, the

separate period of completion is specified and which has not been

completed accordingly, and

e) If Contractor fails to so complete one part or item of Work within

specified time and pays the compensation to the Corporation but

completes the delayed part or item of Work and also the next

succeeding part or item of Work on or before the time specified for

such next succeeding part or item of work, the compensation so

paid by the Contractor, shall be refunded to him by the Corporation

free of interest.

47.1.5 The original Works programme submitted by the Contractor and approved

by Superintending Engineer and subsequent revisions, if any, approved

by the Chief Engineer shall be considered for levy of compensation for

delay.

47.1.6 This clause shall become operative after completion of 25 percent of Work

in financial terms or after elapse of 25 percent of stipulated time period of

contract, whichever is earlier.

Reduction of Compensation for Delay

47.2 If, before the Time for completion of the whole of the Works or, if applicable, any

Section, a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for any part of the Works or

of a Section, the Compensation for delay in completion of the remainder of the

Works or of that Section shall, for any period of delay after the date stated in

such Taking-Over Certificate, and in the absence of alternative provisions in the

Contract, be reduced in the proportion with the value of the part so certified bears

to the value of the whole of the Works or Section, as applicable. The provisions


51

of this Sub-Clause shall only apply to the rate of Compensation and shall not

affect the limit thereof.

Taking-Over Certificate

48.1 When the whole of the Works have been substantially completed and have

satisfactorily passed all Tests on Completion prescribed by the Contract, the

Contractor may give a notice to that effect to the Engineer, with a copy to the

Employer, accompanied by a written undertaking to finish with due expedition any

outstanding Work during the Defects Liability Period. Such notice and

undertaking shall be deemed to be a request by the Contractor for the Engineer

to issue a Taking-Over Certificate in respect of the Works. The Engineer shall,

within one month of the date of delivery of such notice, either issue to the

Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, a Taking-Over Certificate, stating the

date on which, in his opinion, the Works were substantially completed in

accordance with the Contract, or give instructions in writing to the Contractor

specifying all the Work which, in the Engineer’s opinion, is required to be done by

the Contractor before the issue of such Certificate. The Engineer shall also notify

the Contractor of any defects in the Works affecting substantial completion that

may appear after such instructions and before completion of the Works specified

therein. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive such Taking-Over Certificate

within one month of completion, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, of the Works

so specified and remedying any defects so notified.

Taking Over of Sections or Parts

48.2 Similarly, in accordance with the procedure set out in Sub-Clause 48.1, the

Contractor may request and the Engineer shall issue a Taking-Over Certificate in

respect of :

a) any Section in respect of which a separate Time for Completion is

provided in the Appendix to Tender.

b) any substantial part of the Permanent Works which has been both

completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and, otherwise than as

provided or in the Contract, occupied or used by the Employer, or

c) any part of the Permanent Works which the Employer has elected to

occupy or use prior to completion (where such prior occupation or use is


52

not provided for in the Contractor or has not been agreed by the

Contractor as a temporary measure).

Substantial Completion of Parts

48.3 If any part of the Permanent Works has been substantially completed and has

satisfactorily passed any Tests on Completion prescribed by the Contract, the

Engineer may issue a Taking-Over Certificate in respect of that part of the

Permanent Works before completion of the whole of the Works and, upon the

issue of such Certificate, the Contractor shall be deemed to have undertaken to

complete with the expedition any outstanding Work in that part of the Permanent

Works during the Defects Liability Period.

Surface Requiring Reinstatement

48.4 Provided that a Taking-Over Certificate given in respect of any Section or part of

the Permanent Works before completion of the whole of the Works shall not be

deemed to certify completion of any ground or surfaces requiring reinstatement,

unless such Taking-Over Certificate shall expressly so state.

Defects Liability

Defects Liability Period

49.1 In these Conditions the expression “Defects Liability Period” shall mean the

defects liability period named in the Annexure A, calculated from:

a) the date of Taking-Over of Works certified by the Engineer in accordance

with Clause 48, or

b) in the event of more than one certificate having been issued by the

Engineer under Clause 48, the respective dates so certified,

and in relation to the Defects Liability Period the expression “the Works”

shall be construed accordingly.

Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects

49.2 To the intent that the Works , shall, at or as soon as practicable after the

expiration of the Defects Liability Period, be delivered to the Employer in the

condition required by the Contract, fair wear and tear excepted, to the satisfaction

of the Engineer, the Contractor shall:


53

a) complete the work, if any, outstanding on the date stated in the Taking-

Over Certificate as soon as practicable after such date, and

b) execute all such work of amendment, reconstruction, and remedying

defects, shrinkage or other faults as the Engineer may, during the Defects

Liability Period or within 14 days after its expiration, as a result of an

inspection made by or on behalf of the Engineer prior to its expiration,

instruct the Contractor to execute.

Cost of Remedying Defects

49.3 All Work referred to in Sub-Clause 49.2(b) shall be executed by the Contractor at

his own cost if the necessity thereof is, in opinion of the Engineer, due to:

a) the use of materials, Plant or workmanship not in accordance with the

Contract,

b) where the Contractor is responsible for the design of part of the

Permanent Works , any fault in such design, or

c) the neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any

obligation, expressed or implied, on the Contractor’s part under the

Contract.

If, in the opinion of the Engineer, such necessity is due to any other

cause, he shall determine an addition to the Contract Price in accordance

with Clause 52 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with copy to

the Employer.

Contractor’s Failure to Carry Out Instructions

49.4 In case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such instruction

within a reasonable time, the Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other

persons to carry out the same and if such work is work which, in the opinion of

the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own under the Contract, then

all costs consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall, after due consultation

with the Employer, be determined by the Engineer and shall be recoverable from

the Contractor, including supervision charges thereupon as per Annexure ‘A’, by

the Employer, and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or to

become due to the Contractor and the Engineer shall notify the Contractor

accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.


54

Contractor to Search

50.1 If any defect, shrinkage or other fault in the Works appears at any time prior to

the end of the Defects Liability Period, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor,

with copy to the Employer, to search under the directions of the Engineer for the

cause thereof. Unless such defect, shrinkage or other fault is one for which the

Contractor is liable under the Contract, the Engineer shall, after due consultation

with the Employer and the Contractor, determine the amount in respect of the

costs of such search incurred by the Contractor, which shall be added to the

Contract Price and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the

Employer. If such defect, shrinkage or other fault is one for which the Contractor

is liable, the cost of the work carried out in searching as aforesaid shall be borne

by the Contractor and he shall in such case remedy such defect, shrinkage or

other fault at his own cost in accordance with the provisions of Clause 49.

Alterations, Additions and Omissions

Variations

51.1 The Engineer shall make any variation of the form, quality or quantity of the

Works or any part thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary and for that

purpose, or if for any other reason it shall, in his opinion, be appropriate, he shall

have the authority to instruct the Contractor to do and the Contractor shall do any

of the following:

a) increase or decrease the quantity of any Work included in the Contract,

b) Omit any such Work (but not if the omitted Work is to be carried out by the

Employer or by another contractor),

c) Change the character or quality or kind of any such work,

d) Change the levels, lines, position and dimensions of any part of the work,

e) Execute additional Work of any kind necessary for the completion of the

Works , or

f) Change any specified sequence or timing of construction of any part of

the Works.


55

No such variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the Contractor, but

the effect, if any, of all such variations shall be valued in accordance with

Clause 52. Provided that where the issue of an instruction to vary the

Works is necessitated by some default of or breach of Contract by the

Contractor or for which he is responsible, any additional cost attributable

to such default shall be borne by the Contractor.

Instructions of Variations

51.2 The Contractor shall not make any such variation without an instruction of the

Engineer. Provided that no instruction shall be required for increase or decrease

in the quantity of any Work where such increase or decrease is not the result of

an instruction given under this Clause, but is the result of the quantities

exceeding or being less than those stated in the Bill of Quantities.

Valuation of Variations

52.1 All variations referred to in Clause 51 and any additions to the Contract Price

which are required to be determined in accordance with Clause 52 (for the

purposes of this Clause referred to as "varied work"), shall be valued as detailed

below :

i. If rate for varied item of Work is specified in the Bill of Quantities, the

Contractor shall carry out the varied item at the same rate.

ii. If the rate for any varied item of Work is not specified in the schedule of

work/items quantities, the rate for the such item shall be derived from the

rate for the nearest similar item specified therein. In case of Bills of

Quantities forming part of the contract, the rate shall be derived from the

nearest similar item in the Bill of Quantities of Works in which the variation

is involved, failing that from the lowest of the nearest similar items in other

Bills of Quantities of the same Contract.

iii. If the rates of any varied item of Work is not included in the Bill of

Quantities, such item of Work shall be carried out as per the latest

Schedule of rates of particular department, based on which the estimate is

framed, prevailing at the time of execution of such quantities of the item

including mark up quoted by the Contractor.

iv. If the rate for any varied item of Work cannot be determined in the manner

specified in (i) to (iii) above, then the Contractor will be paid at such fair


56

and reasonable rates as worked out by the Engineer on the basis of

material and labour required to execute the item and allowing 12 percent

(twelve percent) towards overhead charges and Contractor's profit.

52.1.1. On receipt of letter of award of work, the Contractor shall carefully study

the tender specifications, the architectural drawings, the detailed

description of item as well as the site conditions and bring to the notice of

the Engineer the inadequacies in the above, within a period of two months

for consideration of varied items. The Contractor shall communicate the

approximate quantities of varied item. The decision in this regard shall be

communicated to the Contractor within 3 months from the date of

submission of his letter.

52.1.2 In case of Lump-sum contract, the rates for varied item shall be derived in

accordance with paragraphs (iii) or (iv) of Sub-Clause 52.1 as applicable.

For this purpose, the quoted amount vis-à-vis estimated cost put to tender

would be considered for deciding the quoted mark up of the Contractor.

52.1.3 Price variation, as per Clause No. 70, for varied items becomes operative

when the rate for varied item is derived only in accordance with

paragraphs (i) or (ii) of Sub-Clause 52.1.

Variations Exceeding 15 percent

52.2 If, on the issue of the Final payment Certificate for the whole of the Works , it is

found that as a result of:

a) all varied work valued under Sub-Clauses 52.1 and

b) all adjustments upon measurement of the estimated quantities set out in

the Bill of Quantities, excluding Provisional Sums and adjustments of price

made under Clause 70,

but not from any other clause, there have been additions to or deductions

from the Contract Price which taken together are in excess of 15 percent

of the “Effective Contract Price” (which for the purposes of this Sub-

Clause shall mean the Contract Price, excluding Provisional Sums if any)

then in such event the rates for variations beyond 15% shall be derived in

accordance with paragraphs (iii) or (iv) of Sub-Clause 52.1.


57

Procedure for Claims

Notice of Claims

53.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract, if the Contractor intends to

claim any additional payment pursuant to any Clause of these Conditions or

otherwise, he shall give notice of his intention to the Engineer, with a copy to the

Employer, within 28 days after the event giving rise to the claim has first arisen.

Contemporary Records

53.2 Upon the happening of the event referred to in Sub-Clause 53.1, the Contractor

shall keep such contemporary records as may reasonably be necessary to

support any claim he may subsequently wish to make. Without necessarily

admitting the Employer’s liability, the Engineer shall, on receipt of a notice under

Sub-Clause 53.1, inspect such contemporary records and may instruct the

Contractor to keep any further contemporary records as are reasonable and may

be material to the claim of which notice has been given. The Contractor shall

permit the Engineer to inspect all records kept pursuant to this Sub-Clause and

shall supply him with copies thereof as and when the Engineer so instructs.

Substantiation of Claims

53.3 Within 28 days, or such other reasonable time as may be agreed by the

Engineer, of giving notice under Sub-Clause 53.1, the Contractor shall send to

the Engineer an account giving detailed particulars of the amount claimed and

the grounds upon which the claim is based. Where the event giving rise to the

claim has a continuing effect, such account shall be considered to be an interim

account and the Contractor shall, at such intervals as the Engineer may

reasonably require, send further interim accounts giving the accumulated amount

of the claim and any further grounds upon which it is based. In cases where

interim accounts are sent to the Engineer, the Contractor shall send a final

account within 28 days of the end of the effects resulting from the event. The

Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer so to do, copy to the Employer all

accounts sent to the Engineer pursuant to this Sub-Clause.

Failure to Comply

53.4 If the Contractor fails to comply with any of the provisions of this Clause in

respect of any claim which he seeks to make, his entitlement to payment in

respect thereof shall not exceed such amount, as the Engineer with the approval


58

of Employer, assessing the claim considers to be verified by contemporary

records (whether or not such records were brought to the Engineer’s notice as

required under Sub-Clauses 53.2 and 53.3).

Payment of Claims

53.5 The Contractor shall be entitled to have included in any interim payment certified

by the Engineer pursuant to Clause 60 such amount in respect of any claim as

the Engineer, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, may

consider due to the Contractor provided that the Contractor has supplied

sufficient particulars to enable the Engineer to determine the amount due. If such

particulars are insufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor

shall be entitled to payment in respect of such part of the claim as such

particulars may substantiate to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer

shall notify the Contractor of any determination made under this Sub-Clause, with

a copy to the Employer.

Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary Works and Materials

Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary Works and Materials; Exclusive use for the

Works

54.1 All Contractors Equipment, Temporary Works and materials provided by the

Contractor shall, when brought on to the Site, be deemed to be exclusively

intended for the execution of the Works and the Contractor shall not remove the

same or any part thereof, except for the purpose of moving it from one part of the

Site to another, without the consent of the Engineer. Provided that consent shall

not be required for vehicles engaged in transporting any staff, labour,

Contractor’s Equipment. Temporary Works, Plant or materials to or from the Site.

Employer not liable for Damage

54.2 The Employer shall not at any time be liable, save as mentioned in Clauses 20

and 65, for this loss of or damage to any of the said Contractor’s Equipment,

Temporary Works or materials.


59

Customs Clearance

54.3 The Employer will use his best endeavours in assisting the Contractor, where

required, in obtaining clearance through the Customs of Contractor’s Equipment,

materials and other things required for the Works.

Condition of Hire of Contractor’s Equipment

54.4 With a view to securing, in the event of termination under Clause 63, the

continued availability, for the purpose of executing the Works , of any hired

Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall not bring on to the Site any hired

Contractor’s Equipment unless there is an agreement for the hire thereof (which

agreement shall be deemed not to include an agreement for hire purchase) which

contains a provision that the owner thereof will, on request in writing made by the

Employer within 7 days after the date on which any termination has become

effective, and on the Employer undertaking to pay all hire charges in respect

thereof from such date, hire such Contractor’s Equipment to the Employer on the

same terms in all respects as the same was hired to the Contractor save that the

Employer shall be entitled to permit the use thereof by any other contractor

employed by him for the purpose of executing and completing the Works and

remedying any defects therein, under the terms of the said Clause 63.

Cost for the Purpose of Clause 63

54.5 In the event of the Employer entering into any agreement for the hire of

Contractor’s Equipment pursuant to Sub-Clause 54.4, all sums properly paid by

the Employer under the provisions of any such agreement and all costs incurred

by him (including stamp duties) in entering into such agreement shall be deemed,

for the purpose of clause 63, to be part of the cost of executing and completing

the Works and the remedying of any defects therein.

Incorporation of Clause in Subcontracts

54.6 The Contractor shall, where entering into any subcontract for the execution of any

part of the Works , incorporate in such subcontract (by reference or otherwise)

the provisions of this Clause in relation to Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary

Works or materials brought on to the Site by the Subcontractor.


60

Approval of Materials not implied

54.7 The operation of this Clause shall not be deemed to imply any approval by the

Engineer of the materials or other matters referred to therein nor shall it prevent

the rejection of any such materials at any time by the Engineer.

Measurements

Quantities

55.1 The quantities set out in the Bill of Quantities are the estimated quantities for the

Works, and they are not to be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the

Works to be executed by the Contractor in fulfilment of his obligations under the

Contract.

Works to be measured

56.1 The Engineer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine by

measurement the value of the Works in accordance with the Bill of Quantities and

the Contractor shall be paid that value in accordance with Clause 60. The

Engineer shall, when he requires any part of the Works to be measured, give

reasonable notice to the Contractor's authorised representative, who shall:

(a) forthwith attend or send a qualified representative to assist the Engineer in

making such measurement, and

(b) supply all particulars required by the Engineer.

Should the Contractor not attend, or neglect or omit to send such

representative, then the measurement made by the Engineer or approved

by him shall be taken to be the correct measurement of such part of the

Works. For the purpose of measuring such Permanent Works as are to be

measured by records and drawings, the Engineer shall prepare records

and drawings as the work proceeds and the Contractor, as and when

called upon to do so in writing, shall, within 14 days, attend to examine

and agree such records and drawings with the Engineer and shall sign the

same when so agreed. If the Contractor does not attend to examine and

agree such records and drawings, they shall be taken to be correct. If,

after examination of such records and drawings, the Contractor does not

agree the same or does not sign the same as agreed, they shall


61

nevertheless be taken to be correct, unless the Contractor, within 14 days

of such examination, lodges with the Engineer notice of the respects in

which such records and drawings are claimed by him to be incorrect. On

receipt of such notice, the Engineer shall review the records and drawings

and either confirm or vary them.

Method of Measurement

57.1 The Works shall be measured net, notwithstanding any general or local custom,

except where otherwise provided for in the Contract.

Measurement shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the

schedule of rates/ specifications, notwithstanding any provisions in the relevant

standard method of measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of

items which are not covered by the schedule of rates/specifications,

measurement shall be taken in accordance with relevant Standard Method of

Measurement of Bureau of Indian Standards.

Provisional Sums

Definition of “Provisional Sum”

58.1 “Provisional Sum” means a sum included in the Contract and so designated in the

Bill of Quantities for the execution of any part of the Works or for the supply of

goods, materials, Plant or services, or for contingencies, which sum may be used,

in whole or in part, or not at all, on the instructions of the Engineer. The

Contractor shall be entitled to only such amounts in respect of the work, supply or

contingencies to which such Provisional Sums relate as the Engineer shall

determine as accordance with this Clause. The Engineer shall notify the

Contractor of any determination made under this Sub-Clause, with a copy to the

Employer.

Use of Provisional Sums

58.2 In respect of every Provisional Sums the Engineer shall have authority to issue

instructions for the execution of work or for the supply of goods, materials, Plant

or services by:

a) the Contractor, in which case the Contractor shall be entitled to an amount

equal to the value thereof determined in accordance with Clause 52, and


62

b) a nominated Sub-contractor, as hereinafter defined, in which case the

sum to be paid to the Contractor thereof shall be determined and paid in

accordance with Sub-Clause 59.4.

Production of Vouchers

58.3 The Contractor shall produce to the Engineer all quotations, invoices, vouchers

and accounts or receipts in connection with expenditure in respect of Provisional

Sums, except where work is valued in accordance with rates or prices set out in

the Tender.

Nominated Subcontractors

Definition of “Nominated Subcontractor”

59.1 All specialists, merchants, tradesmen and others executing any work or supplying

any goods, materials, Plant or services for which Provisional Sums are included

in the Contract, who may have been or be nominated or selected or approved by

the Employer or the Engineer, and all persons to whom by virtue of the provisions

of the Contractor the Contractor is required to sub-contract shall, in the execution

of such work or the supply of such goods, materials, Plant or services, be

deemed to be sub-contractors to the Contractor and are referred to in this

Contract as “nominated Sub-contractors”.

Nominated Subcontractors; Objection to Nomination

59.2 The Contractor shall not be required by the Employer or the Engineer, or be

deemed to be under any obligation, to employ any nominated Sub-contractor

against whom the Contractor may raise reasonable objection or who declines to

enter into a sub-contract with the Contractor containing provisions:

(a) that in respect of the work, goods, materials, Plant or services the subject

of the sub-contract, the nominated Sub-contractor will undertake towards

the Contractor such obligations and liabilities as will enable the Contractor

to discharge his own obligations and liabilities towards the Employer

under the terms of the Contract and will save harmless and indemnify the

Contractor from and against the same and from all claims proceedings,

damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in


63

connection therewith, or arising out or in connection with any failure to

perform such obligations or to fulfil such liabilities, and

(b) that the nominated Sub-contractor will save harmless and indemnify the

Contractor from and against any negligence by the nominated Sub-

contractor, his agents, workmen and servants and from and against any

misuse by him or them of any Temporary Works provided by the

Contractor for the purposes of the Contract and from all claims as

aforesaid.

Design Requirements to be Expressly Stated

59.3 If in connection with any Provisional Sum the services to be provided include any

matter of design or specification of any part of the Permanent Works or of any

Plant to be incorporated therein, such requirement shall be expressly stated in

the Contract and shall be included in any nominated Subcontractor. The

nominated Sub-contractor shall specify that the nominated Sub-contractor

providing such services will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and

against the same and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and

expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any failure to perform

such obligations or to fulfil such liabilities.

Payments to Nominated Subcontractors

59.4 For all work executed or goods, materials, Plant or services supplied by any

nominated Sub-contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to:

(a) the actual price paid or due to be paid by the Contractor, or the

instructions of the Engineer, and in accordance with the Sub-contractor;

(b) in respect of labour supplied by the Contractor, the sum, if any, entered in

the Bill of Quantities or, if instructed by the Engineer pursuant to

paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 58.2, as may be determined in accordance

with Clause 52; and

(c) in respect of all other charges and profit, a sum being a percentage rate of

the actual price paid or due to be paid calculated, where provision has

been made in the Bill of Quantities for a rate to be set against the relevant

Provisional Sum, at the rate inserted by the Contractor against that item

or, where no such provision has been made, at the rate inserted by the


64

Contractor and repeated where provision for such is made in special item

provided in the Bill of Quantities for such purpose.

Certification of Payments to Nominated Subcontractors

59.5 Before issuing, under Clause 60, any certificate, which includes any payment in

respect of work done or goods, materials, Plant or services supplied by any

nominated Sub-contractor, the Engineer shall be entitled to demand from the

Contractor reasonable proof that all payments, less retentions, included in

previous certificates in respect of the work or goods, materials, Plant or services

of such nominated Sub-contractor have been paid or discharged by the

Contractor. If the Contractor fails to supply such proof then, unless the

Contractor:

(a) satisfies the Engineer in writing that he has reasonable cause for with

holding or refusing to make such payments, and

(b) produces to the Engineer reasonable proof that he has so informed such

nominated Sub-contractor in writing,

the Employer shall be entitled to pay to such nominated Sub-contractor

direct, upon the certificate of the Engineer, all payments, less retentions,

provided for in the nominated Sub-Contract, which the Contractor has

failed to make to such nominated Sub-contractor and to deduct by way of

set-off the amount so paid by the Employer from any sums due or to

becomes due from the Employer to the Contractor.

Provided that, where the Engineer has certified and the Employer has

paid direct as aforesaid, the Engineer shall, in issuing any further

certificate in favour of the Contractor, deduct from the amount thereof the

amount so paid, direct as aforesaid, but shall not with hold or delay the

issue of the certificate itself when due to be issued under the terms of the

Contract.

Certificates and Payments

Monthly Statements

60.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer after the end of each month two

copies, each signed by the Contractor’s representative, a statement, in such form


65

as the Engineer may from time to time prescribe, showing the amounts to which

the Contractor considers himself entitled up to the end of the respective month in

relation to:

(a) the value of the Works executed along with detailed measurements of

various items in Bill Of Quantities,

(b) adjustments under Clause 70 ( to be submitted quarterly), and

(c) any other sum to which the Contractor consider himself to be entitled

under the Contract or otherwise.

Monthly Payment

60.2 The Engineer shall within 28 days of receiving such statement, deliver to the

Employer an Interim payment Certificate stating the amount of payment to the

Contractor which the Engineer considers due and payable in respect of such

statement, subject:

(a) firstly, to the retention of the amount calculated by applying the

Percentage of Retention stated in Clause 10.1 to the amount to which the

Contractor is entitled and

(b) secondly, to the deduction, other than pursuant to Clause 47, of any sums

which may have become due and payable by the Contractor to the

Employer.

Notwithstanding the terms of this Clause or any other Clause of the

Contract no amount will be certified by the Engineer for payment until the

performance security, if required under the Contract, has been provided

by the Contractor and approved by the Employer.

Refund of Performance Security

60.3 (a) Upon the issue of Taking-Over Certificate with respect to the whole of the

Works, the Contract Deposit, or upon the issue of Taking-Over certificate

with respect of a Section or part of Permanent Works only such proportion

thereof as the Engineer determines having regard to the relative value of

such Section or part of the Permanent Works, shall be certified by the

Engineer for payment to the Contractor.

(b) Upon the expiration of the Defects Liability Period for the Works, the

Retention Money shall be certified by the Engineer for payment to the


66

Contractor. Provided that, in the event of different Defects Liability Period

having become applicable to different Sections or parts of the Permanent

Works pursuant to Clause 48, the expression “expiration of the Defects

Liability Period” shall, for the purpose of this Sub-Clause, be deemed to

mean the expiration of the latest of such period. Provided also that if at

such time there shall remain to be executed by the Contractor any work

instructed, pursuant to Clauses 49 and 50, in respect of the Works, the

Engineer shall be entitled to with hold certification until completion of such

work of so much of the balance of the Retention money as shall, in the

opinion of the Engineer, represent the cost of the work remaining to be

executed.

Correction of Certificates

60.4 The Engineer may by any Interim Payment Certificate make any correction or

modification in any previous Interim Payment Certificate which shall have been

issued by him and shall have authority, if any work is not being carried out to his

satisfaction, to omit or reduce the value of such work in any Interim Payment

Certificate.

Advance against material

60.5 Advance may, from time to time, if the Engineer thinks fit, be made to the

Contractor to the extent of 90 percent of the value of such material, worked out

on the basis of Schedule of Rates prevailing at the time of estimation as indicated

in tender or procurement value, whichever is lower, against indenture bond,

provided such material is brought to the works and Engineer is satisfied that they

are the bona fide property of the contractor, suitable in quantity for use in the

permanent work and properly housed and protected. The Engineer shall however

have the right to reject any such material of which he may thereafter disapprove

and order the removal, and in case of such rejection, disapproval or order for

removal, all loss resulting therefrom shall be borne by the contractor, it being the

intention of this clause that any such materials shall continue to be subject to all

the provisions of the contract.

The advance payment so made shall be recovered from the subsequent interim

payment towards monthly statement of the contractor. However, a fresh advance

will be recommended once in a month through the interim payment depending

upon the physical stock of material, lying at site.


67

Final Statement

60.6 Not later than 84 days after the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate in respect of

the whole of the Works , the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer two copies of

a Statement at Completion with supporting documents showing in detail, in the

form approved by the Engineer:

a. the final value of all work done in accordance with the Contract up to the

date stated in such Taking-Over Certificate,

b. any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due, and

c. an estimate of amounts which the Contractor considers will become due

to him under the Contract.

If the Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the Statement at

Completion, the Contractor shall submit such further information as the Engineer

may reasonably require and shall make such changes in the Statement as may

be agreed between them. The Contractor shall then prepare and submit to the

Engineer the final statement as agreed (for the purpose of these Conditions

referred to as the “Final Statement”).

If, following discussions between the Engineer and the Contractor and any

changes to the final statement which may be agreed between them, it becomes

evident that a dispute exists, the Engineer shall deliver to the Employer a Final

Payment Certificate for those parts of the draft final statement, if any, which are

not in dispute. The dispute may then be settled in accordance with Clause 67.

Discharge

60.7 Upon submission of the Final Statement, the Contractor shall give to the

Engineer, a written discharge confirming that the total of the Final Statement

represents full and final settlement of all monies due to the Contractor arising out

of or in respect of the Contract Provided that such discharge shall become

effective only after payment due under the Final Payment Certificate issued

pursuant to Sub-Clause 60.8 has been made. Provided further that Contractor’s

liability does not cease till issue of Defect Liability Certificate.

Final Payment Certificate

60.8 Within 60 days after receipt of the Final Statement, and the written discharge, the

Engineer shall issue to the Contractor, a Final Payment Certificate stating :


68

(a) the amount which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is finally due under the

Contract or otherwise, and

(b) after giving credit to the Employer for all amounts previously paid by the

Employer and for all sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance,

if any, due from the Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to

the Employer as the case may be.

Cessation of Employer’s Liability

60.9 The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing arising

out of or in connection with the Contract or execution of the Works, unless the

Contractor shall have included a claim in respect thereof in his Final Statement

and (except in respect of matters or things arising after the issue of the Taking-

Over Certificate in respect of the whole of the Works) in the Statement at

Completion referred to in Sub-Clause 60.5.

Time for Payment

60.10 Up to 75% of the amount due to the Contractor under any Interim Payment

Certificate issued by the Engineer pursuant to this Clause, or to any other term of

the Contract, shall, subject to Clause 47, be paid by the Employer to the

Contractor within 7 working days and the balance amount within 21 working days

of receipt of Interim Payment Certificate. In the case of the Final Payment

Certificate referred to in Sub-Clause 60.8, within 60 days, of receipt of such Final

Payment Certificate. In the event of the failure of the Employer to make payment

within the times stated, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest at the

rate stated in the Annexure - A upon all sums unpaid but payable from the date

by which the same should have been paid. The provisions of this Sub-Clause are

without prejudice to the Contractor’s entitlement under Clause 69 or otherwise.

No interest for delayed payments due to disputes etc.

60.11 No claim for interest or damage will be entertained by the Employer with respect

to any money, or balances which may be in his hands owing to any dispute or

difference.

Recovery of dues from the Contractor

60.12 All amounts whatsoever which the Contractor is liable to pay to the Corporation in

connection with the Works shall be recovered from any other contract or account


69

of the Contractor or as arrears of Land Revenue under Paragraph 6 of 1st

Schedule of the Maharashtra Regional Town Planning Act, 1966

Crèche Facility for the Children of Construction Labour

60.13 CIDCO has undertaken to provide crèche facilities for children of construction

labour through one of the volunteer agency. The facility is open to children of

construction labourers employed by the Contractor. In order to meet the

expenses of providing crèche facility, the following charges shall be levied on the

Contractor.

a. For Contract Price up to

Rs.20,000/- to Rs.50,000/-

NIL

b. For Contract Price from Rs.50,001/-

to Rs.75,000/-

0.5% of Contract Price

with a minimum of Rs.

500.00

c. For Contract Price ranging from

Rs.75,001/- to Rs.2,00,000/-

1% of Contract Price with

a minimum of Rs.750/-

d. For Contract Price ranging from

Rs.2,00,001/- to Rs.5,00,000/-

1.5% of Contract Price

with a minimum of

Rs.3,000/-

e. For Contract Price above

Rs.5,00,000/-

1.5% of Contract Price or

Rs.1,00,000/- whichever is

less.

i) The aforesaid amount shall be recoverable even if such facility is not

made available by the Corporation in the particular node.

ii) The amount shall be recovered, from first three Interim Payment

Certificates, in full.

Approval only by Defects Liability Certificate

61.1 Only the Defects Liability Certificate, referred to in Clause 62, shall be deemed to

constitute approval of the Works.


70

Defects Liability Certificate

62.1 The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Defects Liability

Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer and delivered to the

Contractor, stating the date on which the Contractor shall have completed his

obligations to execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects therein

to the Engineer’s satisfaction. The Defects Liability Certificate shall only be given

by the Engineer after the inspection of work, made prior to expiry of defects

liability period & shall be issued within 28 days after the expiration of the Defects

Liability Period, or, if different defects liability periods shall become applicable to

different Sections or parts of the Permanent Works , the expiration of the latest

such period, or as soon thereafter as any Works instructed, pursuant to Clause

49 and 50, have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Unfulfilled Obligations

62.2 Notwithstanding the issue of the Defects Liability Certificate the Contractor and

Employer shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation incurred under the

provisions of the Contract prior to the issue of the Defects Liability Certificate

which remains unperformed at the time such Defects Liability Certificate is issued

and, for the purpose of determining the nature and extent of any such obligation,

the Contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties to the

Contract.

Remedies

Default of Contractor

63.1 If the Contractor is deemed by law unable to pay his debts as they fall due, or

enters into voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution (other

than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction),

or becomes insolvent, or makes an arrangement with, or assignment in favour of,

his creditors, or agree to carry out the Contractor under a committee of inspection

of his creditors, or if a receiver, administrator, trustee or liquidator is appointed

over any substantial part of his assets, or if, under any law or regulation relating

to reorganisation, arrangement or readjustment of debts, proceeding are

commenced against the Contractor or resolutions passed in connection with

dissolution or liquidation or if any steps are taken to enforce any security or


71

interest over a substantial part of the assets of the Contractor, or if any act is

done or event occurs with respect to the Contractor or his assets which, under

any applicable law has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing acts or

events, or if the Contractor has contravened Sub-Clause 3.1, or has an execution

levied on his goods, or if the Engineer certifies to the Employer, with a copy to the

Contractor, that, in his opinion, the Contractor:

(a) has repudiated the Contract,

(b) without reasonable excuse has failed,

(i) to commence the Works in accordance with Sub-Clause 41.1, or

(ii) to proceed with the Works , or any Section thereof, within 28 days

after receiving notice pursuant to Sub-Clause 46.1,

(c) has failed to comply with a notice issued pursuant to Sub-Clause 37.4 or

an instruction issued pursuant to Sub-Clause 39.1 within 28 days after

having received it,

(d) despite previous warning from the Engineer, in writing, is otherwise

persistently or flagrantly neglecting to comply with any of his obligations

under the Contract,

(e) has contravened Sub-Clause 4.1

(f) is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the

proprietor died or the Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the

partners has died and the legal representative of the deceased contractor

or surviving partners of the partnership concern, in opinion of the

Employer, cannot carry out and complete the Contract.

then the Employer may, after giving 14 days notice to the Contractor,

enter upon the Site and the Works and terminate the employment of the

Contractor without thereby releasing the Contractor from any of his

obligations or liabilities under the Contract, or affecting the rights and

authorities conferred on the Employer or the Engineer by the Contract,

and may himself complete the Works or may employ any other contractor

to complete the Works. The Employer or such other contractor may use

for such completion so much of the Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary

Works and materials as he or they may think proper.


72

Valuation at Date of Termination

63.2 The Engineer shall, as soon as may be practicable after any such entry and

terminations by the Employer, fix and determine ex parte, or by or after reference

to the parties or after such investigation or enquiries as may think fit to make or

institute, and shall certify:

(a) what amount (if any) had, at the time of such entry and termination, been

reasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in

respect of work then actually done by him under the Contract, and

(b) the value of any of the said unused or partially used materials, any

Contractor’s Equipment and any Temporary Works .

Payment after Termination

63.3 If the Employer terminates the Contractor’s employment under this Clause, he

shall not be liable to pay to the Contractor any further amount (including

damages) in respect of the Contract until the expiration of the Defects Liability

Period and there after until the costs of execution, completion and remedying of

any defects, damages for delay in completion (if any) and all other expenses

incurred by the Employer have been ascertained and the amount thereof certified

by the Engineer. The Contractor shall then be entitled to receive only such sum (if

any) as the Engineer may certify would have been payable to him upon due

completion by him after deducting the said amount. If such amount exceeds the

sum which would have been payable to the Contractor on due completion by him,

then the Contractor shall, upon demand, pay to the Employer the amount of such

excess and it shall be deemed a debt due by the Contractor to the Employer and

shall be recoverable accordingly.

Assignment of Benefit of Agreement

63.4 Unless prohibited by law, the Contractor shall, if so instructed by the Engineer

within 14 days of such entry and termination referred to in Sub-Clause 63.1,

assign to the Employer the benefit of any agreement for the supply of any goods

or materials or services and/or for the execution of any work for the purposes of

the Contract, which the Contractor may have entered into.

Urgent Remedial Work

64.1 If, by reason of any accident, or failure, or other event occurring to, in, or in

connection with the Works or any part thereof, either during the execution of the


73

Works , or during the Defects Liability period, any remedial or other work is, in the

opinion of the Engineer, urgently necessary for the safety of the Works and the

Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to do such work, the Employer shall be

entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out such work as the Engineer

may consider necessary. If the work of repair so done by the Employer is work

which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own

cost under the Contract, then all costs consequent thereon or incidental thereto

shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, be determined

by the Engineer and shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer,

and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or to become due to

the Contractor and the Engineer shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a

copy to the Employer. Provided that the Engineer shall, as soon after the

occurrence of any such emergency as may be reasonably practicable, notify the

Contractor thereof.

Special Risks

No Liability for Special Risks

65.1 The Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever in consequence of any of

the special risks referred to in Sub-Clause 65.2, whether by way of indemnity or

otherwise, for or in respect of:

(a) Destruction of or damage to the Works, save to work condemned under

the provisions of Clause 39 prior to the occurrence of any of the said

special risks.

(b) Destruction of or damage to property, whether of the Employer or third

parties, or

(c) Injuries or loss of life.

Special Risks

65.2 The special risks are:

(a) the risks defined under paragraphs (a), (c) (d) and (e) of Sub-Clause 20.4,

and

(b) the risks defined under paragraphs (b) of Sub-Clause 20.4 insofar as

these relate to the country in which the Works are to be executed.


74

Damage to Works by Special Risks

65.3 If the Works or any materials or Plant on or near or in transit to the Site, or any of

the Contractor’s Equipment, sustain destruction or damage by reason of any of

the said special risks, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment in accordance

with the Contract for any permanent Works duly executed and for any materials

or Plant so destroyed or damaged and, so far as may be required by the

Engineer or as may be necessary for the completion of the Works , to payment

for:

(a) rectifying and such destruction or damage to the Works , and

(b) replacing or rectifying such materials or Contractor’s Equipment and the

Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price in accordance

with Clause 52 (which shall in the case of the cost of replacement of

Contractor’s Equipment include the fair market value thereof as

determined b the Engineer) and shall notify the Contractor accordingly,


Projectile, Missile

65.4 Destruction, damage, injury or loss of life caused by the explosion or impact,

whenever and wherever occurring, of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade, or other

projectile, missile, munitions, or explosive of war, shall be deemed to be a

consequence of the said special risks.

Increased Costs arising from Special Risks

65.5 Save to the extent that the Contractor is entitled to payment under any other

provision of the Contract, the Employer shall repay to the Contractor any costs of

the execution of the Works (other than such as may be attributable to the cost or

reconstructing work condemned under the provisions of Clause 39 prior to the

occurrence of any special risk) which are howsoever attributable to or consequent

on or the result of or in any was whatsoever connected with the said special risks,

subject however to the provisions in this Clause hereinafter contained in regard to

outbreak of war, but the Contractor shall, as soon as any such cost comes to his

knowledge, forthwith notify the Engineer thereof. The Engineer shall, after due

consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, determine the amount of the

Contractor’s cost in respect thereof which shall be added to the Contractor Price

and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.


75

Outbreak of War

65.6 If, during the currency of the Contract, there is an outbreak of war, whether war is

declared or not, in any part of the world which, whether financially or otherwise,

materially affects the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall, unless and

until the Contract is terminated under the provision of this Clause, continue to use

his best endeavours to complete the execution of the Works. Provided that the

Employer shall be entitled, at any time after such outbreak of war, to terminate

the Contract by giving notice to the Contractor and, upon such notice being given,

the Contract shall, except as to the rights of the parties under this Clause and

Clause 67, terminate, but without prejudice to the rights of either party in respect

of any antecedent breach thereof.

Removal of Contractor’s Equipment on Termination

65.7 If the Contract is terminated under the provisions of Sub-Clause 65.6, the

Contractor shall, with all reasonable dispatch, remove from the Site, all

Contractor’s Equipment and shall give similar facilities to his Subcontractors to do

so.

Payment if Contract Terminated

65.8 If the Contract is terminated as aforesaid, the Contractor shall be paid by the

Employer, insofar as such amounts or items have not already been covered by

payments on account made to the Contractor, for all work executed prior to the

date of termination at the rates and prices provided in the Contract and in

addition:

(a) the amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items referred to in the

Bill of Quantities, so far as the work or service comprised therein has

been carried out or performed, and a proper proportion of any such items

which have been partially carried out or performed;

(b) the cost of materials, Plant or goods reasonably ordered for the Works

which have been delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is

legally liable to accept delivery, such materials, Plant or goods becoming

the property of the Employer upon such payments being made by him;

(c) a sum being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred by the

Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole of the Works


76

insofar as such expenditure has not been covered by any other payment

referred to in this Sub-Clause;

(d) any additional sum payable under the provisions of Sub-clause 65.3 and

65.5;

(e) such proportion of the cost as may be reasonable, taking into account

payment made or to be made for work executed, of removal of

Contractor’s Equipment under Sub-Clause 65.7 and, if required by the

Contractor, return thereof to the Contractor’s main plant yard in this

country of registration or to other destination, at no greater cost; and

(f) the reasonable cost of repatriation of all the Contractor’s staff and

workmen employed on or in connection with the Works at the time of

such termination.

Provided that against any payment due from the Employer under this Sub-

Clause, the Employer shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding

balance due from the Contractor for advances in respect of Contractor’s

Equipment, materials and Plant and any other sums which, at the date of

termination, were recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor under

the terms of the Contract. Any sums payable under this Sub-Clause shall,

after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, be

determined by the Engineer who shall notify the Contractor accordingly,


Release from Performance

Payment in Event of Release from Performance

66.1 If any circumstance outside the control of both parties arises after the issue of the

Letter of Acceptance which renders it impossible or unlawful for either or both

parties to fulfil his or their contractual obligations, or under the law governing the

Contract the parties are released from further performance, then the parties shall

be discharged from the Contract, except as to their rights under this Clause and

Clause 67 and without prejudice to the rights of either party in respect of any

antecedent breach of the Contract, and the sum payable by the Employer to the

Contractor in respect of the work executed shall be the same as that which would


77

have been payable under Clause 65 if the Contract had been terminated under

the provisions of Clause 65.

Settlement of Disputes

67.1 If a dispute of any kind whatsoever arises between the Employer and the

Contractor in connection with, or arising out of, the Contract or the execution of

the Works, whether during the execution of the Works or after their completion

and whether before or after repudiation or Foreclosure or termination of the

Contract, including any dispute as to any opinion, instruction, determination,

certificate or valuation of the Engineer, the matter in dispute shall, in the first

place, be referred in writing to the Engineer, with a copy to the other party. Such

reference shall state that it is made pursuant to this Clause. Not later than the

Ninetieth day after the day on which he received such reference the engineer

shall give notice of his decision to the Employer and the Contractor. Such

decision shall state that it is made pursuant to this Clause.

Unless the Contract has already been repudiated or foreclosed or terminated, the

Contractor shall, in every case, continue to proceed with the Works with all due

diligence and the Contractor and the Employer shall give effect forthwith to every

such decision of the Engineer unless and until the same shall be revised, as

hereinafter provided.

67.2 In case, the Contractor or Employer is dissatisfied with any decision of the

Engineer or Appellate authority or as the case may be, he may appeal within 30

days of such decision, in accordance with the provisions in Sub-Clause 67.3, to

the appellate authorities, and on payment of a Claim deposit equivalent to 5

percent of total Claim amount. The appeal shall also lie if no decision is given

within time specified in clause 67.1 and 67.3

In case of failure of such an appeal, the decision of the Engineer or the appellate

authority shall become final and binding upon the Employer and the Contractor

without further appeal to any authority.

67.3 The appeal pursuant to sub-clause 67.2 shall be dealt with in accordance with the

provisions given hereunder.


78

Order of Appeal Appellate authority Period allowed for the

decision

i) for the Contracts up to 10 Crores

1st appeal Superintending

Engineer

30 days

2nd & Final

appeal

Chief Engineer 60 days

ii) for the Contracts above 10 Crores and up to 25 Crores

1st appeal Chief Engineer 45 days

2nd & Final

appeal

Managing Director 60 days

iii) for the Contracts above 25 Crores

1st appeal Managing Director 60 days

2nd & Final

appeal

Dispute Review Board 90 days

a) On receipt of the appeal, the appellate authority shall give a hearing to the

Contractor, the Employer and the Engineer, before delivering his decision.

b) The decision of appellate authority on final appeal shall be final,

conclusive and biding on both the parties and without further appeal to

any authority.

c) No professional lawyer shall be allowed to appear at any level of hearing

including in the proceedings before the Dispute Review Board.

d) Out of Claim deposit made under sub-clause 67.2, the amount in

proportion to the claims granted shall be refunded to the Contractor.

67.4 Procedure for Settlement of Dispute through Dispute Review Board

67.4.1 If the contractor is dissatisfied with any decision of the Managing director

or if the Managing director fails to give decision within a period allowed

for decision as per sub-clause 67.3, the Contractor shall communicate his

dissatisfaction to the Managing Director, within 30 days from receipt of the

notice of such decision or the expiry of such period, as the case may be,

with a request to start the process of Settlement of Dispute through

Dispute Review Board or to start the process of constitution of Dispute

Review Board, if the Dispute Review Board is not constituted.


79

67.4.2 The Dispute Review Board (“the Board”) shall comprise of three members

experienced with the type of construction involved in the works and with

the interpretation of contractual documents. One member each shall be

selected by Employer and Contractor and approved by the other. If either

of these members is not so selected and approved within 180 days of the

letter of acceptance or such other reasonable time as may be mutually

agreed by the contractor and the Engineer, then upon the request of

either or both the parties such members shall be selected as soon as

practicable by the President of the Institute of Engineers (I). The 3rd

member shall be selected by the other two and approved by the parties. If

the two members selected by or on behalf of the parties fail to select the

3rd member within 30 days after the letter of their selections, or if within 30

days, on selection of the 3 rd Member, the parties fail to approve that

member, then upon the request of either or both parties such 3 rd member

shall be selected promptly by the President of the Institute of Engineer (I),

who shall seek the approval of the proposed 3 rd Member by the parties

before selection but failing such approval, nevertheless select the 3 rd

member. The 3 rd member shall serve as Chairman of the Board.

In the event of death, disability or resignation of any Member, such

Member shall be replaced in the same manner as the Member being

replaced was selected. If for whatever other reason, a Member shall fail

or be unable to serve, the Chairman (or failing the action of Chairman

then either of the other Member) shall inform the parties and such non

serving member shall be replaced in the same manner as the Member

being replaced was selected. Any replacement made by the parties shall

be completed within 28 days after the event giving rise to the vacancy on

the Board, failing which the replacement shall be made by the above

appointing authority in the same manner as described above.

Replacement shall be considered completed when the new Member signs

the Board members declaration of acceptance. Throughout the

replacement process, the Members not being replaced shall continue to

serve and the Board shall continue to function except, however, that the

Board shall not conduct a hearing in order to issue a recommendation

until the replacement is completed.

67.4.3 Either the Employer or the Contractor may refer the dispute to the Board

in accordance with the provisions of Appendix-I to Sub-Clause 67.4.


80

Payment to the Board members shall be shared equally by the Employer

and the Contractor as prescribed in Paragraph 7 of Appendix-I to Sub-

Clause 67.4.

The decision of the Board will be final, conclusive and binding on both the

parties and is not appealable. If either the Employer or the Contractor is

dissatisfied with any recommendation of the Board, then in that case

either of the party can proceed in the matter as per the legal remedy

available to that party.

If the Board fails to issue its recommendation within 90 days after receipt

by the Chairman of the Board of the written request for recommendation

then in that case also either of the party can proceed with legal action for

getting resolved the matter. If the Board has issued recommendations to

the Engineer and the Contractor within the said 90 days and no notice of

intention to proceed with the legal action to resolve the dispute has been

given by the Employer as well as the Contractor within 14 days after the

parties received such recommendation from the Board, the

recommendation shall be become final, conclusive and binding on both

the parties. All the recommendation which have become final, conclusive

and binding shall be implemented by the parties forthwith, such

implementation to include any relevant action of the Engineer.

Unless the contract has already been repudiated or terminated, the

contractor shall, in every case continue to proceed with the work with all

due diligence and the contractor and Employer shall give effect forthwith

to every decision of the engineer unless and until the same shall be

revised as a result of operation of this sub clause.

67.4.4 If during the contract period, the Employer and Contractor are of the

opinion that the Board is not performing its function properly; the

Employer and Contractor may together disband the Board. In such an

event, the dispute will have to be resolved by taking legal recourse. The

Employer and the contractor shall jointly sign a notice specifying that the

Board shall stands dissolved with effect from the date specified in the

notice. The notice shall be posted by Register letter or delivered

personally to each member of the Board.


81

Notices

Notice to Contractor

68.1 All certificates, notices or instructions to be given to the Contractor by the

Employer or the Engineer under the terms of the Contract shall be sent by post,

cable, telex or facsimile transmission to or left at the Contractor’s principal place

of business or at the works Site office or such other address as the Contractor

shall nominate for that purpose.

Notice to Employer and Engineer

68.2 Any notice to be given to the Employer or to the Engineer under the terms of the

Contract shall be sent by post, cable, telex or facsimile transmission to or left at

the respective addresses nominated for that purpose in Annexure ‘A’ of these

conditions.

Change of Address

68.3 Either party, may change a nominated address to another address in the country

where the Works are being executed by prior notice to the other party, with a

copy to the Engineer, and the Engineer may do so by prior notice to both parties.

Default of Employer

Default of Employer

69.1 In the event of the Employer :

(a) failing to pay to the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the

Engineer within 28 days after the expiry of the time stated in the Sub-

Clause 60.10 within which payment is to be made, subject to any

deduction that the Employer is entitled to make under the Contract,

(b) interfering with or obstructing or refusing any required approval to the

issue of any such certificate.

(c) becoming bankrupt or, being a company, going into liquidation, other than

for the purpose of a scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation, or

(d) giving notice to the Contractor that or unforeseen economic reasons it is

impossible for him to continue to meet his contractual obligations,


82

the Contractor shall be entitled to terminate his employment under the

Contract by giving notice to the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer.

Such termination shall take effect 28 days after the giving of the notice.

Removal of Contractor’s Equipment

69.2 Upon the expiry of the 28 days notice referred to in Sub-Clause 69.1, the

Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of Sub-Clause 54.1, with all

reasonable dispatch, remove from the Site all Contractor’s Equipment brought by

him thereon.

Payment on Termination

69.3 In the event of such termination, the Employer shall be under the same

obligations to the Contractor in regard to payment as if the Contract had been

terminated under the provision of Clause 65, but, in addition to the payments

specified in Sub-Clause 65.8, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the

amount of any loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of or in connection

with or by consequence of such termination.

Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work

69.4 Without prejudice to the Contractor’s entitlement to interest under Sub-Clause

60.10 and to terminate under Sub-Clause 69.1, the Contractor may, if the

Employer fails to pay the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the

Engineer within 28 days after the expiry of the time stated in Sub-Clause 60.10

within which payment is to be made, subject to any deduction that the Employer

is entitled to make under the Contract, after giving 28 days prior notice to the

Employer, with a copy to the Engineer, suspend work or reduce the rate of work.

If the Contractor suspends work or reduce the rate of work in accordance with the

provisions of this Sub-Clause and thereby suffers delay or incurs costs the

Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor,

determine any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under Clause

44, and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

Resumption of work

69.5 Where the Contractor suspends work or reduces the rate of work, having given

notice in accordance with Sub-Clause 69.4, and the Employer subsequently pays

the amount due, including interest pursuant to Sub-Clause 60.10, the

Contractor’s entitlement under Sub-Clause 69.1 shall, if notice of termination has


83

not been given, lapse and the Contractor shall resume normal working as soon

as is reasonably possible.

Changes in cost and Legislation

Price variation clause

70.1 The amounts payable to the contractor and valued at base prices in accordance

with Schedule shall be adjusted for rises or falls in the cost of labour, materials,

fuel, cement, steel, bitumen, CI/DI pipes etc. by addition or deduction of the

amounts determined by the formulae prescribed in this sub clause. To the extent

that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered

by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the Contractor’s quoted

Price shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other

rise or fall in costs.

The amount to be added to or deducted from the Payment Certificates (PC) for

changes in Cost shall be determined from the following formula.

VN = VL+Vm+Vf+Vc+Vs +VSt+ Vd+ Vb

Where,

VN= Amount to be added to or deducted from payment certificate (PC)

VL= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to labour

Vm= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to all materials excluding base materials mentioned in

Annexure-A

Vf = Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to POL

Vc= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to Cement

Vs= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to HYSD / TMT Steel

Vst= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost


84

due to Structural Steel

Vd= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to CI / DI pipes

Vb= Amount to be added to or deducted from PC for changes in cost

due to Bitumen

The percentages in respect of Labour, Materials and POL mentioned in

Annexure ‘A’ will govern the price adjustment for the entire contract.

(A) Formula for Labour Component:

VL = 0.85 x PL x (R- B) x (L1 – L0)

100 L0

Where,

VL = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to changes in rates for local labour.

Lo = The average Consumer price index for industrial workers for

centre specified in Annexure-A for the month preceding the date

of opening of Bids, as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of

Labour, Government of India.

L1 = The average Consumer price index for industrial workers for the

centre specified in Annexure-A for the month under consideration

as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of

India.

PL = Percentage of labour component of the work.

R = Cost of work done during the period under consideration.

B= Cost of all base materials at base rates consumed in the work

during the period under consideration

(B) Formula for Materials Component:

Vm = 0.85 x Pm_ x (R- B) x ( M1 – M0)

100 M0

Where,


85

Vm = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to changes in rates for local materials other than

base materials

Mo = The all India average wholesale price index (all commodities) for

the month preceding the date of opening of Bids, as published by

the Ministry of Industrial Development Government of India, New

Delhi.

M1 = The all India average wholesale price index (all commodities) for

the month under consideration as published by Ministry of

Industrial Development Government of India, New Delhi.

Pm = Percentage of local materials component (other than base

materials) of the work.




(C) Formula for Petrol, Oil and Lubricant (POL) Component:

Vf = 0.85 x Pf x (R- B) x ( F1 – F0)

100 F0

Where,

Vf = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to changes in rates for fuel and lubricants.

F0 = Average price of HSD at Center specified in Annexure-A including

all taxes and levies for the month preceding the date of opening of

bids.

F1 = The average official retail price of HSD at Center specified in

Annexure-A during the period under consideration, including all

taxes and levies

Pf = Percentage of fuel and lubricants component of the work.





86

70.1.2 The price adjustment for variation in cost of base mentioned in Annexure-A shall

be made in accordance with the following formulae subject to condition

mentioned below:

Price adjustment for Cement Component

(i) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of cement procured by the

contractor shall be paid in accordance with the following formula:

Vc = Qc x (C1 – C0)

Where

Vc = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to Changes in the rates for cement

Qc = Quality of Cement procured during the period under consideration

C0 = Base rate of cement as stated in Annexure ‘A’

C1 = Average rate of cement during the period under consideration This

shall be the average rate during the period under consideration for

ACC/ Ambuja / Birla Super, of 43 grade cement published in

Economic Times, Mumbai, from time to time, including all taxes,

levies or actual procurement price, based on purchase order &

invoice vouchure as produced by contractor whichever is less.

In order to make the Price Variation Clause applicable to the cement component

used in the ready mix concrete, following procedure will be adopted :

a) In case of ready mix concrete produced in the batching plant installed at

site, the cement procurement and consumption records are maintained in

the register as per the normal practice and price adjustment is calculated

based on the formula.

b) In case the ready mix concrete is procured from outside agency, the

calculation of the procurement of cement will be based on the cement

constant approved in the mix design adopted and the quantum worked out

on the basis of actual quantity of concrete consumed during the period

under consideration and Price Variation thereafter shall be calculated

based on the above formula.


87

Price adjustment for HYSD / TMT steel component

(ii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of steel procured by the


Vs = Qs x (S 1 – S0)

Where

Vs = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to changes in the rates for steel

Qs = Quantity of HYSD / TMT Steel procured during the period under

consideration

S0 = Base rate of HYSD / TMT Steel as stated in Annexure ‘A’.

S1 = Average rate of HYSD / TMT Steel during the period under

consideration This shall be the average rate during the period

under consideration of RINL/ SAIL / TATA Steel at Mumbai

including all taxes, levies etc. or actual procurement price, based

on purchase order & invoice vouchure produced by contractor

whichever is less.

Price adjustment of structural steel component

(iii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of steel procured by the


Vst = Qst x (St1 – St0)

Where

Vst = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under

consideration due to changes in the rates for structural steel

Qst = Quantity of Structural Steel procured during the period under

consideration

St0 = Base rate of Structural Steel as stated in Annexure ‘A’.

St1 = Average rate of Structural Steel during the period under

consideration This shall be the average rate during the period

under consideration of RINL/ SAIL / TATA Steel at Mumbai

including all taxes, levies etc. or actual procurement price, based


88

on purchase order & invoice voucher produced by contractor

whichever is less.

Price Adjustment for C.I. / D.I. pipes

Vd = Qd x (P1 – P0)

Where

Vd = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for C.I./D.I. pipes

component

Qd = Tonnage of C.I./D.I. pipes and specials, excluding appurtenances

procured in the Works during the quarter under consideration

P0 = Pig Iron basic price in rupees per tonne stipulated as base rate for

CI/DI pipes in Annexure ‘A’.

P1 = Average pig iron price in rupees per tonne during the quarter

under consideration (Published by Kudremukh Iron Ore Co. Ltd.

Bangalore) or actual procurement price, based on purchase order

& invoice voucher produced by contractor whichever is less.

Price Adjustment for Bitumen

Vb = Qb x (B1 – B0)

Where,

Qb = Quantity of Bitumen procured during the period under

consideration in MT.

B1 = official price (the price declared by the I.O.C. / H.P. / B.P. Depot)

of bitumen at Mumbai for the day on which price rise is announced

during the period under consideration or actual procurement price,

based on purchase order & invoice vouchure produced by

contractor whichever is less.

B0 = Official price (the price declared by the I.O.C. / H.P. / B.P. Depot)

of bitumen at Mumbai for the day 30 days preceding the last date

prescribed for receipt of tender/ Final offer).

Vb = Price adjustment on account of variation in price of bitumen.


89

NOTE: For calculation of price adjustment for Bitumen:

(a) For arriving basic & current rates, the actual taxes as levied by Govt., as

applicable at that time shall be considered.

(b) For calculation of price adjustment for Bitumen, price list of Mumbai only

shall be considered, irrespective of places where Contractor purchases

Bitumen.

(c) The rate of one specific Company (for e.g. IOC, HP or BP Depot) shall be

considered for calculation of Bitumen price adjustment payment to the

Contractor and rates of same Company shall be considered for entire

period of Contract.

70.1.3 Conditions applicable to Sub-Clause 70.1.1 & 70.1.2

(i) The Operative Period of the Contract shall mean the period from

Commencement Date and ending on the date when the time allowed for

the work specified in the work order expires, taking into consideration the

extension of time, if any, for completion of the Work granted by Engineer

under the relevant clause or the conditions of Contract in cases other than

those where such extension is necessitated on account of default of the

Contractor. The decision of the Engineer as regards the Operative Period

of the Contract shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Contractor.

Where any Compensation for delay is levied on the Contractor on account

of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the relevant Contract

provisions, the price variation amount for the balance Work from the date

of levy of such compensation shall be worked out as follows :

a) The Indices and average rates of the base materials will be

pegged to the levels corresponding to the date from which such

compensation for delay is levied.

b) Pegged indices/ rates as well as actual indices/rates prevailing at

the time of calculation of price variation for the period under

consideration will be compared and lower of the two will be taken

for the calculating actual price variation amount.

(ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts of Contract

price more than Rs. 10 Lacs.


90

(iii) Price variation for varied items becomes operative when varied item is

derived in accordance with paragraphs (i) or (ii) of Sub-Clause 52.1 only.

The price variation under this clause shall not be applicable for the varied

items executed in the Work and rate of which are calculated in

accordance with paragraphs (iii) or (iv) of Sub-Clause 52.1 and also on

the excess quantities payable under the provisions of Sub-Clause 52.2, if

any.

(iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation in the said

Wholesale Price Index for all commodities, Consumer Price Index (New

Series) or price of HSD for Mumbai or cost of cement or steel or bitumen

or CI/DI pipes is on the plus side, payment on account of the price

variation shall be allowed to the Contractor and if it is on the negative side

the Corporation shall be entitled to recover the same from the Contractor

and the amount shall be deductible from the Interim Payment Certificates

for the respective period in which there are fluctuations.

(v) In order to facilitate computation of price variation to be made under this

clause, the contractor shall submit copy of original purchase order and

procurement invoices of all base materials. The Contractor shall also keep

such books of accounts and other documents as are necessary. The

Contractor shall allow inspection of the same by a duly authorised

representative of the corporation and shall at the request of the Engineer

furnish in such a manner as the Engineer may require, true copies of any

document so kept and such other information as the Engineer may require

for verification.

(vi) Total quantity of procurement of base materials for calculation of price

variation shall be restricted to the quantity of base materials actually

consumed in the Work.

(vii) Calculation of price variation at the time of preparation of Final statement

will be based on confirmed indices.

70.1.4 Save and except for what is provided in the foregoing clause, nothing herein shall

be construed to entitle the Contractor to reimbursement of any increase in the

price of materials or in the wages of labour occurring at any time and for any

reason whatsoever or increase in any current tax, duty or fee by the operation of

any law or enactment, or increase in the price of any petroleum product, coal,


91

electricity or water effected by or under the order of the Central Government or a

State Government or local authority or its instrumentality, except those admissible

in accordance with provisions of Sub-Clause 70.2

Reimbursement of taxes and duties

70.2 (i) a. All tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes and levies payable under

respective statutes. However, if any new tax or levy is imposed by

Central/State Government/Local body, after the date of submission of

tenders for the Contract including extensions if any, the Contractor shall

be reimbursed, subject to compliance of provisions of paragraphs (ii) and

(iii) of this Sub-clause.

b. Any increase or decrease in Royalty charges, Octroi, Cess Tax in lieu of

Octroi, Service tax and Custom duties on imports shall be reimbursed to

or recovered from the Contractor, subject to compliance of provisions of

paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Sub-clause.

(ii) The Contractor shall be reimbursed against proof of payment, the amount

so paid, provided such payments, if any, is not, in the opinion of the

Employer attributable to delay in execution of work within the control of

the Contractor. The Contractor shall keep necessary books of accounts

and other documents for the purpose of this condition as may be

necessary and shall allow inspection of the same by a duly authorized

representative of the Employer and shall furnish such other

information/document as the Employer may require from time to time.

(iii) The Contractor shall, with in a period of 30 days of the imposition of any

new tax or levy or of changes in existing structure of taxes or levies

mentioned in paragraph (i), give a written notice thereof to the Engineer

that the same is given pursuant to this condition, together with all

necessary information relating thereto.

(iv) This clause is not applicable for variations in base materials mentioned in

Annexure- A

Tax Registrations

71.1 For the various taxes levied in respect of the Contract under provisions of local

authorities or law of the state, if the Contractor is required to register with the tax

authorities, the Contractor shall obtain such registration and furnish the


92

registration number, in writing with required proof, to the Engineer. The

Contractor shall also produce a valid tax clearance certificate before the Final

payment under Final Payment Certificate, failing which, the payment may be

withheld.

If the Contractor is not liable to any of such tax registration or assessment, a

certificate to this effect from competent tax authority shall be produced by the

Contractor, failing which, the payment due to the Contractor may be withheld.


93

ANNEXURE 'A'

Clause No.

1.1(a)(iv) The Engineer for the Contract Name ……………………………………..

Designation ………………………………

43.1 Time for completion (inclusive / exclusive of monsoon)

A. Contract as whole ……… months

B. Sections (Part or Groups of items)

i) ……………………………………. : ……… months

ii) …………………………………….: ……… months

49.1 Defects Liability Period

i) …………………………………….. ……… Months / Years

ii) ……………………………………. ……… Months / Years

49.4 Percentage to be charged as

supervision charges for the work

got executed through other means ……………………………%

60.10 The rate of interest applicable for

payment delayed ………………% p.a.

70.1 i) Centre for price variation Indices : ……………………..

ii) Price variation clause factors :

PL : _________ %

Pm : _________ %

Pf : _________ %

Total 100.00 %


94

iii) Base Materials and Base Rates applicable: *

Base Rate of Cement : Rs. _________/M.Tonne

Base Rate of TMT/ HYSD Steel : Rs. _________/M.Tonne

Base Rate of Bitumen : Rs. _________/M.Tonne

Base Rate of Structural Steel : Rs. _________/M.Tonne

Base Rate of CI/DI pipes : Rs. _________/ M.Tonne

Signature of Issuing Officer Signature of Contractor

Date : Date :

* Strike out if not necessary.


95

ANNEXURE 'B'

(See Sub-Clause 19.1)

SAFETY PROVISIONS

1. Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely

be done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work

as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra mazdoor

shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying

materials as well, suitable footholds and holds shall be provided on the ladder

and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than 1/4 to 1 (1/4

horizontal and 1 vertical).

2. Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 metres above the ground or floor swung or

suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support, shall

have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured at

least 1 metre high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and

extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such

openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or

staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or

structure.

3. Working platform, gangways, and stairways shall be so constructed that they do

not sag unduly or unequally, and if height of a platform of gangway or stairway is

more than 3.25 metres above ground level or floor level, it shall be closely

boarded, have adequate width and be suitably fenced, as described in 2 above.

4. Every opening in floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with

suitable means to prevent fall of persons or materials by providing suitable

fencing or railing with a minimum height of 1 metre.

5. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other

working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder

shall be over 9 metres in length. Width between side rails in a rung ladder shall in

no ease be less than 30 cm for ladders up to and including three metres in length

for longer ladders this width shall be increased by at least 6 mm. for each

additional 30 cm. of length. Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cm.


96

5.1 Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment.

No materials on any of the sites shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger

or inconvenience to any person or the public. The Contractor shall provide all

necessary fencing and lights to protect public from accidents and shall be bound

to bear expenses of defence of every suit, action, other proceedings at law that

may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above

precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any

such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may with the

consent of the Contractor be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.

6. Excavation and Trenching : All trenches, 1.5 metres or more in depth, shall at all

times be supplied with at least one ladder for each 30 metres in length or fraction

thereof. Ladder shall be extended from bottom of trench to at least 1 metre above

surface of the ground. Sides of a trench which is 1.5 metres or more in depth

shall be stepped back to give suitable slope, or securely held by timber bracing,

so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. Excavated material shall not be

placed within 1.5 metres of edge of trench or half of depth of trench, whichever is

more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall

undermining or undercutting be done.

7. Demolition : Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the

process of the Work :

a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the Work site shall either be closed

or suitably protected.

b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger

over a cable. or apparatus used by operator shall remain electrically

charged.

c) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed,

from risk of fire or explosion, or flooding. No floor, roof, or other part of a

building shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it

unsafe.

8. All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the

Engineer shall be available for use of persons employed on the site and

maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use, and the Contractor shall

take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.


97

(a) Protective head wear shall be provided to workers on the site or in

quarries etc. to protect them against accidental fall of materials from

above.

(b) The workmen shall be supported with proper belts, ropes etc. where

working on any mast, cranes crib, hoist etc.

(c) Necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the use of

machinery shall be taken before they are allowed to handle it

independently and taking all necessary precautions in and around the

area where machines, hoists and similar units are working.

(d) Life belts, protective railings and /or Jali shall be provided for safety of all

workers, working at such situations from where they may accidentally fall.

(e) Sufficient first aid trained staff and equipments shall be quickly available

at the work site to render immediate first aid treatment in case of

accidents due to scaffolding, drowning and other injuries.

(f) Workers employed in mixing asphaltic material, cement and lime

mortars/concrete shall be provided with protective footwear, hand-gloves

and goggles.

(g) Those engaged in handling materials, which is injurious to eyes shall be

provided with protective goggles.

(h) Those engaged in welding Works shall be provided with welder's

protective eye shields.

(i) Stonebreakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective

clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

(j) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use,

the Contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and

manholes are ventilated at least for an hour before workers are allowed to

get into them. Manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with suitable

railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to

public.

(k) The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of eighteen and

women on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form.


98

Whenever men above the age of eighteen are employed on the work of

lead painting the following precautions shall be taken;

i) No paint containing lead products shall be used except in the form

of paste or ready made paint.

ii) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers when

paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint

dry rubbed and scrapped.

iii) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to workmen and

adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to

wash during and on cessation of work.

9. When Work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary

equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps

taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision made

for prompt first aid, treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the

course of the work.

10. Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage and

supports shall conform to the following:

a) (i) These shall be good mechanical construction, sound material and

adequate strength and free from patent defects and shall be kept

in good repair and in good working order.

(ii) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of

suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and

free from patent defects.

b) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly

qualified and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in-charge of

any hoisting machine including any scaffold winch or give signals to

operator.

c) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle,

swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of

suspension, safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly


99

marked with safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a

variable safe working load, each safe working load and the conditions

under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any

machine or of any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded

beyond safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

d) In case of a departmental machine, safe working load shall be notified by

the Engineer. As regards Contractor's machine the Contractor shall notify

safe working load of each machine to the Engineer whenever he brings it

to site of Work and get it verified by the Engineer.

11. Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of

hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safe guards, hoisting

appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum risk

of accidental descent of load, adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to

the minimum risk of any part of suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.

When workers are employed on electrical installations which are already

energised, insulating mats, wearing apparel such as gloves, sleeves and boots,

as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not wear any rings,

watches and carry keys or other materials which are good conductors of

electricity.

12. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein

shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall

be altered or removed, while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall be

provided at or near places of work.

13. These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by display

on a notice board at a prominent place at the Work spot. Persons responsible for

ensuring compliance with the safety provisions shall be named therein by the

Contractor.

14. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety

precautions, arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection by

the Engineer or his representative and the Inspecting Officers.

15. Notwithstanding the above provision 1 to 14, the Contractor is not exempted from

the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.


100

ANNEXURE 'C'

(As per Clause 48)

FORMAT FOR TAKING OVER CERTIFICATE

CIDCO/EE (____)/_____ Date :___________

To,

M/s. ________________________________

________________________________

Subject : __________________________________________________________

C.A.NO. _____________________________________________

TAKING OVER CERTIFICATE

Dear Sir,

In pursuance of Clause 48 of General Conditions of Contract, I here by certify that, the

Work under C.A. No. _________________________________________________ for

“________________________________________________________” completed by

M/s. _______________________________ on ______________ and taken over by

CIDCO subject to completion of outstanding Works, rectification of defects as per

statement attached at Appendix-“A” and rectification of defects noticed during defects

liability period and communicated to the agency by Engineer.

The Contract shall be considered as completed only after issue of Defects liability

Certificate by the Corporation.

Encl: As above.

Yours faithfully

Executive Engineer (________)


101

APPENDIX-“A” to Annexure ‘C’

1. Name of work : ______________________

2. C.A.NO. : ______________________

3. Agency : M/s. __________________

4. Contract Price of Work : Rs. _________________

5. Value of Work as per execution : Rs. ___________________

6. Date of start : ______________________

7. Date of completion : ______________________

8. Outstanding Works

(if any ) : 1. ____________________

2. ____________________

9. Defects (If any) : 1. ____________________

2. ____________________

10. Defects Liability Period : ______________________

11. Certified that, Work is completed satisfactorily except the defects listed above

and subject to satisfactory completion of Defects Liability Period and attending

the defects noticed during Defect Liability Period.

AE (_________) AEE (________) EE (__________)


102

Appendix I to Sub Clause 67.4

DISPUTES REVIEW BOARDS RULES & PROCEDURE

1. Except for providing the services required hereunder, the Board members

shall not give any advice to either party or to the Engineer concerning conduct

of the works. The board members,

(a) Shall have no financial interest in any party to the contract or the

engineer, or a financial interest in the contract except for payment for

services on the Board.

(b) Shall have no financial ties to any party to the contract or the Engineer

except for fee based consultancy services on other projects, all of which

must be disclosed in writing to both the parties prior to appointment to the

Board.

(c ) Shall have no prior involvement in the project to which the contract

relates.

(d) Shall not, while a Board member, be employed whether as a Consultant

otherwise for either party to the Contract, or the Engineer except as a

Board Member without the prior consent of the parties and the other

Board members.

(e) shall be and remain impartial and independent of the parties and shall

disclose in wiring to the employer, the Contractor, the engineer and one

another any fact or circumstance which might be such as to cause either

the employer or the contractor to question the continued existence of the

impartially and independence required of Board members and

(f) shall be fluent in English i.e. the language of the contract.

2. Except for its participation in the boards activities as provided in the contract

and in the agreement none of the employer the contractor and or the engineer

shall solicit advice or consultation from the board or Board member on

matters dealing with the conduct of the works


103

3. The Contractor Shall:

a) Furnish to each Board member one copy of all documents which the

Board may request, including one copy of contract documents, progress

reports, variation orders and other documents pertinent to the

performance of the contract.

b) In co-operation with the employer coordinate the site visits of the board,

including conference facilities and secretarial and copying services.

4. The Board shall begin its activities following the signing of board members

declaration of acceptance by all three board members, and it shall terminate

these activities as set forth below:

a) The board shall terminate its regular activities after finalization of their

recommendations for the various disputes, if any, referred to the Board in

accordance with the clause No. 67 or after the expiry of the Defects

Liability Period or the employer have expelled the contractor from the site

pursuant and to sub clause 63.1 and when in either case the board has

communicated to the parties ,to the Engineer its recommendations on all

disputes previously referred to it.

b) Once the board has terminated its regular activities as provided by the

previous paragraph, the Board shall remain available to process any

dispute referred to it either party incase of such a referral, board members

shall receive payments as provided in paragraph 7.

5. Board members shall not assign or subcontract any of their work under these

rules and procedures.

6. The board members are independent contractors and not employees or agents of

either the employer or the contractor.

7. Payments to the Board members for the services shall be governed by the

following provisions


104

a Each Board member shall receive the fess for their site visits and

meetings required from time to time from the date of establishment of

Board on day basis at L.S. fees (Rs.6,000 to 10,000) or as finalized by

the employer or and agreed by the contractor in writing. The fees shall

include the charges of transportation required for attending meetings and

site visits.

b) The Board members shall be available on 7 days notice for all hearings

site visits and other meetings of the board.

c) The Board members shall be conversant with all the project development

and maintaining relevant files.

d) The board members shall be provided the secretarial services during site

visits, meeting & during hearings.

e) The board member shall be preferably selected from Mumbai / Navi

Mumbai or nearby areas. Incase any member of the board is selected out

of these areas then the necessary arrangement for their transportation

and stay shall be made by the concern party selecting the member.

f) The remuneration payable shall include the reimbursements of any taxes

that maybe levied from time to time as an act of State Govt. / Central

Govt. legislature.

g) Payment to the board member shall be shared equally by the employer

and the contractor and the payments shall be released to the board

members by the employer and shall be subsequently recovered from the

contractor through any interim payment certificate or from the

performance security paid by the contractor of the contract.

8. Board site visits

a) The board shall visit the site and meet with representatives of the

employer and the contractor and the engineer at regular intervals or at the

times of critical construction event, at the written request of either party,

but in any case not less than 3 times in any period of 12 months. The


105

timing of site visit shall be agreed among the employer, the contractor and

the board; failing agreement, shall be fixed by the board.

b) Site visits shall include an informal discussion of the status of the

construction of the works an inspection of the works and the review of any

requests of recommendation made in accordance with paragraph 10

below Site visits as shall be attended by personnel from the employer the

contractor and the engineer.

c) At the conclusion of each site visit, the Board shall prepare a report

covering its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the parties

and to the engineer.

9. Procedure for Dispute Referral to the Board

a) If either party objects to any action or inaction of the other party or the

Engineer the objecting party may file a written Notice of Dispute to the

other party with a copy to the Engineer stating that it is given pursuant to

Clause 67 and stating clearly and in detail the basis of the dispute.

b) The party receiving the Notice of Dispute will consider it and respond in

writing within 14 days after receipt.

c) The response shall be final and conclusive on the subject unless a written

appeal to the response is filed with responding party within 7 days after

receiving the response. Both parties are encouraged to pursue the matter

further to attempt to settle the dispute. When it appears that the dispute

can not be resolved without assistance of the Board, or if the party

receiving the Notice of Dispute fails to provide a written response within

14 days after receipt of such Notice, either party may refer the dispute to

the Board by written request for recommendation to the board. The

request shall be addressed to the Chairman of the Board, with copies to

the other Board Members, the other party ,& the Engineer and it shall

state that it is made pursuant to Clause 67.


106

d) The request for Recommendation shall state clearly and in full detail the

specific issues of the dispute to be considered by the Board.

e) When a dispute is referred to the Board, and the Board is satisfied that the

dispute requires the Board’s assistance, the Board shall decide when to

conduct a hearing on the dispute. The Board may request that written

documentation and arguments from both the parties be submitted to each

Board Member before the hearing begins. The parties shall submit

insofar as possible agreed statements of the relevant facts.

f) During the hearing, the Contractor, the Employer, and the Engineer shall

each have ample opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence. The

Board’s Recommendations for resolution of the dispute will be given in

writing to the Employer, the Contractor and Engineer as soon as possible

and in any event not latter than 90 days after receipt by the Chairman of

the Board of the written Request for Recommendation.

10. Conduct of hearings

a) Normally hearings will be conducted at the Site, employer’s office but any

location that would be more convenient and still provide all required

facilities and access to necessary documentation may be utilized by the

Board Private Sessions of the Board may be held at any cost effective

location convenient to the Board.

b) The Employer, the Engineer and the Contractor shall be given the

opportunity to have representatives at all hearings.

c) During the hearings, no Board Member shall express any opinion

concerning the merit of the respective arguments of the parties.

d) After the hearings are concluded, the Board shall meet privately to

formulate its Recommendations. All Board deliberation shall be

conducted in private, with all Members individual views kept strictly

confidential. The Board’s Recommendations together with an explanation

of its reasoning shall be submitted in writing to both parties and to the


107

Engineer. The recommendations shall be based on the pertinent Contract

provisions, applicable laws and regulations, and the facts and

circumstances involved in the dispute.

e) The Board shall make every effort to reach a unanimous

Recommendation, if this proves impossible, the majority shall decide and

the dissenting Member may prepare a written minority report for

submission to both parties and to the Engineer.

11. In all procedural matters, including the furnishing of written documents and

arguments relating to disputes, Site visits and conduct of hearings, the Board

shall have full and final authority.

12. After having been selected and where necessary, approved, each Board Member

shall sign three copies of the enclosed declaration and make one copy available

each to the Employer, to the Contractor and to the Engineer.


108

Appendix II to Sub Clause 67.4

BOARD MEMBER’S DECLARATION OF ACCEPTANCE

WHEREAS:

a) A Construction Contract (the Contract) for the _________________________ (fill

in name of project) has been signed on __________________ (fill in date)

between _________________________________________ (name of Employer)

and __________________________________________ (name of Contractor)

(the Contractor).

b) Sub-clause 67.4 of the Conditions of the Contract and Appendix- I to Sub-clause

67.4 provide for the establishment and operation of a Dispute Review Board (the

Board).

c) The undersigned has been selected (and where required, approved) to serve as

a Board Member on said Board;

NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned Board Member hereby declares as follows:

1. I accept the selection as Board Member and agree to serve on the Board and be

bound by the provisions of Sub-clause 67.4 of Conditions of the Contract and

Appendix- I to Sub-clause 67.4.

2. With respect to paragraph 1 of said Appendix- I, I declare;

a) that I have no financial interest of the kind referred to in sub-paragraph

(a);

b) that I have no employment nor financial ties of the kind referred to in

sub-paragraph (b); and

c) I am not serving as an employee of either party.


109

d) that I have made to both parties any disclosures that may be required by

sub-paragraphs (b) and (c ).

BOARD MEMBER

_____________________________________________

_____________________ (insert name of Board Member)

Date: _________________



PROFORMA AGREEING TO

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. It is hereby agreed that the General Conditions of Contract, comprising

condition Nos. 1 to 71.1, Annexure ‘A’, ‘B’ & ‘C’, Appendix I to Sub

Clause 67.4 and Appendix II to Sub Clause 67.4 part constituting the

contract and I/We agree to abide by the conditions therein.

2. I/We have read and understood the said General Conditions of Contract

with the Annexures and Appendix and my/our signature/s hereunder

amount to my/our having signed the above referred General Conditions of

Contract as forming part of this contract.

This is to confirm that I have read all the General Conditions of the contract and

understood the same.


Date : Date :


NOTES AND PREAMBLES TO SCHEDULE OF RATES ANDQUANTITIES (SCHEDULE ‘A’)

NOTES & PREAMBLES :

(A) On method of measurement and other relevant matters.

(B) Drafting of Schedule of Rates and Quantities.

(C) Time of Completion.

(D) Deduction of Income Tax.

(E) Deduction of Contract Sales Tax / Turn Over Tax / Works Contract Tax.

(A) METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND OTHER RELEVANT

MATTERS

1.0 GENERAL :

All works shall be measured net as completed. No allowance shall be made

for large or small quantities, narrow width, easy access or difficult positions

or other exceptional circumstances. Any work executed over and above the

dimensions given in drawings or sketches provided by the Engineer or

written instructions by the Engineer shall be ignored and no payment shall be

made for such extra work. In other words, payment shall be made for

authorised works only.

1.1 Tolerance : Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 M. Area shall

be worked out to the nearest 0.01 M2 and volume (cubic contents) shall be

worked out to the nearest 0.01 M3.


1.2 Transport : Distance shall be measured by the shortest practicable route as

approved by the Engineer.

1.3 Full Provisions : The rates inserted by CIDCO against various items of work

detailed in various parts of Schedule shall be deemed to include every

allowance necessary, without extra measurement or charge for meeting the

requirement of various components/parts of the contract documents (viz.

particular Specifications, B & C Standard Specifications, B & C Schedule of

rates, Special Conditions, Preambles and notes to Schedule of items,

description of Schedule of items which shall all be read together and any or

all of the following unless specifically provided for the contrary.

a) Compliance with all the conditions of contract including General

Conditions of Contract, Schedule of Quantities, Particular

Specifications, Drawings including notes thereon, Specifications in

Standard Specifications of B&C Department, relevant Indian Standard

where applicable. However, in case of any discrepancy between

drawing and tender, the tender item and specification shall prevail.

b) All labour, materials, tools and plants, equipments and transport,

which may be required in preparation for and in the full and entire

execution and completion of the works including waste in materials,

carriage and cartage, carrying in, return of empties, hoisting, setting,

fittings in position.

c) Local conditions: Nature of works, local facilities for supply of labour

and materials, accessibility to sites and all other matters, affecting the

execution and completion of the works.

d) Duties etc : Payment of any Octroi, Terminal Tax, Sales Tax, Royalty,

Turnover Tax, Contract Sales Tax, Toll Tax, Ground Rent,


Environmental Cess or any other duties on materials obtained for the

works and any duties in respect of patent rights. Cess as per BPMC

Act and its amendments.

e) Supervision : Competent supervision of the work.

f) Labour : Reasonable terms and conditions of employment, liability to

pay compensation, wages as per statutory enactments, temporary

accommodation, sanitation etc. compliance with Contract Labour Act.

g) Water: Provision of all water required including temporary plumbing

and connection.

h) Temporary Workshops, Stores, Office, Labour Camps etc. : Provisions

of such structures required for efficient execution of the works and

removing and cleaning up site on completion of works.

i) Precaution against risk : Precautions to prevent loss or damage from all

or any risk, insurance of sheds or any temporary accommodation

provided by CIDCO, watching & lighting, provisions pertaining to the

General Conditions of Contract.

j) Notices, Fees etc. : Compliance with statutory provisions of

regulations and/or bye-laws of any local authority including NMMC

and/or any public service company or authority affected by the works.

k) Setting the works including all apparatus required.

l) Site Drainage: Removal of all water that may accumulate due to

springs, sub soil water, flood/tides and any other causes on the site

during the progress of the work.

m) Execution of work in workmanlike manner, facilities for inspection

etc.

n) Rectification of Bad Work : Rectification and/or removal and

reconstruction of any work which (as decided by the Engineer) has


been executed with unsound or imperfect materials or unskilled

workmanship or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, whether

during construction or reconstruction prior to the expiry of the Defect

Liability period.

o) Responsibility for damage and loss of all construction materials etc., at

the site until handing over to CIDCO.

p) Removal of Rubbish: Removal of rubbish and debris and cleaning of

any dirt before handing over of all completed works.

q) Clearing site and works : Removal by the Contractor off the site, of

any tools, plants and materials and removal of splashes of asphalt

leaving the whole site neat and tidy.

r) Completion: Completing the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

on or before the date of completion.

s) Difficult position: Accessibility or otherwise to site, easy or difficult

positions in works.

t) Errors: Rectification of all errors to the satisfaction of Engineer.

u) Curved work etc. : Work of any quantity, size or shape whether level,

inclined, curved, battered etc.

v) Maker’s Instructions: Compliance with maker’s instructions in the

case of proprietary articles, factory made goods of precast items.

w) Waste: All waste, laps, seams, joints (rough or fair cuttings)

straight/raking, circular and making good.

x) Artificial Light: To include all lighting/kerosene or electric power as

the case may be when need arises for use of lighting while carrying out

works.

y) Construction of approaches to the site of work. Making arrangement

for proper access to works in the form of stairs, ladders, lifts, etc. as


ordered by the Engineer for proper supervision, testing and or

inspection of works.

z) All the expenses required towards testing of materials and/or works.

All expenses towards contractor’s all risk insurance policy

(B) BRIEF NOTES ON DRAFTING OF SCHEDULE OF RATES AND

QUANTITIES

2.0 The tender has been drafted on the basis of pre-priced schedule of rates and

quantities for different types of items.

2.1 All the tender items are priced as per CIDCO Schedule of rates for the year

2011-12, MJP Schedule of Rates for the year 2011-12 and Approved Rates.

2.2 The Contractors are requested to work out their own rates based on the

detailed description of Schedule ‘A’ items, the specifications and drawings

and finally arrive at the cost of the work in the appropriate place. The

contractor shall insert percentage cost over CIDCO’s cost to arrive at the

contract value for the work.

(C) TIME OF COMPLETION

3.0 The period of completion of works enumerated under Schedule ‘A’ shall be

as mentioned in Annexure ‘A’ from the date of placing the work order or date

of handing over the site whichever is earlier.


(D) DEDUCTIONS OF INCOME TAX

4.0 Deduction of Income Tax shall be at the rates stipulated by Income Tax

authorities and the amounts shall be deducted from monthly and final

statement submitted by contractor.

(E) DEDUCTION OF CONTRACT SALES TAX / TURNOVER TAX /

WORKS CONTRACT TAX

5.0 The contractors are required to produce their registration for contract sales

tax/turnover tax/works contract tax to the department before releasing the 1st

monthly payment for the work executed by them, failing which, no payment

shall be released.


Date : Date :


Name of Work : Integrated infrastructure development of Roads, Footpath,S.W. Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc. for 12.5% Schemein Sector – 2A at Karanjade, Panvel.

SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – I : ROAD WORK

I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT

1. Demarcation of the road /channel / bridge alignment bytraversing along the existing /proposed route with onesecond theodolite. Takingangles & distance at turningpoints including transfer ofCo-ordinate from knownpoint to survey area and asdirected by Engineer &providing 5 Nos. colourpaper prints with tracing anddrawing in soft copy formatetc. complete.

1.41 9,867.00 Km. 13,912.47

2. Excavation for roadways inall types of soil, softmurum, hard murum, hardmurum with boulders, softrock in all conditions andnature, including clearing andstripping of the area, removalof vegetation, shrubs, takingspot levels, excavating torequired depth, line, level andslope, levelling and dressingand consolidating theexcavated surface,dewatering by all means upto

2584.00 180.70 Cum. 4,66,928.80


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTany extent of wateraccumulated from anysource, sorting out andstacking serviceable andunserviceable materials etc.complete includingconveying the excavatedmaterial with all lifts andupto a lead of 50 mtr & itsspreading or stacking asdirected, etc. complete.Note : All payments towardsthe royalty, fees, taxes etc.shall be borne by thecontractor.

3 a) Excavation for roadway inhard rock/ manjra rock bywedging, chiselling or linedrilling including dressing,sectioning to the requiredgrade, camber and sideslopes and conveying theexcavated material with alllifts and lead and stackingetc. complete.

Notes :1) All payments towards the

royalty, fees, taxes etc.shall be borne by thecontractor.

2) The excavated rock shallbe Contractor’s Property.

100.00 946.45 Cum. 94,645.00

3 b) Excavation for roadwaysin hard rock upto anydepth with all lifts by open

0.00 290.70 Cum. 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTor controlled blastingincluding trimming andlevelling the bed, removingthe excavated materials uptoa distance of 50m beyondthe work site with all lifts,stacking the serviceablematerials in measurableheaps as directed. The itemincludes heavy dewateringusing pumps or manually,shoring and strutting andpreparing the bed forfoundation and necessaryback filling etc. complete.

Notes :1) All payments towards the



4 a) Providing earthwork inembankment with approvedmaterials obtained fromContractors own sourceincluding all leads and lifts,laying in layers of 20 to 30cms in thickness, breakingclods, dressing to therequired lines, curves, grades,and section with watering &compacting with vibratorypower rollers etc. completewith 95% P.D.

11093.00 274.40 Cum. 30,43,919.20


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTNotes :1. All payments towards the


2. The Environmental cessshall be recovered at`1/m3 of gross volumecomputed without deduc-tions as mentioned for themonthly payments / R.A.bills or final payment.

3. P.D. Tests shall be carriedout @ one test comprisingof 3 specimens averageresult per 1000 m2 area.

4. Compaction upto 95%Modified P.D. and thelaboratory soil dry densityshall be not less than 1.6g/cc. at optimum moisturecontent.

5. The gross volume of theembankment shall reducedby 5% for monthlypayments / R.A. bills and1% for final payment.

4 b) Providing earthwork inembankment with approvedmaterials obtained fromroad cutting including allleads and lifts, laying inlayers of 20 to 30 cms inthickness, breaking clods,dressing to the required lines,curves, grades, and section

775.00 185.40 Cum. 1,43,685.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTwith watering & compactingwith vibratory power rollersetc. complete with 95% P.D.

Notes :1. All payments towards the






4 c) Providing earthwork inembankment with approvedmaterials obtained fromContractors own sourceincluding all leads and lifts,laying in layers of 20 to 30

6454.00 275.20 Cum. 17,76,140.80


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcms in thickness, breakingclods, dressing to therequired lines, curves, grades,and section with watering &compacting with vibratorypower rollers etc. completewith 97% M.P.D.

Notes :1. All payments towards the








5. Watering and compactionof existing WBM road withvibratory roller to 95% P.D.including all necessarymaterial and labour etc.complete. The test shall beconducted to ascertain thestrength by the way ofconducting CBR test as perIS : 2720 (Part 16) at every3000 sqm. or part of it andseparate payment shall bepaid for the test.

3930.00 15.00 Sqm. 58,950.00

6. Providing & laying granularsub-base (GSB) as perclause 401 of M.O.R.T.&H(2001) specifications ofspecified grading (Table 400-1 or 400-2) in specifiedthickness in layers. The itemto include premixing thematerials in plant, transporta-tion to site, spreading inuniform layers with motorgrader on a preparedsubgrade, compacting withvibratory rollers till 98% ofthe maximum dry density (IS2720 part-8) is achieved etc.Complete. The rate includesfor tests on completion ofeach GSB layer. The strengthof each GSB layer shall beevaluated by conductingCBR (IS 2720 Part 16 & 31)or Plate load test using750mm dia. Plate, (IS 9214)


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTfor obtaining equivalent CBRvalue @ one test per 3000m2 compacted surface areaas per the Grading. The itemincludes for all necessarymaterial, labour, diversions,taxes, royalty, cess etc.complete.

a) For Grading-III of close-graded GSB material withminimum CBR value of20% to be obtained on topof the compacted layer.(Lower sub-base).

0.00 865.07 Cum. 0.00

b) For Grading-II of close-graded GSB material withminimum CBR value of25% (As per IS 9214-1979) to be obtained ontop of the compactedlayer. (Intermediate sub-base).

1291.00 869.50 Cum. 11,22,524.50

c) For Grading-I of close-graded GSB material withminimum CBR value of30% (As per IS 9214-1979) to be obtained ontop of the compactedlayer. (Upper sub-base).

1291.00 908.20 Cum. 11,72,486.20

7. Remaking of road surfaceexcavated for water supplyand sewerage line inclusiveone no. of oversize metallayer and two nos. of sizemetal layer, supplying andspreading of blindage and

0.00 430.00 Sqm. 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTwatering and rolling withvibro roller etc. complete.

8. Providing & laying granularbase of Wet mix macadam(WMM) as per clause 406 ofM.O.R.T.&H (2001)specifications of specifiedgrading (Table 400-11) inspecified thickness in layers.The item to includepremixing the materials inplant, transportation to site,spreading in uniform layerswith paver on a preparedsub-base, compacting withvibratory rollers till 98% ofthe maximum dry density (IS2720 Part-8) is achieved etccomplete. The rate includesfor tests on completion ofeach WMM layer. Thestrength of each WMM layershall be evaluated by Plateload test with 750 mm diaplate. (IS 9214) for obtainingequivalent CBR value @ onetest per 3000 m2 compactedsurface area as per theGrading. The item includesfor all necessary material,labour, diversions, taxes,royalty, cess etc complete.

1100.00 1,221.30 Cum. 13,43,430.00

9 a). Providing and applying lowviscosity liquid bituminousmaterial such as bitumenemulsion complying to IS :

9985.00 38.70 Sqm. 3,86,419.50


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT8887 of approved type andgrade or cut back or road tarcomplying to relevant IRC/IScode of approved type andgrade by a self propelled ortowed bitumen pressuresprayer as per clause No. 502of Specifications for road andbridge works (M.O.R.T.&H.,2001). The item includesfor preparation of the base,application of the prime coat,curing, relevant tests forquality control as enumeratedin table 900-4, diversion oftraffic, etc. complete. Therate shall include for alllabour, materials, machinery,transportation, taxes etc.complete.For low porosity surfacessuch as WMM/WBM at anapplication rate of 0.6 to0.9 kg/sqm.with kinematicviscosity of primer at 60degree ranges between 30-60 centistokes. (Priming)

9 b) Providing and applying lowviscosity liquid bituminousmaterial such as bitumenemulsion complying to IS8887 of approved type andgrade by a self propelled ortowed bitumen pressuresprayer as per clause No. 503of Specifications for road andbridge works (M.O.R.T.&H., 2001). The item includes

9985.00 15.60 Sqm. 1,55,766.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTfor preparation of the base,application of the tack coat,curing, relevant tests forquality control as enumeratedin table 900-4, diversion oftraffic, etc. complete. Therate shall include for alllabour, materials, machinery,transportation, taxes etc.complete.

For Granular surfacestreated with primer at anapplication rate of 0.25 to0.30 kg/m2.

10. Providing and constructingBituminous BoundMacadam (BBM) surface 75mm thickness includingsupplying all materialsincluding metal, bitumen etc.spreading 40 mm handbroken trap metal 9 cum per100 m2 and 20 mm trapmetal at the rate of 1.5cum/100 sqm., heating andspreading bitumen (excludingtack coat) at 250 kg./100 m2,spreading 12 mm size keyaggregate at the rate of 1.8cum/100 sqm andcompaction with vibratoryroller complete. Grade ofbitumen shall be 60/70.

On WBM/WMM surfaceincluding existing surface.Excluding tack coat.

9985.00 185.70 Sqm. 18,54,214.50


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTNote : Item also includescleaning the road surfacewith wire brush/brooms andmake it free from dust andwater before applying/spreading tack coat. Thetack coat shall be paidseparately.

11. Providing and applying lowviscosity liquid bituminousmaterial such as bitumenemulsion complying to IS8887 of approved type andgrade by a self propelled ortowed bitumen pressuresprayer as per clause No. 503of Specifications for road andbridge works (M.O.R.T.&H., 2001). The item includesfor preparation of the base,application of the tack coat,curing, relevant tests forquality control as enumeratedin table 900-4, diversion oftraffic, etc. complete. Therate shall include for alllabour, materials, machinery,transportation, taxes etc.complete.

For Normal bituminoussurface at an applicationrate of 0.20 to 0.25 kg/m2.

9985.00 13.90 Sqm. 1,38,791.50

12. Providing and laying 20 mmthick hot mix hot laid pre-mix Seal Coat (SC)

9985.00 142.65 Sqm. 14,24,360.25


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcomposed of 11.2 mm to .09mm (type a) or 13.2 mm to.09 mm (type b) aggregateusing 60/70 grade bitumen @22kg/10 sqm as perMORT&H-512 includingsupplying all materials,heating bitumen, mixingbitumen and chips in hot mixplant, laying the seal coat bysensor paver finisherincluding compaction withvibratory roller etc. complete.The grade of bitumen shallbe 60/70. The rate isinclusive of all types oftaxes. (Excluding tack coat).

13. Disposal of surplusexcavated materials upto2.00 Km. lead and all liftsincluding loading, unloading,transporting by mechanicalor other means, stacking,levelling and spreading asdirected by Engineer etc.complete beyond initial leadof 50 metres.

1809.00 77.10 Cum. 1,39,473.90

14. Conducting Field CBR testas per IS 2720 (Part-31)1990. The item shall includenecessary cost ofmobilization, demobilizationof equipments, labour etc. atthe specified site and fortesting at minimum 3 spots.If the test results of initial 3

4.00 3,920.00 No. 15,680.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTspots deviate more than thatspecified in Table 2 of clauseNo. 3, 4, 5, 6, 4 of IRC37:2000 then additional 3specimen shall be got testedat no extra cost. The rateincludes for all necessaryancillary tests mentioned inappendix “A” of IS 2720(Part-31) viz. Particle sizeanalysis, atterberges limit,insists moisture content. Therate includes necessaryexcavation of pits at site.The test results shall besubmitted in a report formwith observation sheetgraphs, tabular form &inference if any.

15. To carry out plate load testto determine modulus of sub-grade reaction (K-value) ofunbound / semi-boundmacadam (GSB, WMM,BBM) in field as per IS CodeNo. 9214-1979. The itemincludes mobilization,demobilization of equipment,personnel, labours etc. at thespecified site and to conductone test per location. Thetest shall be conducted on75cm. dia & 25mm thickplate with stiffening plates ofsmaller size of 60, 45 & 30cm. dia and 25mm thick eachshall be used. Vertical

2.00 8,800.00 No. 17,600.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmovement shall be measuredby three dial gauges placed at1200 preferably 4 dial gaugesplaced at 900. The load shallbe measured using 15 MTcapacity proving ring /hydraulic jack with pressuregauge duly calibrated fromtime to time. The test resultsshall be submitted in a reportform with observation sheets,graphs, tabular form &inferences if any.

Total of Part – I ` 1,33,68,927.62

Total Carried over to Summary of Schedule “A” on Sl.Pg.No.244


Date: Date:



SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – II : FOOTPATH WORK


1. Filling in plinth and floorswith approved excavatedmaterial in 15cm to 20cmlayers including watering andcompaction complete.

485.00 43.00 Cum. 20,855.00

2. Providing & laying hardcore with 80 mm oversizetrap metal in layers of 150mm thickness includingfilling voids with rubblechips and stone grit ramming,watering etc complete.

133.00 553.25 Cum. 73,582,25

3. Providing and laying cementconcrete M-20 grade ReadyMix Concrete (RMC) usingdesign mix with minimumcement content 310 kg./cum.as per IRC Specifications andmaximum water cement ratio0.45 using maximum 25/30mm size and down trap metalfor footpath concrete withall labours, materials, plant &equipments, shutteringformwork, staging, includingtransporting, placing,

376.00 5,950.00 Cum. 22,37,200.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTvibrating with mechanicalvibrator, finishing and curingetc. complete. The item alsoincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually,providing thermacol jointswherever necessary. Thecost also includes all types oftaxes, sales tax, insurance,cess levied by local authorityetc. complete.

4. Providing PCC precastfactory made kerb stone of500x400x150 mm size in M-25 grade of concrete usingdesign mix with minimumcement content 310 Kg./cum.as per IS 456 includingfixing in PCC in M-20 grade,250 mm thick, filling thejoint with CM 1:3, pointingin CM (1:3) on exposed faceetc. complete includingpainting in two coats of oilpaint to exposed surfaces,one coat of primer andexcavation and disposal ofexcavated material, makinggood the road, curing,transporting to site, loading,unloading and stacking etc.complete. The rate isinclusive of all types oftaxes.

2159.00 561.05 Rmt. 12,11,306.95



5. Providing PCC precastfactory made kerb stone of500x400x150 mm size forwater entry without paintingin M-25 grade of concreteusing design mix withminimum cement content310 kg./cum. as per IS 456including fixing in PCC inM-20 grade, 250 mm thick,filling the joint with CM(1:3), pointing in CM (1:3)on exposed face etc.complete and excavation anddisposal of excavatedmaterial, making good theroad, curing, transporting tosite, loading, unloading andstacking etc. complete. Therate is inclusive of all typesof taxes.

514.00 535.05 Rmt. 2,75,015.70

6. Providing and fixing PCCpre-cast factory made watertable of 500 x 400 x 100 mmsize in M-25 grade ofconcrete using design mixwith minimum cementcontent 310 kg./cum. as per IS456 including excavation,fixing in PCC M-20, bed 75mm thick filling the joint inCM (1:3), curing, includingexcavation as required,disposal of excavated materialmaking good the road, curing,transporting to site, loading,unloading and stacking etc.

2159.00 258.25 Rmt. 5,57,561.75


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcomplete. The rate isinclusive of all types of taxes.

7. Providing and fixing precastfactory made RCC waterentry kerb stone with slabof M-25 grade of cementconcrete using design mixwith minimum cementcontent 310 kg./cum. as perIS 456 as per IS 456 of size700x450x60 mm includingsteel reinforcement as perdrawing, transportation tosite, etc complete or asdirected by Engineer.

224.00 147.00 No. 32,928.00

8. Providing and making waterentry system with provisionfor openable covers of M-25 grade with minimumcement content 310 kg./cum.as per IS 456 to facilitateS.W. Drain cleaning as perdetailed drawing, design andas directed etc. complete.

229.00 1,686.50 Sqm. 3,86,208.50

9. Providing and fixing RCCprecast factory made RCCwater entry slab cover 75mm thick of M-25 grade ofcement concrete using designmix with minimum cementcontent 310 kg./cum. as perIS 456 including steelreinforcement as perdrawing, transportation tosite, loading, unloading and

60.00 156.80 Sqm. 9,408.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTstacking etc. complete or asdirected by Engineer. Therate is inclusive of all typesof taxes.

10. Providing & fixing precastRCC beams of size 150x150mm over SW Drain in M-25 grade of concrete usingdesign mix with minimumcement content as per IS 456as per detailed design anddrawings or as directedincluding steel centering,compaction, curing andfinishing uneven and honeycombed surface with cementmortar 1:3 of sufficientminimum thickness to give asmooth and even surfaceincluding providing & fixingsteel reinforcement @ 60Kg/M3. The rate is inclusiveof all types of taxes.

18.00 211.55 Rmt. 3,807.90

Total of Part – II ` 48,07,874.05



Date: Date:



SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – III : STORM WATER DRAIN WORK


1. Excavation for foundation toany depth in all types ofearth, soils of all types suchas sand, gravel, softmurum, hard murum withor without boulders, softrock, slush etc. for generalside grading below groundlevel (slush) in all conditionsand nature including shoringand strutting wherevernecessary includingdisposing off the surplusmaterials within 50m, beyondthe work site, stacking andspreading as directed. Theitem includes heavydewatering to any extent byusing pumps or manually,shoring, strutting andpreparing the bed forfoundation and necessaryback filling etc. complete.Note : All payments towardsthe royalty, fees, taxes etc.shall be borne by thecontractor.

3100.00 214.70 Cum. 6,65,570.00



2 a) Excavation for foundation inhard rock upto any depthwith all lifts by chisellingmanually or by mechanicalmeans such as hydraulic rockdriller including wedging,line drilling etc. includingtrimming and levelling thebed, removing the excavatedmaterials upto a distance of50m beyond the work sitewith all lifts, stacking theserviceable materials inmeasurable heaps as directed.The item includes heavydewatering to any extent byusing pumps or manually,shoring and strutting andpreparing the bed forfoundation and necessaryback filling etc. complete.Notes :1) All payments towards the



775.00 946.45 Cum. 7,33,498.75

2 b) Excavation for foundation inhard rock upto any depthwith all lifts by open orcontrolled blastingincluding trimming andlevelling the bed, removingthe excavated materials uptoa distance of 50m beyond thework site with all lifts,

155.00 287.64 Cum. 44,584.20


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTstacking the serviceablematerials in measurableheaps as directed. The itemincludes heavy dewateringusing pumps or manually,shoring and strutting andpreparing the bed forfoundation and necessaryback filling etc. complete.Notes :1) All payments towards the



3. Providing and laying drytrap metal soling 15 cm. to20 cm. thick including handpacking with metal, rubblechips, application of requiredmurum/stone dust blindageand compaction includingwatering etc. complete withall leads, including necessaryheavy dewatering eithermechanically or manuallyetc. complete.

1755.00 775.40 Cum. 13,60,827.00

4. Providing and laying cementconcrete M-20 grade ReadyMix Concrete (RMC) usingdesign mix with minimumcement content 310 kg./cum.as per IRC specifications andmaximum water cement ratio0.45 using maximum 25/30

742.00 5,950.00 Cum. 44,14,900.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmm size and down trap metalfor RCC work infoundation like raft,grillage, strip foundationand footings of RCCcolumn and steel stanchionsas per detailed drawing withall labours, materials, plant &equipments, shutteringformwork, staging, includingtransporting, placing,vibrating with mechanicalvibrator, finishing and curingetc. complete. The item alsoincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, sales tax,insurance, cess levied bylocal authority etc. complete.

5. Providing and casting M-30grade Ready Mix Concrete(RMC) using design mix withminimum cement content 360kg./cum. as per IRCspecifications controlledconcrete using maximum25mm/30mm size and downgraded aggregate of trap metalfor RCC work in foundationlike raft, grillage, stripfoundation and footings ofRCC column and steelstanchions etc. as per detaileddrawing, with maximumwater cement ratio of 0.40

175.00 6,327.00 Cum. 11,07,225.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT(for severe condition) asdirected, with contractorslabours, materials, plant &equipments, scaffolding,shuttering, formwork, stagingincluding transporting,placing vibrating withmechanical surface vibratorand all lifts and leads, curing,adding required dosages (asper the manufacturersrecommendations) ofapproved plasticiser asadmixtures (excluding cost ofreinforcement). The itemincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any source byusing pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, excise duty,sales tax, insurance, cesslevied by local authority etc.complete.

6. Providing and casting M-20grade Ready Mix Concrete(RMC) using design mixwith minimum cementcontent 310 kg./cum. as perIRC specifications controlledconcrete using maximum25mm/30mm size and downgraded aggregate of trapmetal for RCC verticalwalls as per detailed drawing,with maximum water cementratio of 0.45 (for severecondition) as directed, with

777.00 7,748.00 Cum. 60,20,196.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcontractors labour, materials,plant & equipments,scaffolding, shuttering,formwork, staging includingtransporting, placingvibrating with mechanicalsurface vibrator and all liftsand leads, curing, addingrequired dosages (as per themanufacturers recommenda-tions) of approved plasticiseras admixtures (excluding costof reinforcement). The itemincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, excise duty,sales tax, insurance, cesslevied by local authority etc.complete.

7. Providing and casting M-30grade Ready Mix Concrete(RMC) using design mixwith minimum cementcontent 360 kg./cum. as perIRC specifications controlledconcrete using maximum25mm/30mm size and downgraded aggregate of trapmetal for RCC verticalwalls as per detailed drawing,with maximum water cementratio of 0.40 (for severecondition) as directed, withcontractors labours, material,plant & equipments,

296.00 8,100.00 Cum. 23,97,600.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTscaffolding, shuttering,formwork, staging includingtransporting, placingvibrating with mechanicalsurface vibrator and all liftsand leads, curing, addingrequired dosages (as per themanufacturers recommenda-tions) of approved plasticiseras admixtures (excluding costof reinforcement). The itemincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, excise duty,sales tax, insurance, cesslevied by local authority etc.complete.

8. Providing and casting M-30grade Ready Mix Concrete(RMC) using design mix withminimum cement content 360kg./cum. as per IRCspecifications controlledconcrete using maximum25mm/30mm size and downgraded aggregate of trap metalfor RCC slabs as per detaileddrawing, with maximumwater cement ratio of 0.40(for severe condition) asdirected, with contractorslabours, materials, plant &equipments, scaffolding,shuttering, formwork, stagingincluding transporting,

392.00 8,100.00 Cum. 31,75,200.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTplacing vibrating withmechanical surface vibratorand all lifts and leads, curing,adding required dosages (asper the manufacturersrecommendations) ofapproved plasticiser asadmixtures (excluding cost ofreinforcement). The itemincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any source byusing pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, excise duty,sales tax, insurance, cesslevied by local authority etc.complete.

9. Providing and placing, fixingin all RCC item offoundation, sub-structure andsuperstructures, T.M.T. barreinforcement of variousdiameters as per IS 1786(latest version) of approvedmake for reinforcement inany position as per detaileddrawing or as directed for alldiameters including, cutting,bending in shape, fixing inposition with galvanisedbinding wire of 17 guage ortack welding as per IS 9417(latest version) as directedetc. complete includingdewatering using pumps ormanually during placingreinforcement and keeping

80.00 52,524.00 M.T. 42,01,920.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTdry during concreting ofRCC members. The cost alsoincludes all types of taxes,excise duty, sales tax,insurance, cess levied bylocal authority etc. complete.Note :- The quantity to bemeasured and paid for thisitem shall not includewastage in cutting. Actuallyinstalled and placed inposition steel shall be paidfor including hooks, laps,bends, pins and chairs. Noseparate payment shall bemade for binding wire ortack welding.

10. Providing and fixing 100mm dia. AC/PVC pipes forweep holes, staggered as perdrawing or as directed byEngineer etc. complete.

1461.00 98.00 Rmt. 1,43,178.00

11. Providing trap rubble fillingbehind the walls/abutments/returns including filling voidswith gravel, hand packingand compacting the rubble asper detailed drawing anddesign etc. complete.

3987.00 364.00 Cum. 14,51,268.00

12. Providing and fixing inposition expansion jointswith premoulded bitumenfiller 12 mm thick as perdetailed specification and asdirected by Engineer etc.complete.

68.00 675.30 Sqm. 45,920.40



13. Disposal of surplusexcavated materials upto2.00 Km. lead and all liftsincluding loading, unloading,transporting by mechanicalor other means, stacking,levelling and spreading asdirected by Engineer etc.complete.

2790.00 77.10 Cum. 2,15,109.00

Total of Part – III ` 2,59,76,996.35



Date: Date:



SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – IV : WATER SUPPLY WORK


1 a) Excavation for pipetrenches in all types of soil,soft murum, hard murumwith boulders and soft rockincluding removing theexcavated materials upto adistance of 50 metres and alllifts, stacking and spreadingas directed includingdewatering unless providedelsewhere, preparing the bedfor the foundation andnecessary backfilling,ramming, watering completeexcluding shoring andstrutting etc. complete.

Note : All payments towardsthe royalty, fees, taxes etc.shall be borne by thecontractor.

1038.00 165.67 Cum. 1,71,965.46

1 b) Excavation for pipetrenches / foundation inhard Rock by chiseling /wedging including removingthe excavated materials uptoa distance of 50 metres andall lifts, stacking andspreading as directedincluding dewatering unless

52.00 946.05 Cum. 49,194.60


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTprovided elsewhere directedthe bed for the foundationand necessary backfillingwith available earth, murum,ramming, watering completeexcluding shoring andstrutting etc. complete.

Note :1) All payments towards the


2) Excavated rock will beproperty of contractor.

2 a) Filling in trenches belowpipes with approvedexcavated material in 15 cmto 20 cm layers includingwatering and compactioncomplete.

52.00 43.00 Cum. 2,236.00

2 b) Filling in trenches belowpipes with contractor’smurum in 15 cm to 20 cmlayers including watering andcompaction complete.

32.00 218.67 Cum. 6,997.44

3. Providing D.I. K-7 gradepipes with internal cementmortar lining including alltaxes, inspection & testingcharges, insurance, railwayfreight, loading, unloadingfrom railway wagon, loadinginto truck, transport todepartmental stores/site,unloading, stacking, etc.


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcomplete. (IS: 8329-2000Latest Version).Note : Only 75% rate shall bepayable till satisfactoryHydraulic testing given.

a) 100mm dia. 1046.00 977.00 Rmt. 10,21,942.00

b) 150mm dia. 210.00 1,434.00 Rmt. 3,01,140.00

c) 200mm dia. 322.00 1,692.00 Rmt. 5,44,824.00

d) 250mm dia. 0.00 2,242.00 Rmt. 0.00

e) 300mm dia. 0.00 2,826.00 Rmt. 0.00

4. Lowering laying & jointingwith SBR rubber gasketsC.I., D.I., S.S. Pipes ofvarious classes with CI/DI/MS specials of following dia.in proper position, grade andalignment as directed byEngineer includingconveyance of material fromstores to site of work,including cost of jointingmaterials and rubber ringslabour, giving hydraulictesting etc. complete.Notes :1) Only SBR Rubber gaskets

to be used.2) The rate is inclusive of

third party inspectioncharges.

a) 100mm dia. 1046.00 74.00 Rmt. 77,404.00

b) 150mm dia. 210.00 99.00 Rmt. 20,790.00

c) 200mm dia. 322.00 130.00 Rmt. 41,860.00

d) 250mm dia. 0.00 169.00 Rmt. 0.00

e) 300mm dia. 0.00 190.00 Rmt. 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT5. Providing and Supplying ISI

standard D.I. specials &fitting with sealing rubbergasket for S.B.R, completewith cast iron follower glandand mild steel nut bolt'scoated or otherwise protectedfrom rusting and suitable forD.I. Pipes including cost ofall labours, materials,transportation upto Depart-mental store/site loading andunloading including all taxes,inspection charges, insuranceetc. complete.Note : Only 75% rate shall bepayable till satisfactoryHydraulic testing given.a) 80mm to 300mm 552.00 97.00 Kg. 53,544.00b) 350mm and above 0.00 118.00 Kg. 0.00

6. Providing and making leadcaulked joint with moltenlead to Cast Iron Pipes and /or specials of all classes andfitting of following diaincluding cost of lead and alljointing material, labour,hydraulic testing etc.complete.Note : Only 75% rate shallbe payable till satisfactoryHydraulic testing given.a) 100mm dia. 0.00 607.00 Joint 0.00b) 150mm dia. 0.00 904.00 Joint 0.00c) 200mm dia. 0.00 1,320.00 Joint 0.00d) 250mm dia. 0.00 1,605.00 Joint 0.00e) 300mm dia. 0.00 1,929.00 Joint 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT7 a) Providing and making

flanged joints to flangedC.I. / M.S. / D.I. pipes of allclasses / specials etc.including cost of all jointingmaterials (rubber packing,nut bolts, etc.), labour,hydraulic testing etc.complete.Note : Only 75% rate shallbe payable till satisfactoryhydraulic testing is given.a) 100mm dia. 0.00 274.00 No. 0.00b) 150mm dia. 0.00 552.00 No. 0.00c) 200mm dia. 0.00 572.00 No. 0.00d) 250mm dia. 0.00 824.00 No. 0.00e) 300mm dia. 0.00 854.00 No. 0.00

7 b) Supply and jointing of C.I./D.I. Mechanical JointCollars suitable for C.I./D.I. Pipes and dimensionallydescribed in Table -13 of IS-13382/1992 complete withsealing rubber gasket ofS.B.R. (dimensionallydescribed in IS-12820/1989)with follower gland and mildsteel nut bolts coated orotherwise protected fromrusting and suitable for C.I.pipes.a) 100mm dia. 1.00 974.00 No. 974.00b) 150mm dia. 0.00 1,750.00 No. 0.00c) 200mm dia. 0.00 1,997.00 No. 0.00d) 250mm dia. 1.00 3,202.00 No. 3,202.00e) 300mm dia. 0.00 4,099.00 No. 0.00



8. Providing, lowering, layingand jointing in positionfollowing diameter doubleflange short body patterntype manually operatedSluice Valve PN-1.6 typeconfirming for IS : 2906 /14846 including worm geararrangements as per testpressure stainless steelspindle, caps including alltaxes, inspection charges,insurance, transportation,cost of all labour jointingmaterial, including nut boltsand giving satisfactoryhydraulic testing, etc.complete.Note : Only 75% rate ispayable till satisfactoryhydraulic testing is given.

a) 100mm dia. 1.00 6,781.00 No. 6,781.00

b) 250mm dia. 1.00 36,098.00 No. 36,098.00

9. Cutting and champheringof C.I. pipes of followingdiameters including cost ofall materials and labourinvolved, etc. complete asdirected by Engineer (for allclass of pipes).

a) 100mm dia. 16.00 39.00 No. 624.00

b) 150mm dia. 10.00 59.00 No. 590.00

c) 200mm dia. 6.00 76.00 No. 456.00

d) 250mm dia. 4.00 109.00 No. 436.00



10. Supplying transporting, theS.P. fire hydrants includingduck foot bend, S.V. andS.V. road box, painting thehydrant, fixing the saddlepiece, supplying, and layingrequired length of C.I.pipeline and jointing thesame spun yarn, molten leadlincluding caulking, fixingthe S.V. road box in onebrick masonry chamber in1:5 C.M. with 12 mm thick1:3 cement plaster bothinside and outside on 1:3:6C.C. 150 mm thick etc.complete specified anddirected. (As per I.S.900/1965 Revised)

1.00 10,819.00 No. 10,819.00

11. Providing and laying drytrap metal soling 15 cm. to20 cm. thick including handpacking with metal, rubblechips, application of requiredmurum/stone dust blindageand compaction includingwatering etc. complete withall leads, including necessaryheavy dewatering eithermechanically or manuallyetc. complete.

2.00 775.40 Cum. 1,550.80

12. Providing and laying cementconcrete M-20 grade ReadyMix Concrete (RMC) usingdesign mix with minimumcement content 310 kg./cum.as per IRC specifications and

2.00 5,950.00 Cum. 11,900.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmaximum water cement ratio0.45 using maximum 25/30mm size and down trap metalfor foundation and beddingwith all labours, materials,plant & equipments,shuttering formwork, staging,including transporting,placing, vibrating withmechanical vibrator,finishing and curing etc.complete. The item alsoincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, sales tax,insurance, cess levied bylocal authority etc. complete.

13. Providing and placing, fixingin all RCC item offoundation, sub-structure andsuperstructures, T.M.T. barreinforcement of variousdiameters as per IS 1786(latest version) of approvedmake for reinforcement inany position as per detaileddrawing or as directed for alldiameters including, cutting,bending in shape, fixing inposition with galvanisedbinding wire of 17 guage ortack welding as per IS 9417(latest version) as directedetc. complete includingdewatering using pumps or

0.20 52,524.00 M.T. 10,504.80


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmanually during placingreinforcement and keepingdry during concreting ofRCC members. The cost alsoincludes all types of taxes,excise duty, sales tax,insurance, cess levied bylocal authority etc. complete.Note : The quantity to bemeasured and paid for thisitem shall not includewastage in cutting. Actuallyinstalled and placed inposition steel shall be paidfor including hooks, laps,bends, pins and chairs. Noseparate payment shall bemade for binding wire ortack welding.

14. Valve chamber withprecast steel fibrereinforced concrete frameand covers (S.F.R.C frameand covers)Providing and ConstructingB.B. Masonry valvechamber with 15cm thick1:3:6 proportion PCCbedding, excludingexcavation, B.B. Masonry inC.M. 1:5 Proportion precastS.F.R.C. frame and cover,etc. complete as directed byEngineer.(Note : Wall thickness :0.23 M for depth of 1.2 Mand 0.35 M for balance


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTdepth exceeding 1.2 M)

a) 90 x 90 cm internal sizeand depth upto 1.2 m.with SFRC frame andcover of size 540 mm dia.fixed in RCC slab.

1.00 8,745.00 No. 8,745.00

b) 1.2 x 1.2 m. internal sizeand depth upto 1.2 m.with SFRC frame andcover of size 540 mm dia.fixed in RCC slab.

1.00 11,825.00 No. 11,825.00

c) Add for every increase indepth of 30 cm. or partthereof.

2.00 6,600.00 Rmt. 13,200.00

15. Providing, lowering, layingand fixing in properalignment and position 50mm dia. Kinetic Air ValveFlanged type PN-1.6 as perIS-10845 and MJP’sstandard specificationsdouble orifice typecombined with screw downisolating valve, small orificeelastic ball resting on a gunmetal, orifice nipple, largeorifice vulcanite ball seatingon moulded seat ring, inletface and drilled, includingall taxes (Central and local),insurance, third partyinspection charges, loading,unloading, transportationupto departmental stores /site, cost of all material andgiving satisfactory hydraulictesting etc. complete.

1.00 12,873.00 No. 12,873.00



16. Disposal of excavatedmaterial upto 2.0 km leadincluding loading, unloading,transporting by mechanicalor other means, stacking,levelling and spreading asdirected by Engineer etc.complete beyond initial leadof 50m.

30.00 77.10 Cum. 2,313.00

Total of Part – IV ` 24,24,789.10



Date: Date:



SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – V : SEWERAGE WORK


1. Excavation for pipe trenches/ all type of foundations inearth, soil of all types, sand,gravel, soft murum, hardmurum, hard murum withboulders, soft rock, marineclay, soft soil etc. for liftupto 1.5 m. includingremoving the excavatedmaterial upto a distance of 50m beyond the constructionarea, stacking and spreadingas directed, including all liftspreparing the bed for bedconcrete/foundations etc.complete including backfilling, inclusive of heavydewatering either manuallyor mechanically by all meansupto any extent includingshoring and strutting etc.complete. Standard widthshall be considered forcomputing quantity as perParticular Specifications.




a) Upto 1.50 m. depth 1429.00 218.20 Cum. 3,11,807.80

b) Lift above 1.50 m. & upto 3.0 m. depth

894.00 230.20 Cum. 2,05,798.80

c) Lift above 3.0 m. & up to4.50 m. depth

286.00 242.20 Cum. 69,269.20

d) Lift above 4.50 m. depth. 0.00 254.20 Cum. 0.00

2 a) Excavation for foundation/pipe trenches in hard rockand concrete road bychiselling, wedging, linedrilling by mechanical meanswith the help of hydraulicrock driller etc. includingtrimming and levelling thebed, removing the excavatedmaterial upto a distance of 50meters beyond the area,including stacking as directedby Engineer, heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, includingbackfilling, etc. complete.




a) Upto 1.50 m. depth 613.00 946.45 Cum. 5,80,173.85

b) Lift above 1.50 m. & upto 3.0 m. depth

383.00 965.45 Cum. 3,69,767.35


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTc) Lift above 3.0 m. & up to

4.50 m. depth123.00 984.45 Cum. 1,21,087.35

d) Lift above 4.50 m. depth 0.00 1,003.45 Cum. 0.00

2 b) Excavation for foundations/ pipe trenches in hard rockby control blasting,wedging, line drilling, orany other type by usingchemicals etc. includingtrimming and levelling thebed, removing the excavatedmaterial upto a distance of50 m. beyond theconstruction area, includingbackfilling, heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. including shoring andstrutting, removing away theexcavated material from siteafter taking measurementetc. complete.




a) Upto 4.50 m. depth 0.00 346.05 Cum. 0.00b) Lift above 4.50 m. depth 0.00 365.00 Cum. 0.00

3. Providing dry trap / rubblestone soling 15cm to 20 cmthick including hand packing& compacting etc. complete.

127.00 775.40 Cum. 98,475.80


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT4. Providing, transporting and

placing in position cementconcrete M-20 gradeReady Mix Concrete withminimum cement content310 kg./cum. as per IRCspecifications and maximumwater cement ratio 0.45 and/or as directed by Engineerfor all diameters of sewerline including providinglifting arrangement with allleads, transporting,lowering, laying forbedding and encasing ofpipes in pipe trenches /foundation etc. completeincluding heavy dewateringupto any extent bymechanical means with thehelp of pumping machinerywith the desired H.P. alllifts, while laying etc.complete.

60.00 5,950.00 Cum. 3,57,000.00

5. Providing lowering, layingand jointing RCC, S/S pipesmanufactured as per IS:458(latest version) having ISI offollowing NP-3 class withrubber ring joints as directedin proper grade includingcost of materials, rubberrings, all taxes (central andlocal), insurance (if any),transportation, loading andunloading and hydraulictesting as per I.S. 458 (latestversion) including necessary


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTheavy dewatering by allmeans up to any extent etc.complete.Notes :1) The contractor has to

procure the pipes fromagency who is approvedmanufacturer with ISIcertification and mark.The list of approvedmanufacturers is placedwith this tender.

2) The contractor has tomake his own arrange-ment for inspection &testing the pipeline as perI.S. standard.

a) 250 mm dia. 767.00 726.00 Rmt. 5,56,842.00

b) 300 mm dia. 185.00 806.00 Rmt. 1,49,110.00

c) 350 mm dia. 39.00 1,577.00 Rmt. 61,503.00

d) 400 mm dia. 261.00 1,925.00 Rmt. 5,02,425.00

e) 450 mm dia. 0.00 2,045.00 Rmt. 0.00

6 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)circular/ concentric conicalmanhole with 1.22 m dia atbottom and 0.53 m dia. at topwith 230 mm thick brickmasonry (IInd sort)inC.M.1:3 and 20 mm thicksmooth cement plaster inC.M. 1:2 from inside andoutside, including curingproviding and fixingcopolymer, polypropylene,steel reinforcement PVC

7.00 13,001.10 No. 91,007.70


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTheavy duty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300mm thick with benching andchanneling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearingof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete. as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 1.5 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man holecovers & frames, steps etc.complete.

6 b) Same as Item No.6 a) abovebut for depth beyond 1.50 m.and upto 2.00 m.

17.00 15,929.25 No. 2,70,797.25



7 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)circular/ concentric conicalmanhole with 1.53 m dia atbottom and 0.53m. dia. at topwith 230 mm thick brickmasonry (IInd sort) in C.M.1:3 and 20 mm thick smoothcement plaster in C.M 1:2from inside and outside,including curing providingand fixing copolymer,polypropylene, steelreinforcement PVC heavyduty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300mm thick with benching andchanneling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearingof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 2.15 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).

16.00 21,163.53 No. 3,38,616.48


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTThe Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man holecovers & frames, steps etc.complete.


24.00 10,562.87 Rmt. 2,53,508.88

7 c) Same as Item No.7 a) abovebut for depth beyond 5.00 m.and upto 9.00 m.

0.00 13,667.53 Rmt. 0.00

8 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)circular/concentric conicalmanhole with 1.83 m dia atbottom and 0.53 m. Dia. attop with 230 mm thick brickmasonry (IInd sort) in C.M.1:3 and 20 mm thick smoothcement plaster in C.M. 1:2from inside and outside,including curing providingand fixing copolymer,polypropylene, steelreinforcement PVC heavyduty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300mm thick with benching and

0.00 27,198.80 No. 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTchannelling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearingof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 2.28 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man hole,frame, cover & steps etc.complete.


0.00 12,058.40 Rmt. 0.00


0.00 15,260.30 Rmt. 0.00

9 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)rectangular / square cumtrapezoidal manhole of size1.53 x 1.53 m at bottom and

20.00 30,264.00 No. 6,05,280.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNT910 x 610 mm at top with230 mm thick brick masonry(IInd sort)in C.M. 1:3 and 20mm thick smooth cementplaster in C.M. 1:2 frominside and outside, includingcuring providing and fixingcopolymer, polypropylene,steel reinforcement PVCheavy duty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101 specifi-cation to take load as per IS5455 including providingfoundation concrete in M-20and 300 mm thick withbenching and channeling,supplying and fixing RCCfactory made steel fibrereinforced (SFRC) heavyduty manhole cover andframe with steel bearing ofcover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 2.15 m. from to top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man hole


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTcovers & frames, steps etc.complete.


7.00 13,144.25 Rmt. 92,009.75


0.00 17,797.35 Rmt. 0.00

10 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)rectangular/ square cumstrapezoidal manhole of size1.83 x 1.53 m. at bottom and910 x 610 mm at top with230 mm thick brick masonry(IInd sort)in C.M. 1:3 and 20mm thick smooth cementplaster in C.M. 1:2 frominside and outside, includingcuring providing and fixingcopolymer, polypropylene,steel reinforcement PVCheavy duty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300mm thick with benching andchannelling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearing

0.00 36,110.70 No. 0.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work.(Depthupto 2.15 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man hole.


0.00 14,135.64 Rmt. 0.00


0.00 18,434.85 Rmt. 0.00

11. Providing scrappermanhole arrangement byproviding 300mm deep siltchamber as per the drawingand as directed by Engineer.For Item No. 9 & 10 above.a) For size 1.53 x 1.53 m.

scrapper manhole depthfrom 2.16 m. to 4.99 m.

2.00 3,774.10 No. 7,548.20

12. Providing RCC spunventilating shaft 7.30 m inheight, uniformly tapered

2.00 6,358.00 No. 12,716.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTfrom 29 cms at bottom to 10cm at top includingconstructing flue chamber ofsize 450 mm x 450 mm x300 mm or as per detaildesign and drawing or asdirected includingconstruction BB masonry inCM 1:3 plastered frominside and outside in CM1:3, PCC bedding in M-20grade of 150 mm thicknessfor vent shaft and fluechamber including RCCprecast slab of 75 mm thickfor the flue chamberconnecting the vent shaft tomanhole by 150 mm diaNP2 class RCC pipes withcollar joint or as directedwith required length of pipeas directed with CC M-20,150 mm thick beddingincluding heavy dewateringupto any extent, bymanually or mechanicallyincluding excavation withshoring and strutting etc.complete as perspecifications and designand drawing includingcuring etc. complete.

13. Providing various dia.stoneware / RCC pipe invertical drop of 0.60 mincluding required dia.stoneware pipes fixed inbrick masonry of the


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmanhole at required leveland providing 250 mm diastoneware right angle bendpipe dia x pipe dia. x pipedia. mm SW double teejunction including cutting,jointing and filleting as perstandard specificationsencased in half brick thickset in cement mortar 1:2 allround the pipes, double teebend and extra brick workbelow bend upto thefoundations of the manholeand tapering portion of themanhole plastering theexposed surfaces, afterracking out the joints of themasonry, to a depth of 20mm thick in CM 1:1 and neatcement rendering so as togive smooth surfaceincluding plugging theopening etc. complete withnecessary dewateringmechanically or manually upto any extent as directed byEngineer (depth upto 0.6 m).a) 250mm dia. 2.00 2,900.00 No. 5,800.00b) 300mm dia. 2.00 3,397.00 No. 6,794.00c) 400mm dia. 2.00 4,686.00 No. 9,372.00

14a. Filling in the pipe trenches/ all pipe foundations asdirected with approvedmurum obtained fromexcavated material in 15 cmto 20cm layers with all leadsand all lifts including

100.00 56.00 Cum. 5,600.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTwatering and compactionetc. complete.

14b. Filling in pipe trenches/onall type of foundations withapproved murum obtainedfrom approved quarryarranged by the contractor,laying in 15 cm to 20 cmlayers including loading,transporting, unloading uptogiven site, stacking,spreading, levelling asdirected and laying in layersof 15 cm to 20 cm includingwatering and compactionlayer by layer with the helpof mechanical rammer withall leads and lifts etc.complete (Environmentalcess @ `1.00/cu.m. of grossquantity without standarddeduction will be deductedfrom the contractor'spayment.)Notes :1. All payments towards the

royalty, environmentalcess etc. shall be borne bythe contractor.

2. The Environmental cess atthe rate of `1/m3 of grossquantity without standarddeductions will bededucted from thecontractor’s payment.

3. The gross volume of theembankment shallreduced by 15% for

100.00 599.00 Cum. 59,900.00


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmonthly payments / R.A.bills and 10% for finalpayment.

15. Disposal of surplusexcavated materials upto 2.0Km. lead and all liftsincluding loading, unloading,transporting by mechanicalor other means, stacking,levelling and spreading asdirected by Engineer etc.complete.

930.00 77.10 Cum. 71,703.00

Total of Part – V ` 52,13,913.41



Date: Date:



SCHEDULE “A”

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART – VI : UTILITY SERVICES


1. Excavation for pipe trenches/ all type of foundations inearth, soil of all types, sand,gravel, soft murum, hardmurum, hard murum withboulders, soft rock, marineclay, soft soil etc. for liftupto 1.5 m. includingremoving the excavatedmaterial upto a distance of 50m beyond the constructionarea, stacking and spreadingas directed, including all liftspreparing the bed for bedconcrete/foundations etc.complete including backfilling, inclusive of heavydewatering either manuallyor mechanically by all meansupto any extent excludingshoring and strutting etc.complete. Standard widthshall be considered forcomputing quantity as perParticular Specifications.




a) Upto 1.50 m. depth 2422.00 218.20 Cum. 5,28,480.40

b) Lift above 1.50 m. & upto 3.0 m.

334.00 230.20 Cum. 76,886.80

2. Excavation for foundation/pipe trenches in hard rockand concrete road bychiselling, wedging, linedrilling by mechanical meanswith the help of hydraulicrock driller etc. includingtrimming and levelling thebed, removing the excavatedmaterial upto a distance of 50meters beyond the area,including stacking as directedby Engineer, heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, includingbackfilling, etc. complete.




a) Upto 1.50 m. depth 443.00 946.45 Cum. 4,19,277.35

b) Lift above 1.50 m. & upto 3.0 m.

67.00 965.45 Cum. 64,685.15



3. Providing and laying drytrap rubble soling 23 cm.thick including hand packingwith metal, rubble chips,application of requiredmurum/stone dust blindageand compaction includingwatering etc. complete withall leads, including necessaryheavy dewatering eithermechanically or manuallyetc. complete.

154.00 775.40 Cum. 1,19,411.60

4. Providing and laying cementconcrete M-20 grade ReadyMix Concrete (RMC) usingdesign mix with minimumcement content 310 kg./cum.as per IRC specifications andmaximum water cement ratio0.45 using maximum 25/30mm size and down trap metalfor foundation and beddingwith all labours, materials,plant & equipments,shuttering formwork, staging,including transporting,placing, vibrating withmechanical vibrator,finishing and curing etc.complete. The item alsoincludes heavy dewatering toany extent of wateraccumulated by any sourceby using pumps or manually.The cost also includes alltypes of taxes, sales tax,insurance, cess levied bylocal authority etc. complete.

113.00 5,950.00 Cum. 6,72,350.00



5. Providing, lowering, layingand jointing RCC, S/S pipesmanufactured as per IS:458(latest version) having ISI offollowing NP-3 class withtyton / collar joints / rubberring joint as directed inproper grade including costof materials, rubber ring, alltaxes (central and local)transportation, loading andunloading and hydraulictesting as per I.S. 458 (latestversion) including necessaryheavy dewatering by allmeans up to any extent etc.complete.

Notes :1) The contractor has to

procure the pipes fromagency who is approvedmanufacturer with ISIcertification and mark.The list of approvedmanufacturers is placedwith this tender.

2) The contractor has tomake his ownarrangement for testingthe pipeline as per I.S.standard.

a) 300 mm dia. 540.00 806.00 Rmt. 4,35,240.00

b) 250 mm dia. 880.00 726.00 Rmt. 6,38,880.00



6. Providing and constructingbrick masonry chamber of1500 x 600 mm upto 1.50 m.depth including necessaryexcavation, PCC forfoundation in cementconcrete 1:2:4, brick work inC.M. 1:3, external & internalplastering in C.M. 1:3,coping in C.C. 1:2:4 withRCC precast covers as perdesign and drawing etc.complete.(Note : Wall thickness :0.23 M for depth upto 1.2M and 0.35 M for balancedepth exceeding 1.2 M)

44.00 9,611.00 No. 4,22,884.00

7. Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)circular/ concentric conicalmanhole with 1.22 m dia atbottom and 0.53 m dia. at topwith 230 mm thick brickmasonry (IInd sort)inC.M.1:3 and 20 mm thicksmooth cement plaster inC.M. 1:2 from inside andoutside, including curingproviding and fixingcopolymer, polypropylene,steel reinforcement PVCheavy duty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300

65.00 13,001.10 No. 8,45,071.50


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTmm thick with benching andchanneling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearingof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete. as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 2.0 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man holecovers & frames, steps etc.complete.

8 a) Providing and constructingBB masonry (IInd sort)circular/ concentric conicalmanhole with 1.53 m dia atbottom and 0.53m. dia. at topwith 230 mm thick brickmasonry (IInd sort) in C.M.1:3 and 20 mm thick smoothcement plaster in C.M 1:2from inside and outside,including curing providingand fixing copolymer,polypropylene, steel

23.00 21,163.53 No. 4,86,761.19


I. NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. RATE PER AMOUNTreinforcement PVC heavyduty step/ footrest ofapproved make conformingto an ASTM D-4101specification to take load asper IS 5455 includingproviding foundationconcrete in M-20 and 300mm thick with benching andchanneling, supplying andfixing RCC factory madesteel fibre reinforced (SFRC)heavy duty manhole coverand frame with steel bearingof cover into the frameincluding shoring struttingetc. complete as per designand drawing including heavydewatering upto any extentby mechanical means withthe help of pumpingmachinery with the desiredH.P. all lifts, till thecompletion of work. (Depthupto 2.15 m. from top offrame to invert level of pipe).The Manhole shall be as perstandard drawings.Note : The contractor has tomake his own arrangementfor testing the man holecovers & frames, steps etc.complete.


25.00 10,562.87 Rmt. 2,64,071.75



9. Disposal of surplusexcavated materials upto 2.0Km. lead and all liftsincluding loading, unloading,transporting by mechanicalor other means, stacking,leveling and spreading asdirected by Engineer etc.complete.

2480.00 77.10 Cum. 1,91,208.00

Total of Part – VI ` 51,65,207.74



Date: Date:



SUMMARY OF SCHEDULE “A”

PART NO. PARTICULARS TOTALB/F FROMSL.PG.NO.

AMOUNT

Part-I Road Work 193 1,33,68,927.62Part-II Footpath Work 198 48,07,874.05

Part-III Storm Water Drain Work 208 2,59,76,996.35Part-IV Water Supply Work 219 24,24,789.10Part-V Sewerage Work 235 52,13,913.41Part-VI Utility Services 243 51,65,207.74

A) Total of Schedule “A” ` 5,69,57,708.27

B) ADD/SUBSTRACT (+/-) _____% quoted by `the contractor to reflect the total cost.

C) TOTAL (A) +/- (B) `

(Rupees ____________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________)


Date: Date:


Notes :

1. Use of OPC or PPC Cement is permitted subject to approval from Engineer,provided OPC / PPC cement satisfy the required criteria provided in relevantI.S. Code. The mix design shall have to be prepared for particular type ofcement satisfying its provision.

2. No additional cost or rebate shall be applicable in case of use of either OPC orPPC.

3. The contractor has to make his own arrangement for making necessarydiversion of flow of water without affecting the adjoining structures or publicproperty along the bank of existing channel and without any extra cost.Further, the Storm Water flow of the existing nallah shall be maintained by thecontractor throughout the contract period including monsoon without any extracost.


Date: Date:


ANNEXURE ‘A’


G.C.C.Clause No.

1.1(a) (iv) The Engineer for the Contract : Name : Shri. A.A. Tyagi

Designation : Executive Engineer (PNL-II)

43.1 Time for completion

A. Contract as whole : 12 (Twelve) Months (including monsoon)

B. Sections (Part of Groups ofItems)

: Not Applicable

49.1 Defects Liability Period : 12 (Twelve) Months

49.4 Percentage to be charged assupervision charges for the workgot executed through other means

: 24.5%

60.10 The rate of interest applicable forpayment delayed.

: As applicable

70.1 i) Centre for Price VariationIndices

: Mumbai

ii) Price Variation Clause Factors :

PL : 23%

PM : 72%

PF : 5%

Total : 100%


iii) Base Materials and Base Rates Applicable :

Base Rate of Cement (Co) : ` 6,160.00 per M.T.

Base Rate of Steel (So) : ` 48,525.00.00 per M.T.

Base Rate of Bitumen (Bo)

30/40 (VG 40) : ` 50,112.00 per M.T.

60/70 (VG 30) : ` 46,829.00 per M.T.

80/100 (VG 10) : ` 45,799.00 per M.T.

Base Rate of Pig Iron for CI/DI Pipes (Po) : ` 27,199.00 per M.T.

Base Rate of P.O.L. (Fo) : ` 53.71 per Litre


Date: Date:


SCHEDULE ‘B’

(Material to be issued to contractor by CIDCO)

Sr.No.

Particular ofMaterials

Rate of whichmaterial willbe issued in

`

Place of issue Rate of Recovery incase of misuse or

excess consumption

=========================== NIL =======================

No material will be supplied by CIDCO

1. This Schedule consists Nil item only.


Date: Date:


PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

ROADS & FOOTPATHS

1.0 GENERAL :

The particular specifications are to be read in conjunction with the

specifications contained in the description of items of Schedule “A”

specification contained in “Standard Specifications” published by Buildings

and Communications Department of Maharashtra, relevant Indian Standard

Specifications. In case of conflicting provisions in various documents

(except Schedule “A”), the provisions in Particular Specifications shall take

precedence over any other documents.

2.0 CLEARING SITE :

The ground over which the Roads are to be constructed shall be cleared

from all loose, vegetation, bushes, stumps and all other objectionable

materials. Brushwood, stumps, vegetation etc. shall be cut flush with the

ground. Materials obtained from clearing site shall be disposed off as

directed.

3.0 Demarcation of the road / channel / bridge alignment by traversing

along the existing / proposed route with one second theodolite.

Taking angles & distance at turning points including transfer of Co-

ordinate from known point to survey area and as directed by

Engineer & providing 5 Nos. colour paper prints with tracing and

drawing in soft copy format etc. complete.


3.1 The contractor shall establish working Bench Marks tied with the

Reference Bench Mark in the area soon after taking possession of the site.

The Reference Bench Mark for the area shall be as indicated in the contract

documents and the values of the same shall be obtained by the contractor

from the Engineer. The working Bench marks shall be at the rate of four

per Km. and also at or near all drainage structures, over-bridges and

underpasses. The working Bench Marks / levels should be got approved

from the Engineer. Checks must be made on these Bench Marks once

every month and adjustments, if any, got agreed with the Engineer and

recorded. An up-to-date record of all Bench Marks including approved

adjustments, if any, shall be maintained by the contractor and also a copy

supplied to the Engineer for his record.

3.2 The lines and levels of formation, side slopes, drainage works,

carriageways and shoulders shall be carefully set out and frequently

checked, care being taken to ensure that correct gradients and cross-sections

are obtained everywhere.

3.3 In order to facilitate the setting out of the works, the centre line of the

carriageway or highway must be accurately established by the contractor

and approved by the Engineer. It must then be accurately referenced in a

manner satisfactory to the Engineer, every 50 m. intervals in plain and

rolling terrains and 20 m. intervals in hilly terrain and all curve points as

directed by the Engineer, with marker pegs and chainage boards set in or

near the fence line, and a schedule of reference dimensions shall be

prepared and supplied by the contractor to the Engineer. These markers


shall be maintained until the works reach finished formation level and are

accepted by the Engineer.

3.4 On construction reaching the formation level stage, the centre line shall

again be set out by the contractor and when approved by the Engineer, shall

be accurately referenced in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer by marker

pegs set at the outer limits of the formation.

3.5 No reference peg or marker shall be moved or withdrawn without the

approval of the Engineer and no earthwork or structural work shall be

commenced until the centre line has been referenced.

3.6 The contractor will be the sole responsible party for safeguarding all survey

monuments, bench marks, beacons, etc. The Engineer will provide the

contractor with the data necessary for setting out of the centre line. All

dimensions and levels shown on the drawings or mentioned in documents

forming part of or issued under the contract shall be verified by the

contractor on the site and he shall immediately inform the Engineer of any

apparent errors or discrepancies in such dimensions or levels. The

contractor shall, in connection with the staking out of the centre line, survey

the terrain along the road and shall submit to the Engineer for his approval,

a profile along the road centre line and cross-sections at intervals as

required by the Engineers.

3.7 After obtaining approval of the Engineer, work in earthwork can commence

and the profile and cross-sections shall form the basis for measurements

and payment. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all the


basic traverse points are in place at the commencement of the contract and

if any are missing, or appear to have been disturbed, the contractor shall

make arrangements to re-establish these points. A “Survey File” containing

the necessary data will be made available for this purpose. If in opinion of

the Engineer, design modifications of the centre line or grade are advisable,

the engineer will issue the detail instructions to the contractor and the

contractor shall perform the modifications in the field, as required, and

modify the ground levels on the cross sections accordingly as many time as

required. There will be no separate payment for any survey work perform

by the contractor. The cost of this services shall be considered as being

included in the cost of the items of work in the Bill of Quantities.

3.8 The work of setting out shall be deemed to be a part of general works

preparatory to the execution of work and no separate payment shall be

made for the same.

3.9 Precision automatic levels, having a standard deviation of + 2mm per km.,

and fitted with micrometer attachment shall be used for all double run

leveling work. Setting out of the road alignment and measurement of

angles shall be done by using theodolite with traversing target, having an

accuracy of one second. Measurement of distances shall be done preferably

using precision instruments like Distomat.

4.0 Excavation for roadways in all types of soil, soft murum, hard

murum, hard murum with boulders, soft rock, hard rock including

dressing section to the required grade, camber and side slopes and


conveying the excavated materials with all lifts upto a lead of 50 m.

and spreading for embankment or stacking as directed.

4.1 GENERAL :

Roadway and drainage excavation shall consist of excavation, removal,

conveyance and satisfactory disposal of materials of the strata covered by

the wording of the item for the construction of the road and its drainage

including finishing the surface and the slopes to the required grade, lines,

levels, curves and sections shown on the plans or as directed by the

Engineer. The item also covers maintaining the work in finished condition

until taken over by the Department.

4.2 CLEARING SITE :

The land width required for the roadway, gutters, side slopes and

catchwater gutters shall be cleared of all trees having a girth of 30 cm

(about 1') and less, brushwood, loose stones, vegetation, bushes, stumps and

all other objectionable materials. The roots of trees shall be removed to a

depth of 30 cm (about 1') below the surface of the road formation and side

slopes and the excavation filled up with excavated materials in 15 cm to

20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) Layers and compacted, Brushwood, stumps,

vegetation, etc. shall be cut flush with the ground. All the materials cleared

will be the property of CIDCO. Useful materials shall be arranged in

convenient stacks along the road boundary or as directed at places within a

lead of 50 metres (164') and handed over to the Department in convenient

sections. Unsuitable materials shall be burnt or otherwise disposed of by

the contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer without crushing

any nuisance, inconvenience or damage to the work, property or people in


the neighbourhood. If the material is disposed of outside the road land,

necessary permission from the private land owners shall be taken by the

contractor and royalty, etc., if any paid by him without claiming

compensation. In all cases, the materials shall be disposed of in a neat

manner.

4.3 SETTING OUT :

After clearing the site, the alignment of the road shall be properly set out

true to lines, curves, slopes, grades and sections as shown on the plans or

directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall provide all labour and

materials such as lime, string, pegs, nails, bamboos, stones, mortar,

concrete etc., required for setting out, establishing Bench Marks and giving

profiles. The contractor shall responsible for maintaining the B.Ms.,

profiles alignment and other stacks and marks as long as they are required

for the work in the opinion of the Engineer. If the contractor defaults in

this respect even after direction by the Engineer within the specified time,

they may be restored by the Engineer at the cost of the contractor. Levels

and sections of the ground shall be taken and recorded in the presence of

the contractor or his authorised representative before the excavation is

started to serve as the basis of measurement. The contractor or his

representative shall sign the book in token of his acceptance of the level

etc. If there is any disagreement, the contractor shall inform of it in

writing to the officer concerned with specific reference to the sections

before starting further work. Once further work is started, no cognisance

of any complaint shall be taken merely not signing of the book shall not be

deemed as disagreement.


4.4 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION :

All the materials encountered in the excavation would be mainly classified

in the following groups :-

1) Soils of all sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum and other similar soft or

loose materials.

2) Hard murum.

3) Hard murum and boulders.

4) Soft rock.

5) Hard rock (blasted).

6) Hard rock (chiselled, wedged or line drilled).

7) Laterite.

8) Slush / Marine Clay.

1) Soil of sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum and other similar soft or loose

materials. Soils of all sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum, chopan yellow

soil, etc., shall included all material of earthy nature which can be

easily ploughed or small shingle and gravel which can be easily

removed. Removal of small boulder not exceeding 0.03 cu.m. or 30

litres (about one c.ft.) occuring in the strata will be included in the

rate for this item.

2) Hard murum : This shall include all kinds of disintegrated rock or

shale or indurated clay free from boulders larger than 003 cu.m. or 30

litres (about one cu.ft) and can be removed with pick and shovel

though not without some difficulty.


3) Hard murum & boulders : This shall include all kinds of disintegrated

rock or shale or indurated clay interspersed with boulders less than

half cubic metre (about half a cu.yd.) and larger than 0.03 cu.m. or 30

litres (approx. one c.ft.) which do not normally need blasting and can

be removed with pick, bar, wedges, and hammer. Boulders bigger

than 1/2 cu.m. will be paid for as soft or hard rock according as it is

soft or hard rock.

4) Soft rock : This shall include all materials which is rock or hard

conglomerate, all decomposed and weathered rock, highly fissured

rock, old masonry and also soft rock, boulders bigger than 1/2 cubic

meter and other varieties of rock which would normally be removed

with pick, crow bars, wedges and hammer with some difficulty.

5) Hard rock (blasted) : This shall include all rock occuring in masses or

boulders bigger than half cubic metre each, which can best be

removed by blasting and where, in the opinion of the Engineer,

blasting is necessary. Manjrya rock shall be considered as hard rock.

6) Hard rock (chiselled wedged or line drilled) : This shall include all

rock occuring in masses which can best be removed by blasting but

which owing to the proximity of structures, possibility of shattering

the rock below or for any other reason should be cut by a means of

cold chisels or wedges or line drilling.


7) Laterite : This shall include laterite rock soft and hard which can be

removed with Dhokans or blasting. Lateritic murum which has not

hardened into stone shall be classified as hard murum.

8) Slush / Marine Clay : This items includes clearing the land width of

all shrubs, weeds, bushes etc. The work will also have to be done in

the area subject to the tidal water. The work is to be executed as

directed by the Engineer. The slush (Marine clay) is to be removed on

top of hard strata such as murum, weathered rock, soft rock, hard rock

etc., whichever is met earlier, which is suitable to lay embankment

foundation on such suitable strata. The excavated stuff to be deposited

as per direction of Engineer as per site situation. For excavation in

slush Contractor shall use machinery like mechanical excavators or

any other suitable type of mechanical equipment and other machinery

for transporting excavated lush for speedy execution. For removing

slush wherever necessary, if earthen or rubble bunds are required, the

same shall be provided by the Contractor at his cost as per directions

of Engineer.

The classification of the excavation would be decided by the Engineer and

his decisions shall be final and binding on the contractor. Merely the use

of explosives in excavation will not be considered as a reason for higher

classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of the

Engineer.


4.5 CONSTRUCTION METHOD :

Profiles of the section including the road side gutters to be excavated shall

be laid at suitable intervals of 10 m.(about 32.8') to 50 m.(about 64') or

other intervals directed by the Engineer to conform to the curved or

straight alignment, section, grades and side slopes. The lines of cuts shall

be clearly marked and profiles of embankments where excavated materials

are to be used shall be set up with the toe line marked on each side. The

roadway section shall be first excavated with vertical sides for each lift and

the side slopes for that lift shall be excavated in steps.

These steps shall be smoothened to the required slopes when the

excavation reaches the road formation. The contractor shall on no account

excavate beyond the slopes or below the specified grade unless so directed

by the Engineer in writing. If excavation is done below the specified level

or outside the section, it shall not be paid for and the contractor shall be

required to fill up at his own cost such extra excavation in the road portion

with approved materials of the embankment grade in layer of 15 cm. to 20

cm. (about 6” to 8”) watered and fully compacted to attain maximum

density laid down for the embankment in the same agreement elsewhere.

The Engineer may require measurement ridges and dead-men to be left at

specified interval or places and kept intact till ordered to be removed for

the purpose of check measurements. The excavation shall be finished

neatly, smoothly and evenly to the correct lines, curves, grades sections

and side slopes as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The

sub-grade if loose shall be scarified, watered and compacted to the same

density as the embankment. The section, side slopes and catchwater

gutters shall be maintained by the contractor at his own cost in such a way


the formation and gutters will be well drained by providing necessary

diversions, etc., and not damaged due to obstruction of any drainage.

Necessary passages shall be provided for leading away seepage, springs,

surface flow or rain water safely without damaging the work. If any

damage occurs due to default of the contractor in this respect, he shall

make good the damage at his own cost. If it is necessary in the execution

of the work to interrupt existing surface drainage, irrigation channels,

sewers or under drainage, temporary arrangements shall be provided till

such time as is necessary. The contractor at his own cost shall make good

the interrupted drainage and sewer, etc., unless separately provided in the

tender. Any damage to the existing works or work in hand caused as a

result of his operations or negligence shall be made good by the contractor

at his own cost.

Roadside gutters shall be excavated to the specified sections and shall be

measured along with the main cutting in cubic metres.

Intercepting or catchwater gutters where necessary shall be built to the

cross-sections, shown on the plans in time to prevent damage to the cuts or

banks.

4.6 DEWATERING :

If water is met with in the excavation due to springs, seepage, rain or other

causes it shall be removed by suitable diversions, pumping or bailing out

and the excavation kept dry whenever so required or directed by the

Engineer. Care shall be taken to discharge the water so as not to cause

damage to the work, crops or any property or any inconvenience to the


property holders in the neighbourhood. Unless separate provisions is made

in the tender for dewatering, the cost of dewatering shall be covered by the

rate for excavation.

4.7 SLIDES :

If slides occur in the cutting they shall be removed as ordered by the

Engineer. If finished slopes slide into the roadway before the final

acceptance of the work, such slides shall be removed by the contractor and

shall be paid for at the contract rate for the class of excavation involved

provided the slides are not due to any negligence of the contractor. The

classification of the material in slides shall conform to its condition at the

time of removal and payment made accordingly regardless or its prior

condition.

Care shall be taken to see that excavation is arranged in a safe way so that

there will be no risk to the work or workmen by slides, falling materials,

boulders and collapsing sides etc.

4.8 PROTECTION :

If there is traffic nearby or if there are towns and villages in the

neighbourhood, barricades and/or traffic signals shall be provided day and

night for the duration of the work in such a way as to prevent accidents.

Warning signals shall be displayed at 70 m. from the danger point on both

sides to give sufficient warning. If necessary, signallers shall be stationed

at each end to regulate traffic where it is heavy. Measures shall be taken

to see that the excavation does not affect or damage adjoining structures or

property. If there is damage to property, injury to workers, the members of


the public, animals etc. due to the negligence of the contractor, he will be

responsible and liable to all the consequences including compensation.

4.9 DIVERSIONS :

If diversions are necessary for the traffic they shall be provided and

maintained as specified under specification No. BR.1 of Red Book.

4.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS :

All the excavated materials shall be the property of CIDCO. When the

useful excavated materials is to be used in embankment within a lead of 50

m. (about 164') it shall be directly deposited at the required location in 15

cm. to 20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) layers, the charge for watering and

compacting such materials being paid under a separate item. No handling

or conveyance charges shall be paid if the material is temporarily deposited

elsewhere and subsequently conveyed to the site of deposition. The

sequence of operations should be arranged properly. Useful excavated

materials to be used in embankment beyond 50 m. (about 164') may be

conveyed directly to the site of use and laid in layers or first deposited in

heaps and conveyed and laid in layers subsequently the conveyance and the

charges for the watering and compaction shall be paid for under a separate

item. Materials required for four times other than bank shall be arranged in

neat stacked at convenient places within a load of 50 m. (about 164')

without interfering with the drainage in any way. If no CIDCO land is

available but the excavated useful stuff is to be stacked temporarily before

use under the same agreement the contractor shall make his own

arrangements for the stacking of his materials temporarily on private lands

by paying rents, etc., without claiming any compensation. Surplus cost to


uniformly widen embankment to flatten slopes and to fill low places in the

road land within a lead of 50 m. (about 164') is so directed by the Engineer.

Materials not required for any use whatsoever may be disposed off by the

contractor at his own cost in a manner approved by the Engineer. The

excavated materials shall not be deposited within 3 m. (about 10') from the

top edges of slope of the bank unless expressly permitted by the Engineer in

writing. When the excavated materials is deposited or disposed off by the

contractor in land not belonging to Government he shall be responsible for

any compensation required to be paid to the private land owner. The leads

shall be measured from approximately centre of gravity of the block of the

cutting to the approximate centre of gravity of block of deposited material.

4.11 MAINTENANCE :

The excavated roadway shall be maintained satisfactorily and protected by

the contractor at his own cost against all damage till it is taken over by the

Department. If any damage occurs, the contractor shall be responsible to

repair it at his own cost.

4.12 ITEM TO INCLUDE :

1) Clearing site.

2) Setting out including necessary labour, material and fixing reference

marks.

3) Diversion unless separately provided in the tender.

4) Dewatering unless separately provided in the tender.

5) Protective measures for work, work people, public, animal, property,

etc.

6) Excavation to the required lines, curves, section and grades.


7) Conveying the excavated materials including all lifts and lead upto

50 m. (about 164'), spreading in layers or stacking as directed and

disposing off unwanted materials.

8) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tolls required for

completing the item satisfactorily.

9) Compensation on account of damages, accidents or use of private

lands royalty, etc.

4.13 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre (about 32.2 c.ft.) for

the strata mentioned in the wording of the items of excavation acceptably

completed, limited to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by

the Engineer. Excavation shall be measured in its original position by the

taking cross-sections before the work start and after it is entirely

completed. The quantity shall be worked out by the average and area

method. The individual dimensions and areas of the cutting shall be

measured correct upto two places of decimals of a metre and square metre

respectively and the quantity worked out correct up to two places of

decimals of a cubic metre.

When the classification of the strata changes, the contractor shall bring this

to the notice of the Engineer who will then verify and if necessary take

levels for the changed strata for purpose of measurement.

The Engineer at his option may direct dead-men to be left at such intervals

as he may indicate for purpose of measuring the depths and other

dimensions either for initial measurements or for checking. Deduction


shall be made for these dead-men. These shall be removed when no

longer required and the deduction restored thereafter. If the dead-men are

not removed and used in the work or otherwise disposed of as directed by

the Engineer within 15 days of the date of check measurement, the

Engineer shall have the right to remove then at the contractor's cost. If for

any reason the dead-men are damaged at the time of measurement the

measuring or check measuring officer shall estimate the quantity of

earthwork at his discretion and such estimate shall be final.

5.0 Providing earthwork in embankment with approved materials

obtained from contractor’s own source/road cutting including all lifts

and leads, laying in layers of 20 cm. to 30 cm. thickness, breaking clods,

dressing to the required lines, curves, grades and section, watering and

compacting to 95% / 97% Modified Proctor Density complete.

5.1 GENERAL :

The work shall include preliminaries of clearing site, setting out and

preparing the ground and thereafter forming embankment for the road with

approved materials obtained from contractor’s own source, laying them in

layers, watering and compacting to the required density and lines, curves,

grades, cross section and dimensions shown on the plan or as directed by

the Engineer with due allowance for shrinkage.

5.2 CLEARING SITE :

The ground over which embankment is to be formed shall be cleared of all

trees (unless cutting of trees of over 30 cm. girth is provided as a separate

item vide Rd.1), brushwood, loose stones, vegetation, bushes, stumps and


all other objectionable materials, under this item. Roots of trees shall be

grubbed to a depth of at least 15 cm. below the original ground surface and

at least 30 cm. below the formation level whichever is deeper. The holes

dug up for grubbing roots etc. shall be filled with excavated materials in

layers of 15 cm. and compacted. Brushwood, stumps, vegetation etc. shall

be cut flush with the ground. Materials obtained from clearing site shall

be dealt with according to Clause No.4.2 of Particular Specifications.

5.3 SETTING OUT :

After the site is cleared, setting out shall be done as laid down in Clause

No.4.3 of Particular Specification. Profiles shall be set up with stout poles

to mark the centre and edges of the formation with the top levels of

formation clearly marked by paint or cut and the slopes with string and

pegs at every 80 metres on straight portion and 10 m. or less on curves or

as directed by the Engineer. Toe line may be marked with pick marks.

Longitudinal and cross section levels shall be taken recorded and checked

for measurements and signed by the contractor or his representative.

All the materials and labour required for this item shall be supplied and

profiles, B.Ms. etc. put up by the contractor. These shall be covered by the

rate.

Profiles, pegs, bench marks and other marks shall be maintained without

any disturbance as long as they are required.


5.4 MATERIALS :

After utilising, for the embankment all the useful and acceptable materials

obtained from the excavation within the specified leads, the contractor shall

obtain additional materials from Contractor’s own source. Satisfactory soil

murum or a mixture of soil, sand, murum, gravel, small boulders or rubble

shall normally be acceptable. Soils having laboratory dry density less than

1.6 gm./cc shall not be used in embankment with 95% modified proctor

density and embankment height not exceeding 3.0 m. Soils having

laboratory dry density less than 1.75 gm/cc shall not be used in

embankment with 97% modified proctor density or in embankments of any

height subject to long periods of inundation. Only the materials considered

suitable by the Engineer shall be used for the bank. Rejected materials

shall not be put into the bank nor brought to the work site. Perishable

materials such as stumps, pieces of wood, roots, rubbish, etc. and such other

materials as will effect the stability of the embankment shall not be used.

Soils with humus of grass will be permitted to be used as surface covering

for the bank slopes to a thickness of not more than 30 cm. (about 12”).

5.5 EQUIPMENT :

Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras and pans may be used for manual work.

Scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys etc. may be

used for mechanized work. Three wheel 8 – 10 tonne vibratory roller giving

a pressure required to obtain the specified density may be used for

compaction. Mechanically driven tankers may be used for watering.



5.6.1 Diversion :

If diversions barricading and signals are found to be necessary, they shall

be provided as detailed in specification No.BR.1 of Standard Specifications

of Red Book.

5.6.2 Preparing the ground for laying bank :

Before any material is laid for the bank the ground shall be cleared of all

rubbish etc. and the holes if any, filled up. When the embankment is to be

laid on hill sides or slopes, the existing slopes shall be ploughed deeply. If

the cross slopes are steeper than 1 in 3, steps with reverse slope shall be cut

into the slopes to give proper hold and seating to the bank as directed by

the Engineer. On surfaces flatter than 1 in 15 no special surface treatment

such as cutting steps shall be necessary. The top 15 cm. (about 6”) of soil

shall be scarified and watered if directed and compacted to the same

density as specified for the embankment before any material is laid for the

bank-work.

When the embankment is to be placed over an existing road or other hard

surface which is within 15 cm. (about 6”) of the finished formation, the

road or other hard surface shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 15 cm.

(about 6”).

The rate for embankment includes all the operations for preparing the bed

for laying the bank.


5.6.3 Laying the bank :

Embankment material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of 20

cm. to 30 cm. (about 8” to 12”) depth, extending to the full width of the

embankment including the slopes at the level of the particular layer and 30

cm. (about 12”) more on both sides to allow compaction of the full

specified section. The extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed later

after completion of the bank work without extra cost leaving the correct

section fully compacted.

Keeping the width of the bank initially less and widening it later by

dumping loose earth on the slopes shall not be permitted as the additional

width and slopes will remain loose and uncompacted. Similar procedure to

extend the embankment by dumping the material longitudinally shall also

not be allowed. When placing the bankwork in 20 cm. to 30 cm. layers is

not feasible as in water or over slopes too steep to operate the construction

equipment, the embankment may be constructed in one layer to the

minimum level at which equipment can be operated and above such a level,

the embankment shall be made up in layers of specified thickness. When

boulders, broken stones and similar hard materials are mixed up with the

embankment materials care shall be taken to see that they are distributed

uniformly into the bank and that no hollows are left near them. No stone

or hard material shall project above the top of any layer. Each layer of

embankment shall be watered, levelled and compacted as specified

hereinafter, before the succeeding layer is placed. The surface of the

embankment shall, at all times during construction, be maintained at such a

cross fall as will shed water and prevent ponding. If bridges and culverts

on the road are not completed in advance of bankword, a length of 15 m. to


30 m. (about 50' to 100') bank shall be left on each side of the structure

and these lengths shall be dealt with later for placing the bank-work.

5.6.4 Watering :

If the bank material contains less than the optimum moisture water shall be

added to the material in the borrow pits or alternatively in the loose layers

of the embankment to bring the moisture uniformly upto requirement. If

some moisture is likely to be evaporated in transit or in the bank before

compaction adequate water in excess shall be added to allow for the loss. If

the material contains more than the required moisture, it shall be allowed to

dry until the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet

weather etc., the moisture content of the soil cannot be reduce to the

appropriate amount by exposure, bank work shall be suspended till suitable

conditions prevail without contractor's claiming any compensation.

Water to be used shall be free of from harmful elements which may cause

heavy efflorescence etc., and approved by the Engineer. The contractor

shall make his own arrangement for getting adequate quantity of acceptable

water.

5.6.5 Compaction :

When a loose layer is levelled manually or mechanically and moistured or

dried to a uniform moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it

shall be compacted by power roller, sheeps foot rollers or vibratory roller or

heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the specified 95% / 97% of the

Modified Proctor Density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than

95% / 97% of the Modified Proctor Density the contractor shall do


additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after adding

water if required. The density can not be improved on reasonable efforts,

the work may be accepted as substandard by the Engineer. If he thinks it

not harmful for the purpose, at a reduce rate. Where the specified density

is imperative the work shall be removed and redone by the contractor at his

own cost to give the specified density.

Where the material allowed to be used is excessively stony or sandy so that

it will not compact to the required density where such material is otherwise

acceptable for embankment construction the Engineer may waive the tests

for stony or sandy portions where the required test results are contained.

Each layer shall be compacted fully before the next layer is laid.

Proper sequence of all component operation shall be maintained to give

individual progress.

To allow for subsequent settlement, the finished level of the embankment

may be kept higher than the specified level by 1 cm. for each metre of the

height of the bank and this, if provided, will be paid for.

The hauling equipment, animals, labour etc., shall be made to go over the

bank as far as possible, to get the initial compaction. Care shall be taken for

getting good compaction behind abutments returns and wings walls, etc.

Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining

bridges, culverts and other work, shall be carried out independently of the

main embankment and shall be have the layers placed in 10 cm. to 15 cm.


(about 4” to 6”) height and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly

compacted with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be

brought up simultaneously in equal layers on each side and compacted

carefully to avoid unequal pressure etc.

5.7 PROTECTION :

Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the method of operation and

compaction of the bank-work does not cause damage or undue strain to any

structural element. Embankment over and around bridges or culverts shall

be of approved materials and carefully placed and compacted. The

contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of the

bank-work by diversion of streams, local surface drainage, rain water etc.

likely to damage the bank. Any damage to the bank-work due to no

protection or inadequate protection shall be made good by the contractor at

his own cost. Conveyance of materials shall not cause obstruction or

nuisance to the nearby property owners and traffic.

5.8 FINISHING :

The embankment shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in

conformity with the alignment, levels, cross- sections and dimensions

shown on the drawings with due allowance for shrinkage. On curves,

section shall be provided with super elevation and increased widths as

shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. All damages caused by

rain, flood or any other reason shall be made good in the finishing

operations. The road land which shall be cleared of all debris and ugly

spots near camping areas etc. for which the contractor or his men were

responsible.


5.9 MAINTENANCE :

The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the bank-work

satisfactorily at his own cost till finally accepted including making good

any damages.

5.10 TESTS :

1) Tests shall be made to determine the maximum density of the material

to be used by the Proctor method before starting the work.

2) Density tests shall be carried out for the bankwork during the progress

of the work. One set of three core samples for every 3,000 sq.m. area

of each layer of bankwork shall be taken and tested. The average

density shall not be less than 95% / 97% of the Modified Proctor

Density. A deviation of 80 kg./cu.m. for fine and 160 Kg./cu.m. for

coarse grained soils shall be permitted in dry density in individual

sample if the average density reaches upto 95% / 97% Modified

Proctor Density for each set.


1) Clearing site.

2) Setting out alignment including necessary labour and materials and

maintaining it as long as required.

3) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.


4) Providing and maintaining diversions if necessary unless provided as

a separate item in the tender.

5) Obtaining the embankment materials including all lifts and leads and

laying the bank in layers, watering, compaction and tests and

Royalties, fees, Quarry Permit etc. if any.

6) Protecting and maintaining the bank.

7) Finishing the embankment.

8) All labour, materials, use of equipment, tools and plants necessary for

completing the work satisfactorily.

5.12 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

The contract rate shall be per cu. metre of the finished bankwork.

Measurements shall normally be taken by levelling sections and chaining

distances between them.

The measurements of the sections shall be limited to the dimensions shown

on the drawings or those ordered by the Engineer in writing. The

dimensions shall be recorded correct upto two places of decimals of a

metre. The sectional areas shall be worked out correct upto two places of

decimals of a sq.metre. The quantity shall be worked out correct upto two

places of decimals of a cu.m. by the average end area method.

The volume of bank thus calculated shall be reduced by 5 percent for the

purpose of payment when the measurements are taken for monthly

payments and by 1 percent in final payment.


6.0 Watering and compaction of embankment with vibratory roller to

95% P.D. including all necessary material and labour etc. complete.

The test shall be conducted to ascertain the strength by the way of

conducting CBR test as per IS : 2720 (Part 16) at every 3000 sqm. or

part of it and separate payment shall be paid for the test.

6.1 GENERAL :

This item refers to clearing site and setting out before laying the material

and breaking clods, watering and compacting the material to the required

density and conducting necessary tests.

6.2 EQUIPMENT :

Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras and pans may be used for manual work.

Scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys etc. may be

used for mechanised work. Three wheel 8 to 10 tonne vibratory roller or

sheepsfoot roller giving a pressure required to obtain the specified density

may be used for compaction. Bullock carts with tanks or mechanically

driven tankers may be used for watering.


6.3.1 Diversion :

If diversions barricading and signals are found to be necessary, they shall be

provided as directed by Engineer.


6.3.2 Compaction :

When a loose layer is levelled manually or mechanically and moistured or

dried to a uniform moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it

shall be compacted by power roller, sheeps foot rollers or vibratory roller or

heavy hauling or dozing equipment to achieve 97% P.D. and minimum

CBR value 6.0%.

Where the material allowed to be used is excessively stony or sandy so that

it will not compact to the required density where such material is otherwise

acceptable for embankment construction the Engineer may waive the

density tests for stony or sandy portions where the required test results are

contained provided satisfactory CBR value is achieved.

Proper sequence of all component operation shall be maintained to give

individual progress.

The hauling equipment, animals, labour etc., shall be made to go over the

bank as far as possible, to get the initial compaction. Care shall be taken for

getting good compaction behind abutments returns and wings walls, etc.

Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining

bridges, culverts and other work, shall be carried out independently of the

main embankment and shall be have the layers placed in 10 cm. to 15 cm.

height and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted with

mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up

simultaneously in equal layers on each side and compacted carefully to

avoid unequal pressure etc.


6.4 PROTECTION :

Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the method of operation and

compaction of the bank-work does not cause damage or undue strain to any

structural element. Embankment over and around bridges or culverts shall

be of approved materials and carefully placed and compacted. The

contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of the

bank-work by diversion of streams, local surface drainage, rain water etc.

likely to damage the bank. Any damage to the bank-work due to no

protection or inadequate protection shall be made good by the contractor at

his own cost. Conveyance of materials shall not cause obstruction or

nuisance to the nearby property owners and traffic.

6.5 FINISHING :

The embankment shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in

conformity with the alignment, levels, cross- sections and dimensions

shown on the drawings with due allowance for shrinkage. On curves,

section shall be provided with super elevation and increased widths as

shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. All damages caused by

rain, flood or any other reason shall be made good in the finishing

operations. The road land which shall be cleared of all debris and ugly

spots near camping areas etc. for which the contractor or his men were

responsible.

6.6 MAINTENANCE :

The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the bank-work

satisfactorily at his own cost till finally accepted including making good

any damages.



1) Clearing site.

2) Setting out alignment including necessary labour and materials and

maintaining it as long as required.

3) Preparing the ground for compaction including levelling of loose

material.

4) Providing and maintaining diversions if necessary.

5) Breaking clods, watering and compacting the materials in each layer

laid from the excavated materials within the lead mentioned in the

wording of the item to the required density.

6) Protecting and maintaining the bank.

7) All labour, materials, use of equipment, tools and plants necessary for

completing the work satisfactorily.


The contract rate shall be for one square metre of the finished embankment

surface.

7.0 GRANULAR SUB-BASE

7.1 Scope :

This work shall consist of laying and compacting well-graded material on

prepared subgrade in accordance with the requirements of these

specifications. The material shall be laid in one or more layers as sub-base

or lower sub-base and upper sub-base (termed as sub-base hereinafter) as

necessary according to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the

drawings or as directed by the Engineer.


7.2 Materials :

7.2.1 The material to be used for the work shall be crushed stone depending upon

the grading required.

While the grading in Table - 1 are respect of close-graded granular

sub-base materials, one each for maximum particle size of 75 mm, 53 mm

and 26.5 mm.

7.2.2 Physical requirements : The material shall have a 10 percent fines value of

50 kN or more (for sample in soaked condition) when tested in compliance

with BS:812 (Part-III). The water absorption volume of the coarse

aggregate shall be determined as per IS:2386 (Part-III); if this value is

greater than 2 percent, the soundness test shall be carried out on the

material delivered to site as per IS:383. For grading II & III materials, the

CBR shall be determined at the density and moisture content likely to be

developed in equilibrium conditions which shall be taken as being the

density relating to a uniform air voids content of 5 percent.

TABLE - 1GRADING FOR CLOSE GRADED GRANULAR SUB-

BASE MATERIALSIS Sieve Designation Per cent by weight passing the IS Sieve

Grading - I Grading - II Grading - III75.0 mm 100 -- --53.0 mm 80 - 100 100 --26.5 mm 55 - 90 70 - 100 1009.50 mm 35 - 65 50 - 80 65 - 954.75 mm 22 - 55 40 - 65 50 - 802.36 mm 20 - 40 30 - 50 40 - 65

0.425 mm 10 - 25 15 - 25 20 - 350.075 mm 3 - 10 3 - 10 3 - 10

CBR Value (Minimum) 30 25 20


TABLE - 2GRADING FOR COARSE GRADED GRANULAR SUB-

BASE MATERIALSIS Sieve Designation Per cent by weight passing the IS Sieve

Grading - I Grading - II Grading - III75.0 mm 100 -- --53.0 mm 10026.5 mm 55 - 75 50 - 80 1009.50 mm4.75 mm 10 - 30 15 - 35 25 - 452.36 mm

0.425 mm0.075 mm <10 <10 <10

CBR Value (Minimum) 30 25 20

Note : The material passing 425 micron (0.425 mm) sieve for all the three

gradings when tested according to IS:2720 (Part-5) shall have liquid limit

and plasticity index not more than 25 and 6 percent respectively.

7.3 Strength of sub-base :

It shall be ensured prior to actual execution that the material to be used in

the sub-base satisfies the requirements of CBR and other physical

requirements when compacted and finished.

When directed by the Engineer, this shall be verified by performing CBR

tests in the laboratory as required on specimens remoulded at field dry

density and moisture content and any other tests for the “quality” of

materials, as may be necessary.


7.4 Construction Operations :

7.4.1 Preparation of subgrade : Immediately prior to the laying of sub-base, the

subgrade already finished to Clause 301 or 305 of MORT & H

Specification as applicable shall be prepared by removing all vegetation

and other extraneous matter, lightly sprinkled with water if necessary and

rolled with two passes of 80-100 kN smooth wheeled roller.

7.4.2 Spreading and compacting : The sub-base material of grading specified in

the contract shall be spread on the prepared subgrade with the help of a

motor grader of adequate capacity, its blade having hydraulic controls

suitable for initial adjustment and for maintaining the required slope and

grade during the operation or other means as approved by the Engineer.

When the sub-base material consists of combination of materials mentioned

in Clause 401.2.1 of MORT & H Specifications, mixing shall be done at

plant and shall be transported on site.

Manual mixing shall be permitted only where the width of laying is not

adequate for mechanical operations, as in small-sized jobs. The equipment

used for mix-in-place construction shall be a rotavator or similar approved

equipment capable of mixing the material to the desired degree. If so

desired by the Engineer, trial runs with the equipment shall be carried out

to establish its suitability for the work.

Moisture content of the loose material shall be checked in accordance with

IS:2720 (Part-2) and suitably adjusted by sprinkling additional water from


a truck mounted or trailer mounted water tank and suitable for applying

water uniformly and at controlled quantities to variable widths of surface

or other means approved by the Engineer so that, at the time of

compaction, it is from 1 percent above to 2 percent below the optimum

moisture content corresponding to IS:2720 (Part-8). While adding water,

due allowance shall be made for evaporation losses. After water has been

added, the material shall be processed by mechanical or other approved

means like disk horrows, rotavators until the layer is uniformly wet.

Immediately thereafter, rolling shall start. If the thickness of the

compacted layer does not exceed 100 mm, a smooth wheeled roller of 80

to 100 kN weight may be used. For a compacted single layer upto 225 mm

the compaction shall be done with the help of a vibratory roller of

minimum 80 to 100 kN static weight with plain drum or pad footdrum or

heavy pneumatic tyred roller of minimum 200 to 300 kN weight having a

minimum tyre pressure of 0.7 MN/m2 or equivalent capacity roller

capable of achieving the required compaction. Rolling shall commence at

the lower edge and proceed towards the upper edge longitudinally for

portions having unidirectional crossfall and super-elevation and shall

commence at the edges and progress towards the centre for positions

having crossfall on both sides.

Each pass of the roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one-third of

the track made in the preceding pass. During rolling, the grade and

crossfall (camber) shall be checked and any high spots or depressions,

which become apparent, corrected by removing or adding fresh material.

The speed of the roller shall not exceed 5 km. per hour.


Rolling shall be continued till the density achieved is at least 98 percent of

the maximum dry density for the material determined as per IS:2720

(Part-8). The surface of any layer of material on completion of compaction

shall be well closed, free from movement under compaction equipment and

from compaction planes, ridges, cracks or loose material. All loose,

segregated or otherwise defective areas shall be made good to the full

thickness of layer and re-compacted.

7.5 Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work :

The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of

Clause 902 of MORT & H Specifications.

Control on the quality of materials and works shall be exercised by the

Engineer in accordance with Section 900.

7.6 Arrangements for Traffic :

During the period of construction, arrangement of traffic shall be

maintained in accordance with Clause 112 of MORT & H Specifications.

7.7 Measurement for Payment :

Granular sub-base shall be measured as finished work in position in cubic

metres.

The protection of edges of granular sub-base extended over the full

formation as shown in the drawing shall be considered incidental to the


work of providing granular sub-base and as such no extra payment shall be

made for the same.

7.8 Rate :

The contract unit rate for granular sub-base shall be payment in full for

carrying out the required operations including full compensation for :

1) Making arrangements for traffic to Clause 112 of MORT & H

Specifications except for initial treatment to verges, shoulders and

construction of diversions;

2) Furnishing all materials to be incorporated in the work including all

royalties, fees, rents where necessary and all leads and lifts;

3) All labour, tools, equipment and incidentals to complete the work to

the specifications;

4) Carrying out the work in part widths of road where directed; and

5) Carrying out the required tests for quality control.

8.0 Remaking of road surface excavated for water supply and sewerage

line inclusive one no. of oversize metal layer and two nos. of size

metal layer, supplying and spreading of blindage and watering and

rolling with vibro roller etc. complete.

8.1 As per description given in Schedule “A” (Bill of Quantities) and/or as

directed by Engineer.


9.0 WET MIX MACADAM SUB-BASE/BASE :

9.1 SCOPE :

This work shall consist of laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded

aggregate and granular material, premixed with water, to a dense mass on

a prepared subgrade/sub-base/base or existing pavement as the case may

be in accordance with the requirements of the specification. The

material shall be laid in one or more layers as necessary to lines, grades

and cross sections shown on the approved drawings or as directed by the

Engineer.

The thickness of a single compacted Wet Mix Macadam layer shall not

be less than 75mm. When vibrating or other approved types of

compacting equipment are used, the compacted depth of a single layer of

the sub-base course may be increased to 200mm upon approval of the

Engineer.

9.2 MATERIALS :

9.2.1 Physical requirement :

Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. If crushed gravel/shingle is

used not less than 90 percent by weight of the gravel/shingle pieces

retained on 4.75 mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces. The

aggregates shall conform to the physical requirements set forth in the

following Table-1.


TABLE - 1PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS OF COARSE AGGREGATES

FOR WET MIX MACADAM FOR BASE COURSES

SL.NO.

TEST TEST METHOD REQUIREMENTS

1. *Loss Angles AbrasionValue or

IS : 2386 (Part-IV) 40% Maximum

*Aggregate impact value IS : 2386 (Part-IV) orIS : 5640

30% Maximum

2. Combined flakiness andElongation indices (total)

IS : 2386 (Part-I) 30% Maximum**

* Aggregates may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests.** To determine this combined proportion, the flaky stone from a

representative sample should first be separated out. Flakinessindex is weight of flaky stone metal divided by weight of stonesample. Only the elongated particles be separated out from theremaining (non-flaky) stone metal. Elongation index is weight ofelongated particles divided by total non-flaky particles. The valueof flakiness index and elongation index so found are added up.

9.2.2 Grading requirements :

The aggregates shall conform to the grading given below :

TABLE - 2GRADING REQUIREMENTS OF AGGREGATES FOR WET

MIX MACADAM

SIEVE DESIGNATION PERCENT PASSING53 mm 10045 mm 95 - 100

26.5 mm -22.4 mm 60 - 8011.2 mm 40 - 604.75 mm 25 - 402.36 mm 15 - 30

600 microns 8 - 2275 microns 0 - 8


Materials finer than 425 micron shall have Plasticity Index (PI) not

exceeding 6.

The final gradation approved within these limits shall be well graded

from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to

the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa.

9.2.3 Construction operation :

9.2.3.1 Preparation of Base :

Clause 404.3.1 of MORT & H shall apply.

9.2.3.2 Provisional of lateral confinement of aggregates :

While constructing wet mix macadam, arrangement shall be made for the

lateral confinement of wet mix. This shall be done by laying materials in

adjoining shoulders along with that the wet mix macadam layer and

following the sequence of operations described in Clause 407.4.1 of

MORT & H.

9.2.3.3 Preparation of mix :

Wet-mix macadam shall be prepared in an approved mixing plant of

suitable capacity having provision for controlled addition of water and

forced/positive mixing arrangement like pugmill or pan type mixer of

concrete batching plant. For small quantity of wet mix work, the

Engineer may permit the mixing to be done in concrete mixers.

Optimum moisture for mixing shall be determined in accordance with

IS:2720 (Part-8) after replacing the aggregate fraction retained on 22.4


mm sieve with material of 4.75 mm to 22.4 mm size. While adding

water, due allowance should be made for evaporation losses. However,

at the time of compaction, water in the wet mix should not vary from the

optimum value by more than agreed limits. The mixed material should

be uniformly wet and no segregation should be permitted.

9.2.3.4 Spreading of mix :

Immediately after mixing, the aggregates shall be spread uniformly and

evenly upon the prepared subgrade/sub-base/base in required quantities.

In no case should these be dumped in heaps directly on the area where

these are to be laid nor shall their hauling over a partly completed stretch

be permitted.

The mix may be spread either by a motor grader or a paver finisher. For

portions where mechanical means cannot be used, manual means as

approved by the Engineer shall be used. The motor grade shall be

capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the surface. Its blade

shall have hydraulic control suitable for initial adjustments and

maintaining the same so as to achieve the specified slope and grade.

The paver finisher shall be self propelled having the following features :

i) Moving hoppers and suitable distribution mechanism

ii) The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for

initial compaction to the layer as it is spread without rutting or

otherwise marring the surface profile.


iii) The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so

as to ensure that the finished surface is free from surface

blemishes.

The surface of the aggregate shall be carefully checked with templates

and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as

may be required. The layer may be tested by depth blocks during

construction. No segregation of large and fine particles should be

allowed. The aggregates as spread should be of uniform gradation with

no pockets of fine/coarse materials.

9.2.3.5 Compaction :

After mix have been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross

fall/camber, the same shall be uniformly compacted to the full depth with

suitable roller. If the thickness of single compacted layer does not exceed

100mm, a smooth wheel roller of 80 to 100 kN weight may be used. For

a compacted single layer upto 200mm, the compaction shall be done with

the help of vibratory roller of minimum static weight of 80 to 100 kN of

equivalent capacity roller. The speed of the roller shall not exceed 5

l.m./h.

In portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling shall

commence from the lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper

edge. Thereafter roller should progress parallel to the centre line of the

road, uniformly overlapping each preceding track by at least one third

width until the entire surface has been rolled. Alternate strips of the


roller shall be terminated in stops at least 1 m. away from any preceding

stop.

In portions in camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller

running forward and backward until the edges have been firmly

compacted. The roller shall then progress gradually towards the centre

parallel to the centre line of the road uniformly overlapping each of the

preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface has

been rolled.

Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing of the direction of the

roller or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified

and/or removed the made good.

Along forms, kerbs, walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the

mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with mechanical tampers or a

plate compactor. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface

to permit proper bonding of the added material shall not be permitted.

Rolling should not be done when the sub-grade is soft or yielding or

when it causes a wave-like motion in the sub-base/base course or sub-

grade. If irregularities develop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when

tested with a 3 metre straight edge, the surface should be loosed and

premixed material added or removed as required before rolling again so

as to achieve a uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross

fall. In no case should the use of unmixed material be permitted to make

up the depressions.


Rolling should be continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of

the maximum dry density for the material as determined by the method

outlined in IS:2720 (Part 8).

After completion, the surface of any finished layer should be well closed,

free from movement under compaction equipment or any compaction

planes, ridges, cracks and loose material. All loose, segregated or

otherwise defective areas shall be made good to the full thickness of the

layer and re-compacted.

9.2.3.6 Setting and drying :

After final compaction of wet mix macadam course, the road shall be

allowed to dry for 24 hours.

9.2.4 Opening to traffic :

Preferably no vehicular traffic of any kind should be allowed on the

finished wet-mix macadam surface till it has dried and the wearing

course laid.

9.2.5 Surface Finish and Quality Control of work :

9.2.5.1 Surface evenness :


Clause 902.

9.2.5.2 Quality control :

Control of the quality of materials and work shall be exercised by the

Engineer in accordance with Section 900 of M.O.R T. & H.


9.2.6 Rectification of Surface irregularity :

Where the traffic irregularity of the wet mix macadam course exceeds

the permissible tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due

to sub-grade soil getting mixed with the aggregates, the full thickness of

the layer shall be scarified over the affected area, re-shaped with added

premixed material or removed and replaced with fresh premixed material

as applicable and re-compacted in accordance with Clause 406.3. The

area treated in the aforesaid manner shall not be less than 5 m. long and 2

m. wide. In no case shall depressions be filled up with unmixed and

ungraded material or fines.

9.2.7 Arrangement for traffic :

During the period of construction, arrangement of traffic shall be done as

per Clause 112.

9.2.8. Measurement for payment :

Wet mix macadam shall be measured as finished work in position in

cubic metres.

9.2.9 Rates :

The contract unit rate for wet mix macadam shall be payment in full for

carrying out the required operations including full compensation for all

components listed Clause 401.8.

10.0 PRIME COAT OVER GRANULAR BASE

10.1 SCOPE :

This work shall consist of application of a single coat of low viscosity

liquid bituminous material to a porous granular surface preparatory to the

superimposition of bituminous treatment or mix.


10.2 MATERIALS :

10.2.1 Primer :

The choice of a bituminous primer shall depend upon the porosity

characteristics of the surface to be primed as classified in IRC : 16. These

are :

i) Surfaces of low porosity; such as wet mix macadam and water

bound macadam

ii) Surfaces of medium porosity; such as cement stabilized soil base

iii) Surfaces of high porosity; such as a gravel base.

10.2.2 Primer viscosity :

The type and viscosity of the primer shall comply with the requirements of

IS 8887, as sampled and tested for bituminous primer in accordance with

theses standards. Guidance on viscosity and rate of spray is given in Table

– 1.

TABLE - 1VISCOSITY REQUIREMENT AND QUANTITY OF LIQUID

BITUMINOUS PRIMER

Types of surface Kinematic Viscosity of

Primer at 600C

(Centistokes)

Quantity of Liquid

Bituminous Material

per 10 sq.m. (Kg.)

Low porosity 30 – 60 6 to 9

Medium porosity 70 – 140 9 to 12

High porosity 250 – 500 12 to 15


10.2.3 Choice of primer :

The primer shall be bitumen emulsion, complying with IS 8887 of a type

and grade as specified in the contract or as directed by the Engineer. The

use of medium curing cutback as per IS 217 shall be restricted only for sites

at sub-zero temperatures or for emergency applications as directed by the

Engineer.

10.3 WEATHER AND SEASONAL LIMITATIONS :

Bituminous primer shall not be applied to a wet surface or during dust

storm or when the weather is foggy, rainy or windy or when the

temperature in the shade is less than 100C. Surfaces which are to receive

emulsion primer should be damp, but no free or standing water shall be

present.

10.4 CONSTRUCTION :

10.4.1 Equipment :

The primer distributor shall be a self- propelled or towed bitumen pressure

sprayer equipped for spraying the material uniformly at specified rates and

temperatures. Hand spraying of small areas, inaccessible to the distributor,

or in narrow strips shall be sprayed with a pressure hand sprayer, or as


10.4.2 Preparation of road surface :

The surface to be primed shall be prepared in accordance with Clause 501.8

and 902 of MORT & H (Fourth Revision) as appropriate. Immediately

prior to applying the primer the surface shall be carefully swept clean of

dust and loose particles, care being taken not to disturb the interlocked


aggregate. This is best achieved when the surface layer is slightly moist

(lightly sprayed with water and the surface allowed do dry) and the surface

should be kept moist until the primer is applied.

10.4.3 Application of bituminous primer :

The viscosity and rate of application of the primer shall be as specified in

the contract, or as determined by site trials carried out as directed by the

Engineer. Where a geosynthetic is proposed for use, the requirements of

Clauses 703.3.2 & 703.4 of MORT&H specifications shall apply. The

bituminous primer shall be sprayed uniformly in accordance with Clause

501 of MORT & H specifications. The method of application of the primer

will depend on the type of equipment to be used, size of nozzles, pressure at

the spray bar and speed of forward movement. The contractor shall

demonstrate at a spraying trial, that the equipment and method to be used is

capable of producing a uniform spray, within the tolerances specified.

10.4.4 Curing of primer and opening to traffic :

A primed surface shall be allowed to cure for at least 24 hours or such other

period as is found to be necessary to allow all the volatiles to evaporate

before any subsequent surface treatment or mix is laid. Any unabsorbed

prime shall first be blotted with an application of sand, using the minimum

quality possible. A primed surfaces shall not be opened to traffic other than

that necessary to lay the next course. A very thin layer of clean sand may

be applied to the surface of the primer, to prevent the primer picking up

under the wheels of the paver and the trucks delivering bituminous material

to the paver.


10.4.5 Tack coat :

Over the primed surface, a tack coat should be applied in accordance with

Clause 503 of MORT & H (Fourth Revision).

10.5 QUALITY CONTROL OF WORK :

For control of the quality of materials supplied and the works carried out,

the relevant provisions of Section 900 of MORT & H (Fourth Revision)

shall apply.

10.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC :

During construction operations, arrangement for traffic shall be made in

accordance with the provisions of Clause 112 of MORT & H

Specifications.

10.7 MEASUREMENT OF PAYMENT :

Prime coat shall be measured in terms of surface area of application in

square metres.

10.8 RATE :

The contract unit rate for prime coat with adjustments as described in

Clause 502.7 of MORT & H shall be payment in full for carrying out the

required operations including full compensation for all components listed in

Clause 401.8 (i) to (v) of MORT&H Specifications and as applicable to the

work specified in these specifications. Payment shall be made on the basis

of the provision of primer coat at an application of rate 0.6 kg. per square

metre, with adjustment, plus or minus, for the variation between this

amount and the actual amount approved by the Engineer after the


preliminary trials referred to in Clause No. 502.4.3 of MORT & H.

Specification.

11.0 TACK COAT

11.1 SCOPE

This work shall consist of application of a single coat of low viscosity

liquid bituminous material to an existing road surface preparatory to the

superimposition of a bituminous mix, when specified in the contract or

instructed by the Engineer.

11.2 MATERIALS

11.2.1 Binder

The binder used for tack coat shall be a bitumen emulsion complying with

IS 8887 of a type and grade as specified in the contract or as directed by

the Engineer. The use of cutback bitumen as per IS 217 shall be restricted

only for sites at sub-zero temperatures or for emergency applications as


11.3 WEATHER AND SEASONAL LIMITATIONS

Bituminous material shall not be applied to a wet surface or during a dust

storm or when the weather is foggy, rainy or windy or when the

temperature in the shade is less than 100C. Where the tack coat consists of

emulsion, the surface shall be slightly damp, but not wet. Where the tack

coat is of cutback bitumen, the surface shall be dry.


11.4 CONSTRUCTION

11.4.1 Equipment

The tack coat distributor shall be a self propelled or towed bitumen

pressure sprayer, equipped for spraying the material uniformly at a

specified rate. Hand spraying of small areas, inaccessible to the

distributor, or in narrow strips, shall be sprayed with a pressure hand

sprayer, or as directed by the Engineer.

11.4.2 Preparation of base

The surface on which the tack coat is to be applied shall be clean and free

from dust, dirt and any extraneous material, and be otherwise prepared in

accordance with the requirements of Clause 501.8 and 902 of MORT&H

specifications (Fourth Revision) as appropriate. Immediately before the

application of the tack coat, the surface shall be swept clean with a

mechanical broom, and high pressure air jet, or by other means as directed

by the Engineer.

11.4.3 Application of tack coat

The application of tack coat shall be at the rate specified in the contract,

and shall be applied uniformly. If rate of application of Tack Coat is not

specified in the contract then it shall be at the rate specified in Table – 1.

The normal range of spraying temperature for a bituminous emulsion shall

be 200C to 700C and for a cutback 500C to 800C if RC-70/ MC-70 grade is

used. Where a geosynthetic is proposed for use, the provisions of Clauses

703.3.2 and 703.4.4 of MORT & H specifications shall apply. The method

of application of the tack coat will depend on the type of equipment to be

used, size of nozzles, pressure at the spray bar, and speed of forward


movement. The contractor shall demonstrate at a spraying trial, that the

equipment and method to be used is capable of producing a uniform spray,

within the tolerances specified.

Where the material to receive an overlay is a freshly laid bituminous layer,

that has not been subjected to traffic, or contaminated by dust, a tack coat

is not mandatory where the overlay is complete within two days.

TABLE - 1RATE OF APPLICATION OF TACK COAT

Type Surface Quality of liquidbituminous material in kg.per sq.m. area

i) Normal bituminous surfaces 0.20 to 0.25

ii) Dry and hungry bituminoussurface

0.25 to 0.30

iii) Granular surfaces treated withprimer

0.25 to 0.30

iv) Non bituminous surfacesa) Granular base (not primed) 0.35 to 0.40b) Cement concrete pavement 0.30 to 0.35

11.4.4 Curing of tack coat

The tack coat shall be left to cure until all the volatiles have evaporated

before any subsequent construction is started. No plant or vehicles shall be

allowed on the tack coat other than those essential for the construction.

11.5 QUALITY CONTROL OF WORK

For control of the quality of materials supplied and the works carried out,

the relevant provisions of Section 900 of MORT & H specifications

(Fourth Revision) shall apply.


11.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC

During the period of construction, the arrangements for traffic shall be

made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 112 of MORT & H

specifications (Fourth Revision).

11.7 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT

Tack coat shall be measured in terms of surface area of application in

square metres.

11.8 RATE

The contract unit rate for tack coat shall be payment in full for carrying out

the required operations including for all components listed in Clause 401.8

(i) to (v) of MORT & H specifications (Fourth Revision) and as applicable

to the work specified in these specifications. The rate shall cover the

provision of tack coat as per Schedule “A”.

12.0 BITUMINOUS BOUND MACADAM

Providing and laying bituminous bound macadam surface in 75 mm

thickness including supplying all materials, spreading 40 mm and 20 mm

trap metal layers, heating and spraying bitumen at the rate 250 kg./100

sq.m. and spreading 12 mm size key aggregates excluding providing and

applying tack coat at the rate of 10 kg./10 sqm. using 60-70 grade bitumen

and compaction with vibratory roller etc. complete.

12.1 GENERAL :

The work consist of supply of all materials and labour required for

providing and laying bituminous bound macadam surface for compacted


thickness of 75 mm. This item includes preparing the existing road surface

to receive the bituminous bound macadam course i.e. application of tack

coat, spreading of 40 mm size metal layers in required thickness with

compaction with vibratory roller, spreading 20 mm thick, compaction with

vibratory roller, heating and spreading bitumen with equipment plant etc.

Spreading key aggregates 12 mm chips and final compaction with

vibratory roller etc. complete. The work shall be finished in accordance

with the requirements of this specification in close conformity with grades,

lines, cross sections and thickness as per approved drawing or as directed

by the Engineer.

12.2 MATERIALS :

12.2.1 Bitumen :

The bitumen shall be paving bitumen or suitable penetration grade within

the range S-35 to S-65 or A-35 to A-65 (30/40 to 60/70) as per Indian

Standard Specifications for “paving bitumen” IS:73-1962. The actual

grade of bitumen to be used shall be decided by the Engineer, appropriate

to the region, traffic, rainfall and other environmental conditions.

12.3 AGGREGATES :

The aggregate shall comprise of 40 mm size & broken stone satisfying

standard specification clause Rd.22.3.2, Page 201 of edition 1979, 20 mm

size & 12 mm size crush aggregate satisfying standard specifications

clause Rd.41.3.2, Page 216 of edition 1979 for respective size of crush

metal. The aggregate shall be free from disintegrated pieces, organic or

other deleterious set for in table 500/4 of Ministry of Surface Transport's

specifications for Road & Bridges edition June 1992.


12.4 PROPORTIONING OF MATERIALS :

The quantities of aggregates and bitumen required for the work of 75mm

compacted bituminous bound macadam is detailed below :

a) 40mm size hand broken metal 9.00 cmt. per 100sq.mt.

b) 20mm size crushed metal 1.50 cmt. per 100 sq.mt.

c) 12mm size crushed metal 1.80 cmt. per 100 sq.mt.

d) Bitumen 250 kg. per 100 sq.mt.

12.5 PREPARATION OF BASE :

The road surface shall be swept clean of all dirt, dust and other loose and

foreign matter. The work shall be performed on such widths and lengths as

directed by Engineer and may require scarifying of existing layer, filling of

pot holes etc. The edge lines may be marked with stakes (formed of

murum or metal 25 cm 30 cm width).

Tack Coat

The tack coat over cleaned surface shall be applied with mechanical

sprayer.

12.6 SPREADING AND COMPACTION :

12.6.1 Spreading of 40mm size metal :

40mm size hand broken metal shall be spread evenly at the rate of 9 Cum

per 100 sq.mt. of area so as to form uniform layer over the width of road

specified on plan any foreign matter, organic matter, dust grades etc. shall

be remove immediately. The sections shall be checked with camber board,

straight edge batten etc. Any irregularities shall be made good by adding


aggregates in case of depressions and removing aggregates from high

spots.

Compacting of 40mm size metal :

The surface of 40mm metal layer after brought to necessary grades and

sections shall be rolled with the use of 8 to 10 tons power roller. Rolling

shall commence from the edges and progress towards the centre

longitudinally except on super elevated portion it shall progress from the

lower to upper edge parallel to the center line of pavement. When the roller

has passed over the whole area as prepared once, any high spots or

depressions which become apparent shall be corrected by removing or

adding aggregates. The rolling shall then continued till the entire surface

has been rolled to desired compaction such that there is no crushing of

aggregates and all roller marks have been eliminated. The each pass of

roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one third of the track made in

the preceding pass.

12.6.2 Spreading of 20mm size metal :

20mm size crushed metal shall be evenly spread at the rate of 1.5 cubic

metres per 100 sq.mt. of area over the 40mm size hand broken metal

compacted.

12.6.3 Compaction after spreading of 20mm size metal :

The surface of 20mm metal layer after brought to necessary grades and

sections shall be rolled with the use of 8 to 10 tons vibro roller. Rolling

shall commence from the edges and progress towards the centre

longitudinally except on super edge parallel to centre line of pavement.


When the roller has passed over the whole area as prepared once, any high

spots or depressions which become apparent shall be corrected by

removing or adding aggregate. The rolling shall then continued till the

entire surface has been rolled to desired compaction such that there is no

crushing of aggregates and all roller marks have been eliminated. The

each pass of roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one-third of the

track made in the preceding pass.

12.6.4 Bitumen application :

Bitumen to be used shall be got approved from Engineer. Bitumen of I.S.

grade S-35 needs heating to a temperature range between 177 degrees to

191 degrees. Bitumen other than grade I.S. S-35 shall be heated to a

temperature appropriate to that grade. Bitumen shall be applied through a

pressure sprayer uniformly at the rate of 250 kg. per 100 sq.mt. To ensure

correct application of bitumen being sprayed, known dimensioned area be

checked for use of bitumen and accordingly dosage may be increased or

decreased as the case may be.

12.6.5 Key aggregates :

On completion of bitumen application, 12mm size key aggregates shall be

spread immediately at a uniform rate of 1.8 Cum per 100 sq.mt. of area

when entire surface is in hot condition. Brooms shall be used to ensure

even distribution of key aggregate.

12.6.6 Final compaction :

Immediately after spreading of bituminous and spreading of aggregates

shall be spread immediately at a uniform rate of 1.8 cum per 100 s.mt. of


area when entire surface is in not condition. Brooms shall be used to

ensure even distribution of key aggregates.

12.6.7 Final Compaction :

Immediately after spraying of bitumen and spraying of key aggregates the

surface shall be rolled with a power roller to obtain full compaction and to

force the blindage of key aggregates in to the interstices of the course

aggregate. The rolling shall continue till the asphalted surface hardens and

key aggregates stop moving under power roller.

12.7 SURFACE FINISH AND QUALITY CONTROL :

The surface finish shall conform to requirements of clause 902 of

specification for Roads and Bridges by Ministry of Road Transport &

Highways. Quality control test and their frequencies shall be as per table

900-3 of specification for Roads and Bridges by Ministry of Road

Transport & Highways.

12.8 ARRANGEMENT OF TRAFFIC :

During the period of execution, arrangement of traffic shall be carried out

according to the Clause 112 (excluding past para of 112.6) of specification

for Roads and Bridges by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways.


1) Labour and materials required for preparing surface.

2) Supplying and spreading and compaction of 40mm hand broken size

metal and 20mm crushed metal.

3) Supplying, heating and spraying of bitumen.

4) Supplying and spreading and compaction of 12mm crushed metal.



The contract unit rate for finished work of bituminous bound macadam is

in full for carrying out all operations. The finished work shall be measured

in square metres.

13.0 MIXED SEAL SURFACING :

13.1 SCOPE :

13.1.1 This work shall consist of the preparation, laying and compaction of a

close-graded premix surfacing material of 20 mm thickness composed of

graded aggregates premixed with a bituminous binder on a previously

prepared surface, in accordance with the requirements of these

Specifications, to serve as a wearing course.

13.1.2 Close graded premix surfacing shall be of Type A or Type B as specified in

the contract documents.

13.2 MATERIALS :

13.2.1 Binder :

The binder shall be a penetration bitumen of a suitable grade as specified

in the Contract, or as directed by the Engineer, and satisfying the

requirements of IS:73.

13.2.2 Coarse aggregates :

The aggregate shall conform to Clause 504.2.2 of MORT&H

Specifications except that the water absorption shall be limited to a


maximum of 1 per cent. The Polished Stone Value, as measured by the

test in BS 812 - (Part 114), shall not be less than 55.

13.2.3 Fine aggregates :

The fine aggregates shall consist of crushed rock quarry sands, natural

gravel/sand or a mixture of both. These shall be clean, hard, durable,

uncoated, mineral particles, dry and free from injurious, soft or flaky

particles and organic or deleterious substances.

13.2.4 Aggregates gradation :

The coarse and fine aggregates shall be so graded or combined as to

conform to one of the gradings shown in Table, as specified in the contract.

AGGREGATE GRADATION

IS Sieve

Designation

Cumulative per cent by weight

of total aggregate passing

Type A Type B

13.2 mm - 100

11.2 mm 100 88 – 100

5.6 mm 52 – 88 31 – 52

2.8 mm 14 – 38 5 – 25

0.090 mm 0 – 5 0 – 5


13.2.5 Proportioning of Materials :

The total quantity of aggregates used for Type A or B close-graded premix

surfacing shall be 0.27 cubic metre per 10 square metres area. The

quantity of binder used for premixing in terms of straight-run bitumen shall

be 22.0 kg. and 19.0 kg. per 10 square metres area for Type A and Type B

surfacing respectively.

13.3 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS :

13.3.1 Weather and seasonal limitations: Laying shall be suspended while

free-standing water is present on the surface to be covered, or during rain,

fog and dust storms. After rain, the bituminous surface, prime or tack

coat, shall be blown off with a high pressure air jet to remove excess

moisture, or the surface left to dry before laying shall start. Laying of

bituminous mixtures shall not be carried out when the air temperature at

the surface on which it is to be laid is below 10°C or when the wind

speed at any temperature exceeds 40 km/h at 2m height unless

specifically approved by the Engineer.

13.3.2 Preparation of surface: The underlying surface on which the bituminous

surfacing is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped and conditioned to the

specified lines, grade and cross-section in accordance with Clause 501 of

MORT&H specifications. A prime coat where needed shall be applied in

accordance with Clause 502 of MORT&H Specifications as directed by

the Engineer.


TABLE 500-23

QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR 10 m' OF

ROAD SURFACE FOR 20mm THICK OPEN-GRADED PREMIX

SURFACING USING PENETRATION BITUMEN OR CUTBACK

Aggregates

a) Nominal Stone size 13.2 mm (passing 22.4 mm

sieve and retained on 11.2 mm sieve)

0.18 m3

b) Nominal Stone size 11.2 mm (passing 13.2 mm

sieve and retained on 5.6 mm sieve)

0.09 m3

Total 0.27 m3

Binder (quantities in terms of straight run bitumen)

a) For 0.18 m3 of 13.2 mm nominal size stone at 52

kg. bitumen per m3

9.5 Kg.

b) For 0.09 m3 of 11.2 mm nominal size stone at 56

kg. bitumen per m3

5.1 Kg.

Total 14.6 Kg.

13.3.3 Tack coat : A tack coat complying with Clause 503 of MORT&H

Specifications, shall be applied over the base preparatory to laying of the

surfacing.

13.3.4 Preparation of premix : Hot mix plant of appropriate capacity and type

shall be used for the preparation of the mix material. The hot mix plant

shall have separate dryer arrangement for heating aggregate.


The temperature of the binder at the time of mixing shall be in the range

of 150°C to 163°C and that of the aggregate in the range of 155°C to

163°C provided that the difference in temperature between the binder and

aggregate at no time exceeds 14°C. Mixing shall be thorough to ensure

that a homogeneous mixture is obtained in which all particles of the

aggregates are coated uniformly and the discharge temperature of mix

shall be between 130°C and 160°C.

The mix shall be immediately transported from the mixer to the point of

use in suitable vehicles or hand barrows. The vehicles employed for

transport shall be clean and the mix being transported covered in transit if

so directed by the Engineer.

13.3.5 Spreading and rolling : The pre mixed material shall be spread by

suitable means to the desired thickness, grades and cross-full (camber)

making due allowance for any extra quantity required to fill up

depressions, if any. The cross-fall should be checked by means of camber

boards and irregularities levelled out. Excessive use of blades or rakes

should be avoided. As soon as sufficient length of bituminous material

has been laid, rolling shall commence with 8 – 10 tonne rollers, - smooth

wheel tandem type, or other approved equipment. Rolling shall begin at

the edge and progress toward the centre longitudinally, except that on

super elevated and uni-directional cambered portions, it shall progress

from the lower to upper edge parallel to the centre line of the pavement.

When the roller has passed over the whole area once, any high spots or

depressions, which become apparent, shall be corrected by removing or


adding premixed materials. Rolling shall then be continued until the

entire surface has been rolled and all the roller marks eliminated. In each

pass of the roller the preceding track shall be overlapped uniformly by at

least 1/3 width. The roller wheels shall be kept damp to prevent the

premix from adhering to the wheels. In no case shall fuel / lubricating oil

be used for this purpose. Excess use of water for this purpose shall also

be avoided.

Rollers shall not stand on newly laid material. Rolling operations shall be

completed in every respect before the temperature of the mix falls below

100° C. Joints along and transverse to the surfacing laid and compacted

earlier shall be cut vertically to their full depth so as to expose fresh

surface which shall be painted with a thin coat of appropriate binder

before the new mix is placed against it.

13.4 OPENING TO TRAFFIC :

Traffic may be allowed after completion of the final rolling when the mix

has cooled down to the surrounding temperature. Excessive traffic speeds

should not be permitted.

13.5 SURFACE FINISH AND QUALITY CONTROL OF WORK :


clause 902 of MORT&H Specifications. For control on the quality of

materials supplied and the works carried out, the relevant provisions of

Section 900 of MORT&H Specifications shall apply.


13.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC :

During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be in

accordance with the provisions of Clause 112 of MORT&H Specifications.

13.7 MEASUREMENTS FOR PAYMENT :

Close graded premix surfacing, Type A or B shall be measured as finished

work, for the area specified to be covered, in square metres at a specified

thickness. The area will be the net area covered, and all allowances for

wastage and cutting of joints shall be deemed to be included in the rate.

13.8 RATE :

The contract unit rate for close-graded premix surfacing, Type A or B shall

be payment in full for carrying out the required operations including full

compensation for all components listed in Clause 501.8.8.2 (i) to (xi) of

MORT & H Specifications.

14.0 Disposal of surplus excavated material upto specified lead including

loading, transporting, unloading, stacking, spreading, laying in layers

and leveling etc. complete.

14.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND ITEM TO INCLUDE :

All labour, material and equipment required for loading, conveyance,

unloading, stacking or spreading the material for satisfactory completion

of the item and the incidental charges, royalties, compensation or

damages required to be paid.



The distance of conveyance shall be measured from the centre of gravity

of the bulk of excavation to the centre of gravity of the finished stacks or

spreading or disposal. This distance shall be the shortest practicable route

between the above mentioned two centres of gravity as decided by the

Engineer although the actual route taken by the Contractor to lead out the

materials may be longer. The shortest practicable route which can be

used by the Contractor or which the department could have used itself,

whichever is shorter. The extra lead is obtained by deducting the initial

free lead of 50 meters from the above. The lead shall be measured in

units of 100 m. In the former case 25 m. or above shall be taken as one

unit and less than 25 m. shall be ignored. In the latter case 50 m. or

above shall be taken as one unit and less than 50 m. shall be ignored. All

lifts are included in the rate.

The contract rate shall be for one cubic metre of materials conveyed to

the placed disposal.

15.0 PLATE LOAD TESTS

15.1 To conduct plate load test on new WBM surfaces by gravity method,

using girder loading platform, mild steel plate of required size with

minimum thickness of 25mm and applying heavy loads by sand bags, pig

iron, pig lead etc. to transfer the load to serial plate and to record the

settlement using suitable dial gauges.

The test shall be paid once at one place on one layer till the required

results are achieved irrespective of number of times test carried out.


15.2 To conduct plate load test on new WBM surfaces, replacing loading

platform by loaded truck and jacking against reaction by using hydraulic

dial gauges to record settlement.

The test shall be paid once at one place on one layer till the required test

results are achieved irrespective of number of times test carried out.

16.0 PRECAST FACTORY MADE CONCRETE KERB STONES

16.1 Pre-cast factory made P.C.C. kerb stone of M-25 grade, minimum cement

content and water cement ratio shall be as per the approved drawing. Pre-

cast factory made R.C.C. parabolic kerb stone of M-30 grade, minimum

cement content and water cement ratio shall be as per the approved drawing

16.2 SIZES :

The sizes of kerb stones, parabolic kerb stones be as per detailed under

schedule “A”. The concrete shall consist of grade M-25/M-30 laid to the

dimensions, lines and levels shown in the drawings and well compacted

by ramming or other means. The kerb stone then the embedded into

cement concrete of grade M-20 to a minimum thickness of 150mm

including filling in joints with C.M. 1:3 and finishing with neat cement

slurry etc. complete as specified in the drawing or as directed by the

Engineer. After the line and levels have been checked to be within the

specified tolerances the haunching will be placed taking care that the line

and level of the kerbs is not displaced during the process. All straight

kerbs, circular kerbs, quadrants or other kerbs shall be laid within a

vertical or horizontal tolerance of 3mm from the true line or level and


painting two coats of oil paint to exposed surfaces over one coat of

primer.

16.3 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT :

Measurement shall be in linear meter up to 0.01 mt. of specified size of

kerb stone provided.

17.0 PRECAST FACTORY MADE WATER TABLE :

Manufacture :

Precast factory made P.C.C. water table of M-25 grade, minimum

cement content as per IS 456-2000 for moderate exposure condition,

water cement ratio 0.45 and of specified dimension shall be manufactured

in accordance with IS 5758-1970 and generally in accordance with

specification of concrete works as specified.

17.1 SIZE :

The size of water table shall be as per drawing or as directed by Engineer.

17.2 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT :

Measurement shall be in linear meter up to 0.01 mtr. of specified size of

water table provided.


Date : Date :

CIDCO OF MAHARASHTRA LIMITED. Sl.Pg.No.315C.A.NO.03/CIDCO/EE(PNL-II)/2012-13


STORM WATER DRAIN

1.0 GENERAL :

The particular specifications are to be read in conjunction with the

specifications contained in the description of items of Schedule “A”

specification contained in “Standard Specifications” published by

Buildings and Communications Department of Maharashtra, relevant

Indian Standard Specifications. In case of conflicting provisions in

various documents (except Schedule “A”), the provisions in Particular

Specifications shall take precedence over any other documents.

2.0 CLEARING SITE :

The ground over which the Roads are to be constructed shall be cleared

from all loose, vegetation, bushes, stumps and all other objectionable

materials. Brushwood, stumps, vegetation etc. shall be cut flush with

the ground. Materials obtained from clearing site shall be disposed off

as directed.

3.0 EXCAVATION

3.1 All excavation under this contract shall be in ordinary soil which

includes, vegetable or organic soil, turf, sand, gravel, loam, clay

including marine clay, mud, peat, black cotton soil, shale, loose and

or compact murum, including back filling, watering, compacting etc.,

complete.

3.1.1 Excavation in hard murum, soft rock and hard rock shall be strata as

defined in Standard Specification of P.W.D. of Govt. of

Maharashtra.


3.1.2 Bottom surfaces and sides of all excavations shall be trimmed and

formed to required levels, slopes etc. In addition, bottom surface

shall be watered and rammed.

3.1.3 Any soft spot or sludge shall be dug out and the cavity filled with

approved dry filling well rammed and consolidated.

3.1.4 Excavation material required for filling shall be stacked or dumped

where indicated by the Engineer. Excavated material not required

for filling and any surplus material shall be removed and spread on

the site anywhere within the premises and as directed by the

Engineer or carted away from the site as directed by the Engineer.

Dumping of this surplus material shall be in an orderly manner and

according to the levels/grades as indicated by the Engineer. The cost

of such removal and spreading shall be borne by the Contractor and

held to be included in the Contract Rates.

3.1.5 The Contractor shall, at the contract rates make provision for all

shoring, pumping, dredging, bailing out or draining water whether

subsoil or rain or other water and the excavation shall be kept free of

water while the masonry work or concrete work is in progress and

until the Engineer considers the work well set (Refer IS:3764 Safety

Code for Excavation Work). The sides of trenches shall be kept

vertical and the bottom horizontal and shall be run level throughout

our properly stepped as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor

shall erect and maintain during progress of works temporary fences

around dangerous excavations.


3.2 EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK

Anything that does not come out with shovels and pickaxes but

required blasting, chiseling or wedging for removal shall be treated

as rock. Boulders above 0.5 cu.m. will be treated as rock. Rubble

shall be stacked properly in heaps.

3.2.1 Excavation shall be done by wedging or chiseling and it shall be

restricted to the quantity required to minimum as shown in the

drawings, the excess quantity shall not be paid for.

3.3 MODE OF MEASUREMENT

a) Measurement shall be as per drawing and dimensions of bed

concrete net without any allowance for increase in bulk. Extra

excavation for working space, on account of slips or falls shall

not be measured, and will include cost for inserting planking,

strutting etc. and filling with soil after removal of planking.

b) Where the ground is not uniform, levels shall be taken before

the start and after completion of the work and quantity of

excavation computed from these levels,

c) Where hard soil and rock are mixed, the excavated rock shall be

stacked separately. The rock shall be measured in stacks and

measured quantities reduced by 40% (to allow for voids), to

arrive at the excavated quantity of rock. From the total

excavation, the quantity of rock excavated shall be deducted to

arrive at the quantity of hard soil.


3.4 RATES FOR EXCAVATION SHALL INCLUDE THE

FOLLOWING PROVISIONS

a) Excavating either straight or curved or plain.

b) Bailing out all water (by pumping or other measures) which

may accumulate in excavations or sites or in trenches or in pits

from rains, springs, underground water, tidal water, broken

water mains, drains, well or any other sources.

c) Setting out works and all profiles, cross heads, boning rods,

staves as well as all tools and plant.

d) All materials and labour required for fencing in, protecting

against risk of accidents to open excavations etc. and for

providing gangways with hand rail across open trenches etc.

where necessary, during the progress of the works.

e) Watching the lighting where necessary and as directed by the

Engineer.

f) Forming ‘Tell Tales’ or ‘Dead Men’ in borrow pits and forming

steps in deep excavation for facility of recording measurements.

g) Planking and strutting of adequate strength designed by

contractor, as directed by Engineer.

h) Excavation for insertion of planking and strutting and filling

with soil after removal of planking and strutting.


i) Removal of slips or falls in excavation.

j) Carting away spoil or falls in excavations separating useful

spoil fit for re-use in filling.

k) Cleaning of irregular pockets and dewatering in excavation.

l) Carting of all unuseful excavated stuff and disposing of as

directed by Engineer.

m) Back filling the trenches including extra excavation done for

working space, safety etc. generally by excavated material (free

from black cotton soil, clay, boulders etc.) or by selected soil

brought from out side including labour, compaction, watering

etc. complete as directed by Engineer.

4.0 Providing and laying dry trap metal soling 23 cm. thick

including hand packing with metal, rubble chips, application of

required murum/ stone dust blindage and compaction including

watering etc. complete with all leads, including necessary heavy

dewatering either mechanically or manually etc. complete.

4.1 GENERAL :

The item provides for supply of dry trap rubble soling and labour for

laying of specified type of stones in the specified thickness including

preparing the surface to proper section by scraping, dressing, watering

and compaction with vibratory roller etc. and hand packing the rubble

chips to the required line, curve, grade and section.


4.2 DIVERSION :

When the traffic can be allowed on the road side berms without much

inconvenience to traffic or impediment to the work, this shall be

provided by the contractor at his own cost. He shall provide the

necessary barricading, warning boards and signals and watchmen by

day and red lights at night and comply with relevant provisions of

specification No. BR.1 of Red Book. Otherwise, a separate diversion

shall be provided according specification No. BR.1 of Red Book.

4.3 CONSTRUCTION :

4.3.1 Preparation of sub-grade/surface : The sub-grade/surface shall be

marked by stakes and strings for the required width for laying of the

soling in line, curve, section and grade with reference to the centre

line. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long length

to obtain straight lengths and uniform curves. The contractor shall

clear off the area and do the necessary trimming or filling for laying of

the soling in line, curves, grades and section. All fillings shall be

watered and compacted to get maximum consolidation. The camber,

super elevation etc. of the sub-grade shall conform in shape to those of

the finished road surface and if in any section the road surface is loose,

undulating or uneven, the contractor shall at his own cost make it up

with suitable material, water and compact it and obtain the correct

section. Camber boards shall be used to get the required section.

4.3.2 Laying soling : The rubble collected shall be laid with the largest face

downwards and in contact with each other. The stone shall break joint

as far as possible. The full thickness of the soling shall generally be

made with one stone only.


4.3.3 Hand-packing : As the laying of rubble advances the soling shall be

hand packed by wedging and packing with 80 mm metal collected for

the purpose in the joints of the soling and driving them by hammers in

place so as to fill the voids as completely as possible. This operation

of hand packing shall follow the rubble laying closely.

The soling shall be laid and hand packed true to grade and section and

these shall be often checked by boning rods, template boards and fish

line etc. The grades, section etc. of the soling shall correspond to those

of the surfacing coming on it.

The soling thus laid shall be finished by knocking out projecting stones

and filling depressions by chips to come up to the grade and camber.


1) Setting out including labour and materials like stakes, strings, fish

line, boning rods, and camber boards.

2) Diversion, barricading, signaling and controlling traffic if

necessary unless separately provided in the tender.

3) Conveying the rubble and laying the soling to the required line,

curve, grade and section including clearing, sectioning, dressing

grades and section and compacting the section, breaking rubble

and hand packing with 80 mm metal, filling the voids with rubble

chips, sand, stone screening etc.

4) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tools required for

carrying out the work satisfactorily.


The contract rate shall be for one cubic metre of soling laid, hand

packed and finished.


The width and depth shall be restricted to the specified width and

depth. The dimensions shall be recorded correct upto two places of

decimals of a metre and the quantity calculated correct upto two places

of decimals of a cubic metre. No deduction shall be made for voids.

5.0 SPECIFICATIONS FOR READY MIX CONCRETE

5.1 MATERIAL

5.1.1 Cement

Cement shall be ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS and

shall be of grade 43/53 for Ready Mix Concrete.

5.1.2 Coarse Aggregate

Coarse aggregate shall be obtained from natural sources such as

stone, gravel, etc., crushed or uncrushed or a combination thereof

from approved quarries. Aggregate shall be hard, strong, dense,

durable, clean and free from veins and adherent coatings. It shall be

free from soft, feeble, thin, elongated or laminated pieces and shall

be roughly cubical in shape. It shall consist of coarse material, most

of which is retained on 4.75 mm IS sieve.

Coarse aggregate shall not contain any harmful material such as iron,

pyrites, coal, mica, shale or similar laminated material; neither shall

it contain clay, alkali, soft fragments, sea shells, organic impurities,

etc. in such quantities that adversely affects the strength and

durability of the concrete. In addition to the above, in reinforced

concrete the aggregate shall not contain any material, which might

attack the reinforcement. The maximum quantities of deleterious


materials in the coarse aggregate, when determined in accordance

with IS 2386 Part I and Part II, “Method of test for aggregates for

concrete” shall not exceed the limits laid down in Table 1 of

annexure.

Aggregate crushing value, impact value, abrasion value and

soundness of aggregate shall respectively be in accordance with Para

3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 of IS 383.

Grading of coarse aggregate shall be in conformity with the

requirements laid down in IS 383. See Table- 2 and Table 3 of

Annexure.

Source of aggregate shall be from an approved Government location.

It shall be tested prior to the approval of the Engineer from an

approved testing laboratory. In case available aggregates do not

meet certain requirements of IS 383 or any other specification,

required processing shall be carried out by the Contractor at his cost.

No extra cost towards these processes, treatment or combination of

both shall be paid. It shall be the duty or the Contractor to make sure

that aggregate material received by him is from Government

approved quarries and with fully paid royalties, taxes duties, etc. As

may be in force from time to time for respective locations.

Aggregate shall be stored in such a way that it does not get mixed

with mud, grass, vegetables and other foreign matter. The best way

is to have a hard surface platform made out of concrete, bricks or

planks. It should be to the approval of the Engineer.


Coarse aggregate shall have a minimum specific gravity of 206

(Saturated surface dry basis). Aggregate below this specific gravity

shall not be used without the special permission of the Engineer.

Once a specific source of supply of coarse aggregate is approved, the

source shall not be changed without the prior approval of the

Engineer.

5.1.3 Fine Aggregate

Nature sand deposited by stream or glacial agencies as a result of

disintegration of rock is the best form of fine aggregate. The fine

aggregate shall conform to following standards. Preferably only

river sand shall be used. However, use of crushed sand to the extent

of 20% by weight of total weight of fine aggregate may be allowed

after evaluating its quality.

i) For plain and Reinforced

concrete

IS 383 Specification for coarse and

fine aggregates from natural

sources for concrete

ii) Mortar and grout IS 2116 Specification for sand for

masonry mortars

iii) For plastering IS 1542 Specification for sand for

plaster (Class A Grading)

Stone crushed granular well graded sand free of dust confirming to

IS shall be approved to the extent of 20% by weight of total weight

of fine aggregates after evaluating is quality, if specific request is

made by Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible to obtain non

flaky, angular, dust free sand at his cost.


Sand shall be hard, durable, clean and free from adherent coatings

and organic matter and shall not contain any appreciable amount of

clay. Sand shall not contain harmful impurities such as iron, pyrites,

coal particles, lignite, mica shale or similar laminated material,

alkali, and organic impurities in such form or quantities as to affect

the strength or durability of concrete or mortar. Also it should not

contain any material liable to attack the steel reinforcement.

When tested as per IS 2386 part I and Part II, fine aggregate shall not

exceed permissible quantities of deleterious materials as given in

Table 1 of Annexure.

Fine aggregate shall be thoroughly washed at site with clean fresh

water such that the percentage of all deleterious material is within the

permissible limits laid down.

Grading of fine aggregate shall conform to IS and shall fall within

limits of one of the four zones given in Table 4 of IS 383 and of

Annexure.

Damp and moist sand increases the volume and is called bulking.

Due allowance is to be made while preparing the mixes based on

volume measurements. It shall be determined as per IS 2386 part III

Appendix A. For rough guidance, Table 5 of Annexure gives the

relation between moisture content and percentage of bulking.

Aggregate shall be stored in such a way that it does not get mixed

with mud, grass, vegetables and other foreign matter. The best way


is to have a hard surface platform made out of concrete, bricks or

planks. It should be to the approval of the Engineer.

5.1.4 Water

Water used for mixing and curing shall be Potable conforming to IS,

clean, reasonably clear and free from objectionable quantities of silt,

oils, alkalis, acids, salts so as not to weaken mortar, or concrete or

cause efflorescence or attack the steel in RCC while curing. It shall

be free of elements, which significantly affects the hydration reaction

or otherwise interferes with hardening of concrete during curing, or

those elements which produce objectionable stains or deposits.

Potable water is generally satisfactory but it shall be tested prior to

use in the works.

Water tested shall be in accordance with IS 3025. Maximum

permissible limits of deleterious materials in water; as given in IS

456 are reproduced for ready reference in Table 6 of annexure.

The PH value of water shall not be less than 6 and more than 7.

Water storage tanks shall be such as to prevent any deleterious

materials getting mixed with it.

5.1.5 Batching of Concrete ingredients :

For all structural concreting, only Ready Mixed Concrete (RMC)

manufactured at site, weigh batching plant or obtained from

approved R.M.C. supplying agencies is mandatory. The R.M.C.

supplying agency will supply mix design details in advance before

start of delivery.


5.2 Transporting, placing, compacting, finishing and curing :

Transporting, placing, compacting, finishing and curing of concrete

shall be in accordance with IS:456-2000.

5.2.1 Transporting :

For all RMC concreting, the concrete after discharge from batching

plant will be loaded in transit mixers and kept continuously agitated

while mix is in transit. At destination the mix will be unloaded in to

the hoppers of concrete pump. For site made concrete suitable

prescribed methods shall be adopted.

5.2.2 Placing :

The concrete produced in RMC plant/batching plant, when

discharged from transit mixer in pump hopper shall be kept

continuously agitated and pumped to destination placing point. Site

made concrete shall be placed by approved method of placing. The

height of any single lift of concrete shall not exceed 1.5 m for walls

and 2.0 m for columns. For columns where the height of pour is

more than 2.0 m, suitable arrangement in formwork should be made

so that the vertical drop of concrete is restricted to less than 2.0 m.

Any such arrangement should be approved from the Engineer in

advance before execution.

High velocity discharge of concrete causing segregation of mix shall

be avoided. The concrete shall be placed in the forms gently and not

dropped from the height exceeding 1.5 m except in columns where

the maximum height allowed will be 2.0 m. Each batch of concrete

will be placed in layer. Each layer of concrete shall be compacted

fully before the succeeding layer is placed and separate batches shall


be placed and fully compacted before the layer immediately below

has taken initial set. The layers should be sufficiently shallow, to

permit stitching of two layers together by vibration.

Concreting of any portion or section of the work shall be carried out

in one continuous operation and no interruption of concreting work

will be allowed without approval of the Engineer.

Plain concrete in foundations shall be placed, in direct contact, with

the bottom of excavation, the concrete being deposited in such a

manner, as not to get mixed with the earth. The concrete placed

below the ground level shall be protected from falling earth during

and after placing. Concrete placed in ground containing deleterious

substances, shall be kept free from contact, with such ground and

with water draining there from during placing and for a period of 7

days or otherwise instructed there after. Approved means shall be

taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris, excessive

loading, abrasion, vibrations, deleterious ground water, mixing with

earth and other materials and other influences, that may impair

strength and durability of concrete.

Before starting of work contractor will get the concrete pouring

programme and its sequence approved by Engineer to avoid cold

joints.

5.2.3 Compaction :

External, Internal (needle) and surface (screed board) vibrators of

approved make shall be used for compaction of concrete


a) External/internal vibrators shall be used for compaction of

concrete in foundations, columns etc. For sections such as slabs,

the concrete shall be compacted by external, internal and surface

type vibrators, depending on the thickness of layer to be

compacted. 25mm, 40mm and 60mm dia internal vibrators may

be used. The concrete shall be compacted by use of appropriate

diameter vibrator by holding the vibrator in position until :

i) Air bubbles cease to come to surface

ii) Resumption of steady frequency of vibrator after short

period of dropping the frequency, when the vibrator is first

inserted.

iii) The tone of the vibrator becomes uniform

iv) Flattened, glistening surface, with coarse aggregates

particles blended into it, appears on the surface.

After the compaction is completed, the vibrator should be

withdrawn slowly from concrete so that concrete can flow in

to the space previously occupied by the vibrator. To avoid

segregation during vibration, the vibrator shall not be

dragged through the concrete nor used to spread the

concrete. The vibrator shall be made to penetrate into layer

of fresh concrete below if any, for a depth about 150mm.

The vibrator shall be made to operate at regular pattern of

spacing. The effective radii of action will overlap,

approximately half a radius to ensure complete compaction.

v) To secure even and dense surfaces free from aggregate

pockets, vibration shall be supplemented by tamping or

rodding by hand in the corners of forms and along the form

surfaces while the concrete is plastic.


vi) A sufficient number of spare vibrators shall be kept readily

accessible to the place of deposition of concrete to assure

adequate vibration in case of breakdown of those in use.

25mm diameter immersion vibrators shall be used in thin

sections upto 125mm, 40mm diameter immersion vibrators

in fairly wide sections like beams, slabs, columns etc. and

60mm diameter vibrators in foundations, pilecaps or such

large section members. Screed vibrators shall also be used

for slab concreting.

vii) Plain concrete also shall be vibrated whenever and wherever

directed by Engineer to achieve full compaction, using

needle and screed vibrators as necessary.

5.2.4 Curing :

Curing shall be started at the earliest by spreading wet jute cloth

(hessian) and cover top with impervious sheet and subsequently

cured with spraying water. In inaccessible area to start with, curing

be started by spraying curing compound before starting membrane

curing.

5.3 Placing temperatures :

During extreme hot weather, the concreting shall be done as per

procedures set out in IS:7861, Parts I & II.

Fine and coarse aggregates for concreting shall be kept shaded and

the concrete aggregates sprinkled with water for a sufficient time

before concreting, in order to ensure that the temperature of these

ingredients is as low as possible prior to batching. The mixer and

batching equipment shall be also shaded and if necessary painted


white in order to keep their temperatures as low as possible. The

placing temperature of concrete shall be as low as possible in warm

weather and care shall be taken to protect freshly placed concrete

form overheating by sunlight in the first few hours of its laying. The

time of day selected for concreting shall also be chosen so as to

minimize placing temperatures. In case of concreting in

exceptionally hot weather the Engineer may in his discretion specify

the use of ice either flaked and used directly in the mix, or blocks,

used for chilling the mixing water. In either case no extra payment

shall be made to the contractor on this account.

5.4 Construction joints :

Construction joints in all concrete work shall be made as directed by

the Engineer. Where vertical joints are required, these shall be

shuttered as directed and not allowed to take the natural slope of the

concrete.

Before fresh concrete is placed against a vertical joint, the old

concrete shall be chipped/sand blasted, cleaned and moistened 25

hours before placing the concrete. All standing water should be

removed and dried with compressed air. Neat cement slurry shall be

applied on the chipped/sand blasted surface and mortar of the same

water cement ratio as the concrete and 10mm thick applied. Where

required suitable expansion joints shall also be provided as directed

by the Engineer.

The time of day selected for concreting shall also be chosen so as to

minimize placing temperatures. In case of concreting in

exceptionally hot weather the Engineer may in his discretion specify

the use of ice either flaked and used directly in the mix or blocks


used for chilling the mixing water. In either case the cost of ice

either flaked and used directly in the mix or blocks used for chilling

the mixing water. In either case the cost of ice and additional labor

involved in weighing and mixing etc. shall be borne by the

contractor and nothing will be paid on this account.

5.5 Defective Concrete:

Should any concrete be found honeycombed or in any way defective,

such concrete shall on the instruction of the Engineer be cut out by

the Contractor and made good at his own expenses.

5.6 Exposed Faces, Holes and Fixtures :

On no account shall concrete surfaces be patched or covered up or

damaged concrete rectified or replaced until the Engineer or his

representative has inspected the works and issued written

instructions for rectification. Failure to observe this procedure will

render that portion of the works liable to rejection; in which case it

will be treated as a work which has failed to meet specified strength

requirements.

Holes for foundation or other bolts or for any other purposes shall be

moulded, and steel angles, holdfasts or other fixtures shall be

embedded, according to the drawing or as instructed by the Engineer.

5.7 Cracks :

5.7.1 If cracks develop in concrete construction which in the opinion of the

Engineer may be detrimental to the strength of the construction, the

contractor at his own expense shall test the slab or other construction

as specified in Special Conditions. If under such test loads the


cracks develop further, the Contractor shall dismantle the

construction, carry away the debris, replace the construction and

carry out all consequential work thereto, without any extra payment.

5.7.2 If any cracks develop in the concrete construction, which in the

opinion of the Engineer, are not detrimental to the strength of the

construction, the contractor at his own expense shall grout the cracks

with polymer cement grout of approved quality at his own expense

and risk and shall make good to the satisfaction of the Engineer the

surface finish which in the opinion of the Engineer has suffered

damage either in appearance or stability owing to such cracks. The

Engineer’s decision as to the extent of the liability of the Contractor

in the above matter shall be final and binding.

5.8 Finishes :

Unless otherwise instructed the face of exposed concrete placed

against formwork shall be rubbed down immediately on removal of

the formwork to remove irregularities. The face of concrete for

which for which formwork is not provided other than slabs shall be

smoothed with a float to give a finish equal to that of the rubbed

down face, where formwork is provided. The top face of a slab

which is not intended to be covered with other materials shall be

leveled and floated to a smooth finish at the levels or falls shown on

the drawings or as directed. The floating shall be done so as not to

bring as excess of mortar to the surface of the concrete. The top face

of a slab intended to be surfaced with other materials shall be left

with a spaded finish. Face of concrete intended to be plastered shall

be roughened by approved means to form a key.


When at site, concrete cube testing machine is used, 10% of the

cubes should be tested at independent recognized laboratories

approved by Engineer at their cost.

5.9 Scope of work & item to include :

1. The item refer to ready mix concrete required for R.C.C./P.C.C.

works as mentioned in item description under Schedule-‘A’

procured from reputed manufacturer shall be got approved by

Engineer. The material shall be conforming to B-7 refer page

No.38 for controlled cement concrete. (Standard Specifications

of PWD, Vol-I)

The material requirement shall be completed according to

Standard Specifications No.B.7.1 refer Page No.38 for

controlled cement concrete.

2. The item include manufacturer with ingredients, control

temperature, transportation, pumping, placing, vibration and

curing of Ready Mix Concrete and all taxes, excise duty, sales

tax, octroi, insurance etc. levied by Govt./Semi-Govt./local

authority and cost of ready mix concrete and any penalty,

additional charges for controlling temperature upto casting or

any other charges levied by the manufacturer.

3. Proportioning of the mix/mix design shall be decided by the

contractor/RMC manufacturer to achieve strength specified in

item and shall be got approved by Engineer. The proportioning

of ingredients, use of ingredients and mix designs parameters

for various slumps shall be got approved by Engineer prior to

mix design.

4. Scaffolding shall conform to specifications No.B.6.5 (a) and got

approved by the Engineer.


5. Forms shall conform to specifications No.B.6.5(b).

6. The concrete shall be pumped to the final positions as quickly

as possible by methods which will prevent segregation and loss

of ingredients.

7. The concrete shall be placed into its final position, compacted

and finished within prescribed time after addition of admixture

dosage and mixing the water and before initial setting

commences. The method of placing shall be such as to avoid

segregation. Placing shall be done in a balanced manner to

avoid eccentric loads on the form work.

As far as possible the concreting shall be done continuously and

construction joints avoided.

If the area to be concreted is under water, the water shall be

removed by bailing out or using pumps and other devices.

8. Compaction shall be done by mechanical vibrators and also by

rods so that a dense concrete is obtained.

9. The concrete shall be adequately cured.

10. Immediately after the removal of forms, any undulations,

depressions, cavities, honey combing broken edges or corners

height spots defects shall be made good and finished with

cement mortar 1:2. But necessity of such finishing must be

exceptional and the total not exceed 1% on an average.

11. Concrete which is partially hardened shall not be tempered or

re-mixed but shall be disposed off as desirable.

12. Sampling and testing shall be done as per I.S.456 (latest

version).

13. All labour, materials use of equipment, tools and plant,

installing and removal of scaffolding, false work and forms and

branching necessary for the satisfactory completion of item,


14. Compensation for injury to persons and damage to work or

property.

15. Establishment of site laboratory.

5.10.1 Sampling And Strength Of Designed Concrete Mix :

5.10.1.1 General :

Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS : 1199 and

cubes shall be made, cured and tested at 28 days in accordance with

IS : 516.

In order to get a relatively quicker idea of the quality of concrete,

optional tests on beams for modules of rupture at 72 + 2 hours or at 7

days, or compressive strength tests at 7 days may be carried out in

addition to 28 days compressive strength tests. For this purpose, the

values should be arrived at based on actual testing. In all cases, the

28 days compressive strength specified in Table-2 shall alone be the

criteria for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.

5.10.1.2 Frequency of Sampling :

Sampling procedure :

A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each

concrete batch shall have a reasonable chance of being tests, i.e. the

sampling should be spread over the entire period of concreting and

cover all mixing units.

5.10.1.3 Frequency :

The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall

be in accordance with the following :


Quantity of concrete in the work M3 Number of samples

Up to 5 1

Above 5 & up to 15 2



Above 50, four plus one additional samples for each additional 50

m3 or part thereof.

5.10.1.4 Test Specimen :

Three test specimen shall be made from each sample for testing at 28

days. Additional cubes may be required for various tests such as to

determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking

the form work, or to determine the duration of curing, or to check the

testing error. Additional cubes may also be required for testing

cubes cured by accelerated methods as described in IS : 516.

5.10.1.5 Test results of sample :

As per IS 456 - 2000, clause No.15.4 on Page No. 29.

Number of test result :

The total number of test results required to constitute an acceptance

record for calculation of standard deviation shall not be less than 30.

Attempts should be made to obtain the 30 test results, as early as

possible, when a mix is used for first time.

Standard deviation to be brought up to date. The calculation of the

standard deviation shall be brought up to date after every change of

mix design and at least once a month.


5.10.1.6 Determination of Standard deviation :

Concrete of each grade shall be analyzed separately to determine its

standard deviation.

The standard deviation of concrete of a given grade shall be

calculated using the following formula from the results of individual

tests of concrete of that grade obtained as specified in table.

Estimated Standard deviation = S = 2

n – 1

Where :

= deviation of the individual test strength from the average

strength of ‘n’ samples and

n = Number of samples test results.

When significant changes are made in the production of concrete

batches (for examples changes in the materials used, mix design,

equipment or technical control), the standard deviation value shall be

separately calculated for such batches of concrete.

5.10.1.7 Assumed Standard Deviation :

Where sufficient test results for a particular grade of concrete are not

available the value of standard deviation given in table – 8 of IS :

456 of 2000 may be assumed.

5.10.1.8 Acceptance Criteria :

The concrete shall be accepted if it passes all strength requirements

and acceptance criteria as stipulated in IS 456-2000.


If the concrete is deemed not to comply pursuant to the structural

adequacy of the parts affected shall be investigated and any

consequential action as needed shall be taken.

Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately.

Concrete shall be assessed daily for compliance.

Concrete is liable to be rejected if it is porous or honey combed, its

placing has been interrupted without providing a proper construction

joint, the reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerances

specified, or construction tolerances have not been met. However,

the hardened concrete may be accepted after carrying out suitable

remedial measurement to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.10.2 Failure To Meet Specified Requirements :

If from the cube test results it appears that some portion of the works

has not attained the required strength, the Engineer may order that

portion of the structure be subjected to further testing of any kind

whatsoever as desired by the Engineer including, if so desired by

him, full load testing of the suspected as well as adjacent portions of

the structure as specified in the conditions of contract. Such testing

shall be at the contractor’s cost. The Engineer may also reject the

work and order its demolition and reconstruction at the contractor’s

cost. If the strength of concrete in any portion of the structure is

lower than the required strength, but is considered nevertheless

adequate by the Engineer so that demolition is not necessary, the

contractor shall be paid a lower rate for such lower strength concrete

as determined by the Engineer.


5.10.3 Testing Of Concrete :

As frequently as the Engineer may require, testing shall be carried

out :

Moisture content of sand.

i) Moisture content of aggregates.

ii) Silt content of sand.

iii) Grading of sand.

iv) Slump test of concrete.

v) Grading of aggregates.

vi) Concrete cube test.

vii) For coarse aggregate : Abrasion value and flakiness idex.

viii) Cement test.

The contractor shall provide and maintain at all times, until the

works are completed, equipment and staff required for carrying out

these tests. The contractor shall grant the Engineer or his

representative full access to his laboratory at all times and shall

produce on demand complete records of all tests carried out on site.

Before concreting commences on any section of the works the

contractor shall obtain approval of the Engineer or his representative

as regards the form and reinforcement conforming with the

drawings. He shall also indicate to the Engineer in writing and

obtain his approval for positions of construction joints. The

Engineer or his representative’s approval shall not relieve the

contractor of any of his obligations to comply with the provisions of

this specifications or contract.


5.10.4 Admixtures :

Approved admixtures and air entraining agents may be permitted by

the Engineer at his discretion provided that the strength requirements

and durability are not affected by their use.

5.10.5 Slump Test :

Only sufficient amount of water shall be added to the cement and

aggregates during mixing to produce concrete having sufficient

workability to enable it to be well consolidated to fill up the corners

of shuttering and to work around the reinforcement and to give

specified surface finish and to have the specified strength.

The slump of concrete shall be determined from time to time by

carrying out slump tests. For vibrated concrete slump shall be as per

approved mix design.

In case the slump of concrete shall be as per the requirements of mix

design, it shall be maintained through out the concrete for a

particular member.

Slump test apparatus and labour etc. shall be provided by the

contractor free of cost.

5.11 Measurement :

Concrete and reinforcement shall be paid separately unless otherwise

specified.

The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter of concrete.

The concrete shall be measured for its length, breadth and depth


limiting dimensions to those specified on the drawings or as ordered

by the Engineer.

The volume of concrete measured shall include that occupied by

1) Reinforcement and other metal sections.

2) Cast in components each less than 0.01 M3 in volume.

3) Rivetts, fillets or internal splays each less than 0.005 M2 in

cross sectional area.

4) Pockets and holes not exceeding 0.01 M3 in volume.

5) Rates for precast concrete shall include demoulding, handling,

storing, transporting and erecting at site, including all clamping,

bolting, bracing that may be required during erection, including

erection equipment.

5.11.1 In order to exercise the required degree of constant control over the

concrete materials and their proportions, the contractor shall set up

and maintain at his own expense a testing laboratory at site. He shall

provide all apparatus required for sensitive testing of concrete and

concrete materials. In particular he must have the following

equipment set up in the site laboratory.

i) A set of Standard Sieves.

ii) Measuring Cylinders

iii) Slump cones

iv) Adequate number of Standard moulds

v) Electronic weighing balance

vi) Curing tank for cubes

vii) Concrete cube testing machine 200 T. capacity. Must be

electrically operated.


Any other apparatus deemed necessary by the Engineer for proper

control shall be provided by the Contractor at his own expense. The

laboratory shall be staffed by qualified technicians.

When at site, concrete cube testing machine is used 10% of the cubes

should be tested in CIDCO laboratory or as approved by Engineer at

contractor’s cost.

5.12 Ready-Mixed Concrete and Pumping Concrete

5.12.1 Ready-mixed concrete may be manufactured in a central automatic

weight Batching plant and transported to the job in agitating transit

mixer.

The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be limited to one-third

of the smallest inside diameter of the hose or pipes used for

pumping. Provision shall be made for elimination of over-sized

particles by screening or by careful selection of aggregates. To

obtain proper gradation it may be necessary to combine and blend

certain fractional sizes to aggregates. Uniformity of gradation

throughout the entire job shall be maintained.

The quantity of coarse aggregate shall be such that the concrete can

be pumped, compacted and finished without difficulty.

5.12.2 Fine aggregates :

The gradation of fine aggregate shall be such that 15 to 30 percent

should pass the 0.30 mm screen and 5 to 10 percent should pass

0.15mm screen so as to obtain a pumpable concrete. Sands that are


deficient in either of these two sizes should be blended with selected

finer sands to produce these desired percentages. With this

gradation, sands having a fineness modulus between 2.4 and 2.8 are

generally satisfactory. However, for uniformity, the fineness

modulus of the sand should not vary more than 0.2 from the average

value used in proportioning.

5.12.3 Water, Admixtures and slump :

The amount of water required for proper concrete consistency shall

take into account the rate of mixing, length of haul, time of

unloading and ambient temperature conditions.

Additions of water to compensate for slump loss should not be

resorted to nor should the design maximum water-cement ratio be

exceeded. Additional dose of retarder/plasticizer/superplasticizer

shall be used with prior approval of Engineer to compensate the loss

of setting time and slump at contractor’s cost. Retempering water

shall not be allowed to be added to mixed batches to obtain desired

slump.

5.12.4 Transportation :

The method of transportation used should efficiently deliver the

concrete to the point of placement without significantly altering its

desired properties with regard to water-cement ratio, slump, and

homogeneity.

The revolving-drum truck bodies of approved make shall be used for

transporting the concrete. The number of revolutions at mixing

speed, during transportation, and prior to discharge shall be specified


and agreed upon. Reliable counters shall be used on revolving-drum

truck units. Standard mixer uniformity tests, conforming to ASTM

standards C 94-69 “Standard Specifications for Ready Mix

Concrete”, shall be carried out if desired by Engineer to determine

whether mixing is being accomplished satisfactorily.

5.12.5 Pumping of concrete :

Only approved pumping equipment, in good working condition, shall

be used for pumping of concrete. Concrete shall be pumped through

a combination of rigid pipe and heavy-duty flexible hose of approved

size and make. The couplings used to connect both rigid and flexible

pipe sections shall be adequate in strength to withstand handling

loads during erection of pipe system, misalignment, and poor support

along the lines. They should be nominally rated for at least 3.5 Mpa

pressure and greater for rising runs over 30 m. Couplings should be

designed to allow replacement of any section without moving other

pipe sections, and should provide full cross section with no

construction or crevices to disrupt and smooth flow of concrete.

All necessary accessories such as curved sections of rigid pipe,

swivel joins and rotary distributors, pin and gate valves to prevent

backflow in the pipe line, switch valves to direct the flow into

another pipe line, connection devices to fill forms from the bottom

up, extra strong couplings for vertical runs, transitions for connecting

different sizes of pipe, air vent for downhill pumping, clean-out

equipment etc. shall be provided as and where required. Suitable

power controlled booms or specialized crane shall be used for

supporting the pipe line.


5.12.6 Field control :

Sampling at both truck discharge and point of final placement shall

be employed to determine if any changes in the slump and other

significant mix characteristics occur. However, for determining

strength of concrete, cubes shall be taken from the placement end of

line. The RMC supplier should nominate a technically qualified

representative at site for sampling, testing and placing of concrete.

5.13 Planning :

Proper planning of concrete supply, pump locations, line layout,

placing sequence and the entire pumping operation shall be made.

The concrete production, transportation and placing shall be planned

in such a manner that duration between addition of water during

mixing and placing of concrete in desired location is well within time

limits prescribed by the RMC manufacturer, however, this is

subjected to fulfillment of slump and other properties of concrete as

specified in tender. On failure to adherer to the time schedule by the

supplier the Engineer may reject the concrete.

The pump wherever used should be as near the placing area as

practicable, and the entire surrounding area shall have adequate

bearing strength to support concrete delivery pipes. Lines from

pump to the placing area should be laid out with a minimum of

bends. For large placing areas alternate lines should be installed for

rapid connection when required. Standby power and pumping

equipment should be provided to replace initial equipment, should

breakdown occur.


The placing rate should be estimated so that concrete can be ordered

at an appropriate delivery rate.

As a final check, the pump should be started and operated without

concrete to be certain that all moving parts are operating properly. A

grout mortar should be pumped in to the lines to provide lubrication

for the concrete, but this mortar shall not be used in the placement.

When the form is nearly full and there is enough concrete in the line

to complete the placement, the pump shall be stopped and a go-devil

inserted and shall be forced through the line by water under pressure

to clean it out. The go-devil should be stopped at a safe distance

from the end of the line so that the water in the line will not spill into

the placement area. At the end of placing operation, the line shall be

cleaned in the reverse direction.

SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS FROM RMC

MANUFACTURER

Following document shall be submitted by the RMC manufacturer to

CIDCO through the contractor

1. Design Mix

2. Manufacturer’s Test Certificate for cement and plasticizer

3. Lab test certificates for all ingredient of concrete

4. Computerized delivery docket sheet mentioning the grade of

concrete, quantity of ingredient used, slump, transit mixer

vehicle no., placement, location, time of concrete production

and time allowed for placing etc.


5.14 Formwork

4990 - Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering work.

3696 - Safety code of scaffolds and ladders

4014 - Steel and tubular scaffoldings.

8989 - Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures.

456 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

5.14.1 Definition :

The term “Formwork” or “Shuttering” shall include all forms,

moulds, sheeting, shuttering planks, walers, poles, posts, shores,

struts and strutting, ties, uprights, wallings, steel rods, bolts, wedges

and all other temporary supports to the concrete during the process of

setting.

5.14.2 Materials

5.14.2.1 All facing formwork to come in contact with concrete in different

elements of the structure shall be of such material and size as

specified on drawings or as instructed by the Engineer.

5.14.2.2 Timber facing formwork to come in contact with concrete for

“Exposed Concrete Surfaces” shall consist of lab-jointed or tongue

and grooved planks as directed by the Engineer and no joints shall

permit leakage of mortar at all from cast-in-situ concrete.

5.14.2.3 The materials for other backing and supporting formwork and their

sizes shall be selected by the contractor and shall be subject to the

approval of the Engineer.


5.14.3 Design :

The formwork shall be designed and constructed so that the concrete

can be properly placed and thoroughly compacted to obtain the

required shape, position and level subject to specified tolerances. It

is the responsibility of the contractor to obtain the results required by

the Engineer, whether or not some of the work is sub-contracted.

Approval of the proposed formwork by the Engineer will not

diminish the Contractors responsibility for the satisfactory

performance of the formwork, nor for the safety and co-ordination of

all operations.

5.14.4 Formwork for Exposed Concrete Surfaces :

The facing formwork, unless indicated otherwise on drawings, or

specifically approved by the Engineer in writing, shall generally be

made with materials not less than the thickness mentioned below for

different elements of the structure.

5.14.4.1 Plain slab soffits, and sides of beams, girders, joists and ribs and side

of walls, fins, parapets, pardis, sub-breakers etc. shall be made with :

a) Steel plates not less than 3mm thick of specified sizes stiffened

with a suitable structural frame work, fabricated true to plane

with a tolerance of +/- 2mm within the plate.

b) Plywood plates not less than 12mm thick (IS:4990-Specification

for plywood for Concrete Shuttering Work) or 3mm thick with a

20mm timber plank backing, of specified sizes stiffened with a

suitable timber framework.

5.14.4.2 Bottom of beams, girders and ribs, sides of columns shall be made

with:


a) Steel plates not less than 5mm thick of specified size stiffened

with a suitable structural frame, fabricated true to plane with a

tolerance of +/- 2 mm within the plate.

b) Timber planks of 35mm actual thickness and of specified surface

finish, width and reasonable length.

c) Plywood plates not less than 12mm thick, of specified sizes

stiffened with a suitable timber framework.

5.14.5 Erection of Formwork :

The following shall apply to all formwork :

5.14.5.1 To avoid delay and possible erection of the formwork, the Contractor

shall obtain sufficiently in advance, the approval of the Engineer for

the design of forms and the type of materials used before fabricating

the forms. (ref ACI 347 Formwork for concrete of equivalent I.S.

Code)

5.14.5.2 All shutter planks and plates shall be adequately backed to the

satisfaction of the Engineer by a sufficient number and size of walers

or framework to ensure rigidity during concreting. All shutters shall

be adequately strutted, braced and propped to the satisfaction of the

Engineer to prevent deflection under deadweight of concrete and

superimposed live load of workmen, materials and plant, and to

withstand vibration. No joints in proper shall be allowed.

5.14.6 Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or other measures shall

be taken where the props can be gently lowered vertically during

removal of the formwork. Props for an upper story shall be placed


directly over those in the storey immediately below, and the lower

props shall bear on a sufficiently strong area.

1) Care shall be taken that all formwork is set plumb and true to

line and level or camber or batter where required and as

specified by the Engineer.

2) Provisions shall be made for adjustment of supporting struts

where necessary. When reinforcement passes through the

formwork care should be taken to ensure close fitting joints

against the steel bars so as to avoid loss of fines during the

compaction of concrete.

3) If the formwork is held together by bolts or wires, these shall be

so fixed that no iron will be exposed on surface against which

concrete is to be laid. In any case wires shall not be used with

exposed concrete formwork. The Engineer may at his

discretion allow the Contractor to use tie-bolts running through

the concrete and the Contractor shall decide the location and

size of such tie-bolts in consultation with the Engineer. Holes

left in the concrete by these tie-bolts shall be filled as specified

by the Engineer at no extra cost.

4) Formwork shall be so arranged as to permit removal of forms

without jarring the Concrete. Wedges, clamps and bolts shall

be used wherever practicable instead of nails.

The formwork for beams and slabs shall be so erected so that

forms on the sides of the beams and the soffit of slabs can be

removed without disturbing the beam bottoms or props under

beams.

5) Surface of forms in contact with concrete shall be oiled with a

mould oil of approved quality or clean diesel oil. If required by

the Engineer the contractor shall execute different parts of the


work with different mould oils to enable the Engineer to select

the most suitable. The use of oil which results in blemishes of

the surface of the concrete shall not be allowed. Oil shall be

applied before reinforcement has been placed and care shall be

taken that no oil comes in contact with the reinforcement while

it is being placed in position.

The formwork shall be kept thoroughly wet during concreting

and for all the whole time that it is left in place.

6) Immediately before concreting is commenced, the formwork

shall be carefully examined to ensure that following:

a) Removal of all dirt, shavings, sawdust and other refuse by

brushing and washing

b) The tightness of joints between panels of sheathing and

between these and any hardened core.

c) The correct location of tie bars, bracing and spacers, and

especially connection or bracing.

d) That all wedges are secured and firm in position.

e) That provision is made for traffic on formwork not to bear

directly on reinforcing steel.

7) Formwork shall be continuously watched during the process of

concreting. If during concreting any weakness develops and

formwork shows any distress the work shall be stopped and

remedial action shall be taken.

5.14.7 Exposed Concrete Work :

Exposed concrete surfaces shall be smooth and even originally as

stripped without any finishing or rendering. Where directed by the

Engineer, the surface shall be rubbed with carborundum stone

immediately on striking the forms. The Contractor shall exercise


special care and supervision of formwork and concreting to ensure

that the cast members are made true to their sizes, shapes and

positions and to produce the surface patterns desired. No

honeycombing shall be allowed. Honeycombed parts of the concrete

shall be removed by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer and

fresh concrete placed without extra cost, as instructed by the

Engineer. All materials, sizes and layout of formwork including the

locations for their joints shall have prior approval of the Engineer or

the Architect.

5.14.8 Camber :

Forms and falsework shall be generally cambered as indicated in the

drawings or as instructed by the Engineer. However, for beams up to

5m span and slabs upto 4m span camber is not normally required to

be provided.

5.14.9 Tolerances

In accordance with IS:456 2000 and MORT & H section 1500.

5.14.10 Age of Concrete at Removal of Formwork :

In accordance with IS:456 2000 and MORT & H section 1500.

The Engineer may vary the periods specified in IS : 456-2000 if he

considers it necessary. Immediately after the forms are removed,

they shall be cleaned with a jet of water and a soft brush.

5.14.11 Stripping of Formwork

Formwork shall be removed carefully without jarring the concrete,

and curing of the concrete shall be commenced immediately.


Concrete surfaces to be exposed shall, where required by the

Engineer, be rubbed down with carborundum stone to obtain a

smooth and even finish. Where the concrete requires plastering or

other finish later the concrete surface shall be immediately hacked

lightly all over as directed by the Engineer. No extra charge will be

allowed to the Contractor for such work on concrete surfaces after

removal of forms.

5.14.12 Repropping

For multistoreyed buildings the floors may need repropping to

support the loads of the upper floors under construction. The extent

of such repropping shall be as directed by the Engineer (this does not

normally exceed one fourth of the props provided above). Such

repropping shall not be paid for separately and the cost of such

repropping shall be deemed to have been included in the rates.

5.14.13 Reuse of Forms

The Contractor shall not be permitted reuse of timber facing

formwork brought new on the works more than 5 times for exposed

concrete formwork and 8 times for ordinary formwork. 5 or 8 uses

shall be permitted only if forms are properly cared for, stored and

repaired after each use. The Engineer may in his absolute discretion

order rejection of any forms he considers unfit for use for a

particular item, and order removal from the site of any forms he

considers unfit for use in the works. Used forms brought on the site

will be allowed proportionately fewer uses as decided by the

Engineer.


Use of different quality boards or the use of old and new boards in

the same formwork shall not be allowed.

5.14.14 Hacking-Out

1. Immediately after removal of forms, the concrete surfaces to be

plastered shall be roughened with a bush-hammer or with chisel

and hammer as directed by the Engineer to make the surface

sufficiently coarse and rough to provide a key for plaster.

2. At all construction joints in the beams, slabs and columns etc.

laitance and any other loose concrete shall be chipped off

immediately after striking the formwork. The chipped surface

shall then be thoroughly cleaned with a jet of water.

5.14 Measurement for payment for cement concrete :

The cement concrete shall be measured in cubic meters. In

reinforced concrete the volume occupied by reinforcement shall not

be deducted. The slab shall be measured as running continuously

through and the beam as the portion below the slab.

5.15 Rate :

The unit rate for concrete shall include the cost of all materials,

labour, tools and plant required for mixing, placing in position,

vibrating and compacting, finishing as per directions of Engineer,

curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of

specified strength to complete the structure or its components as

shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. The

rate shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of all

centres and forms required for the work unless otherwise specified in

the contract.


5.16 Special Notes for procurement of cement and steel :

1) Cement procured for the above work shall be stored in a properly

constructed cement godown of required capacity.

2) The contractor has to maintain a cement register as per the format

furnished by the Engineer after handing over the site.

3) The cement shall be of any grade other than portland pozolana

and / or hydraulic cement. The cement shall be conforming to IS

: 8112 and or latest amendment. In case contractor procure high

grade cement other than ordinary portland cement, CIDCO will

not pay any extra cost for the same. The rate incorporated in

Schedule ‘A’ is inclusive of providing ordinary portland cement

and / or of any grade of cement.

4) CIDCO reserves the right to check the cement godown at any

time and also to verify the original delivery challan / invoice

voucher. In case, if it is required, the contractor has to procure

the copy of these documents as and when demanded. The

original register shall be property of CIDCO and contractor

should submit the same along with a final bill.

5) Each consignment of cement shall be tested in the approved

laboratory as per the sampling procedure laid down in I.S. The

rate incorporated in the schedule ‘A’ is inclusive of all such

testing charges.

6) CIDCO reserves the right to reject any cement due to non-

satisfactory of test result and also due to deterioration of cement

stored in cement godown for weathering action. Any cement

which is considered defective for the work shall not be used and

should be removed from the site of work as and when required.

7) The Contractor has to furnish the reconciliation of cement

statement along with their bills. The reconciliation of cement


shall be based on mix design and CIDCO cement constant for

each trade item. In case of lesser consumption of cement, the

work shall be devalued if it is structurally acceptable, otherwise it

shall be rejected.

8) The cement shall be stored in the cement godown on timber

planks as per the procedure laid down in the relevant is for

storing the cement.

6.0 REINFORCEMENT :

6.1 GENERAL

The item provides for the supply of Mild Steel / T.M.T. Bars

(Thermo mechanically treated rebar’s), cutting, bending, fixing,

erecting, placing and binding with galvanised binding wire and

erecting in position for reinforcement in the R.C.C.

6.2 MATERIAL

Mild steel, rounds shall conform to IS : 432. T.M.T. Bar shall

conform to IS: 1786 (latest version)

Steel :

Any other steel specified for reinforcement shall conform in every

respect to the latest relevant Indian Standard Specifications and shall

be of tested quality under the B.I.S. certifications scheme. All

reinforcing work for concrete work shall be executed in conforming

with the drawings supplied instructions given by the Engineer and

shall generally be carried out in accordance with the relevant Indian

Standard Specifications.


All the reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, oil, paint,

grease, mill scale or loose or thick rust at the time of placing. The

contractor shall produce deliveries challans, and manufacturers test

certificates as soon as the steel is received on site.

6.3 STORAGE

Reinforcement shall be stored on ground surface upon platform,

skids or other support to avoid distortion and sags of long length and

shall be protected as far as practicable from surface deterioration by

direct contact with undesirable elements or by exposure to condition

producing rust and corrosion. All bars of the same designation shall

be stacked separately in racks and distinctly marked.

6.4 CONSTRUCTION

Reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of all coatings of any

character that would destroy or reduce the bond. Bending

reinforcement shall conform accurately to the dimensions and shapes

shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Bars shall not be

bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. Bars

with kinks, bends or cracks shall not be used. Bars shall be bent cold

to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.

Bars bends may be used to attain proper radii or bends or shapes.

Bars which may be bend during transport or handling shall be

properly straightened before being placed in the work without

heating them. Details of lengths, sizes, laps and bending diagram

shall be got approved by the Engineer. All reinforcement shall be

furnished in full length indicated on the plans as far as possible.

When full length is not available bars shall be spliced or lapped.


Splices / laps of tensile reinforcement at point of maximum stress

and adjusted bars at the same place shall be avoided. Splices/laps

shall be staggered as far as possible and located at suitable points. A

welded or mechanical connection if adopted shall develop the full

strength of the bar.

All reinforcement shall be accurately placed in position with spacing

and cover shown on the plan and firmly held so during the placing

and setting of concrete. Bars shall be tied at all intersection, binding

wire of 17 gauges shall be used conforming to IS 280. Alternatively

the engineer may permit spot/tack welding instead of tying the wire.

Spacing of bars shall be maintained by means of stays, block, tie

spacers, hanger or other approved support at sufficiently close

intervals so that bars will not sag between supports, nor be displaced

during placing, vibrating, or compacting concrete or by any other

operation. Placing bars for reinforcement on a layer of fresh concrete

as the work progress will not be permitted. Layers of bar shall be

separated by precast cement mortar block, spacer bar or other

approved devices. Special care shall be taken to prevent any

disturbance of the reinforcement in concrete that has already been

place. Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be

maintained in clean condition, till it is completely embedded in the

concrete. All bars protruding from concrete to which other bars are

to be spliced / lapped and which are likely to the exposed for an

indefinite period shall be protected. Full details of the numbers,

sizes, length, weight, laps, welds, spacing of the bar placing in

position in different parts of the work shall be recorded, certified and

signed by the Engineer to show that all reinforcement has been

placed correctly as per the sanctioned drawing or as directed by


Engineer before placing the concrete. No concrete shall be deposited

until the Engineer has inspected and certified the correctness,

recorded the steel measurements and given permission to place the

concrete. After the approval of reinforcement by the Engineer it will

be the contractor’s responsibility to see the reinforcement spacing

and arrangement are not tampered with in any way before or during

concrete.

Lapping :

As far as possible bars of the maximum length available shall be

used. Laps shown on drawings or otherwise specified by the

Engineer will be based on the use of bars of maximum length. In

case the contractor wishes to use shorter bars, laps shall be provided

as per bar bending schedule at the locations approved by the

Engineer.

Spacing, Supporting & Cleaning :

All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the positions

shown on the drawings.

The contractor shall provide approved types of support as specified

on the drawings for maintaining the top bars of the slab in position.

G.I. wire shall be used as binding wire. All bars crossing one

another shall be bound with this wire twisted tight to make the

skeleton or network rigid so that the reinforcement is not displaced

during placing of concrete.


On no account shall be bars be oiled or painted nor shall mould oil

used on the form work be allowed to come in contact with the bars.

Cement wash to bars shall not be permitted.

6.5 INSPECTION & TESTING

Every bar shall be inspected before assembling on the works and any

defective brittle, excessively rusted or burnt bars shall be removed.

Cracked ends of bars shall be cut out. Specimens sufficient as per

I.S. 1786 for each different size shall be sampled and tested by the

Contractor, batches shall be rejected if the average results of each

batch are not in accordance with the specifications.

The test pieces of sufficient length shall be cut from each size or

diameter wise of the finished bar. The tensile strength, 0.2 percent

proof stress and percentage elongation of bars shall be determined in

accordance with IS: 1608(latest version) read in conjunction with IS:

226(latest version) and bend test as per as IS: 1599(latest version)

6.6 ITEM TO INCLUDE

1) All labour, material, supervision, use of equipment, tools and

plants, bending, fixing, placing, and erecting reinforcement steel

and all other incidental expenses for satisfactory completion of

item

2) Supplying, conveying, cleaning, cutting, bending, binding wire

or Tack welding, placing reinforcement in position and

maintaining it clean and position till the concrete laid.

3) Cost of sampling and testing and keeping record of test result,

producing delivery challans, mill test certificates etc of the

material received on site...etc.

4) Wastages shall not be paid for


6.7 MESURMENT AND PAYMENTS

The contract rate shall be on weight basis of steel reinforcement.

The weight of steel reinforcement incorporated in the concrete shall

be measured in metric ton based on the total computed weight for

the sizes and length of bars as shown on the plan or ordered by

Engineer. Authorised lap length shall be paid for.

No payment will be made for binding wire.

7.0 Providing and fixing 100 mm dia. AC/PVC pipes for weep holes,

staggered as per drawing or as directed by Engineer etc.

complete.

7.1 Scope of work, item to include :

i) Pipes of respective diameter, fitting, cement mortar, cement

concrete and necessary fixtures.

ii) All necessary labour, materials and use of tools.

7.2 Mode of Measurement and payment :

The contract rate shall for one meter or part there of pipe actually

laid. The measurement shall be over all the fittings along with the

centre line from end to end.

8.0 Providing trap rubble filling behind the walls/abutments/returns

including filling voids with gravel, hand packing and compacting

the rubble etc. complete.


8.1 MATERIALS :

The stones to be used shall be broken rubble with fairly regular shape

and not weathered or decayed stones. Stones shall be selected for their

large size. The stones shall be about 0.015 cu.m. or 15 litres in size

unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer, having regard to the nature

of the stone being quarried. The stones to be used for wedging in the

joints between stones shall be chips of such size as to snugly fill up the

interstices in most cases. All suitable rubble obtained from foundation

excavation shall be made use of first. The rate to be charged for this

rubble to the contractor shall be that which is entered in the schedule A

and if not so entered, the Divisional schedule rate current at the time of

tender.

8.2 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION :

Dewatering if necessary shall be done according to specification No.

BR.4 of Red Book. The bed on which rubble filling is to be laid shall

be cleared of all loose materials levelled and consolidated and got

approved by the Engineer before starting rubble filling. Rubble filling

behind abutments, returns or wings shall be laid in regular horizontal

layers of not more than 30 cm. in thickness closely packed and

compacted and firmly set with their broadest face downwards. The

interstices between adjacent stones shall be wedged in with spalls of

the proper size, well driven in with hammers or wooden mallets to

ensure tightly packed layers. Such wedging shall be carried on

simultaneously with the placing in position of the larger stones in each

layer and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. Each layer shall

be packed and completed before the upper layer is started.

Backfilling required to be done if any, on the river-side of the

abutment, wings or returns shall be done simultaneously with the


filling on the landside. Special precautions should also be taken to

prevent wedging action against masonry. The concrete shall have been

fully cured before rubble filling.


1) Supplying broken rubble and spalls of approved quality and size.

2) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tools for properly

laying, hand packing and compacting the rubble.

3) Any other incidental charges to complete the work as per

sanctioned plan including dewatering unless separately provided

in the tender.


Rubble filling shall be measured in cubic metres limiting the

dimensions to those shown in the plan or as directed by the Engineer.

The dimensions shall be measured to two places of decimals in metres

and quantities worked out to two places of decimals of a cubic metre.

No deduction shall be made for voids.

The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.


Date : Date :


Checklist for Ready Mix Concrete

Supply of Concrete (RMC)

Name of work :

C.A.No. :

Name of contractor/client :

Sr.No.

Description Detail Information

1. Name of RMCmanufacturer with plantaddress & telephone nos.

2. Name of Plant In chargewith qualification &Experience

3. Date of commissioningof RMC plant

4. RMC Plant detailsa) Capacity of plant

DesignActual Output

b) Whether plant fullyautomatic/Semiautomatic

c) Conveyor belt forloading aggregate

d) Aggregate bin withvarious compartmentsfor different aggregate

e) Mixer typef) No. of Transit Mixers

with capacityg) No. of pumpsh) No. of placer boom


Sr.No.


i) i) Separate silos withcapacity forCementii) Fly ash

j) Water storagearrangement

k) Plasticizer arrangementl) Arrangement for

alternate power supplym) Arrangement for

maintenance of P & Mn) Storage capacity for raw

materialso) Arrangement for curing

tank & frequency ofchanging water

p) Calibration frequency ofplant with traceability(every three months)

q) Whether you observe theaccuracy/ sensitivity ofmeasuring equipmentswithin the limits of IS4926:2003

r) Details of Calibrationfrequency of varioustesting equipments withtraceability & its record

5. Quantity of RMCmanufactured daily

M20

M25

M30

M35


Sr.No.


6. Source of materials

Cement-whether bulksupplyCoarse aggregate

Fine aggregate-Sand

Crushed Sand

Water

Chemical Admixture

Mineral Admixture (Flyash)

7. Details of quality controltesting & records ofvarious constituentsmaterials

A) Cement (IS 8112, IS12269)Whether MTC(weekwise) availableFinenessSoundnessIST & FSTConsistencyCompressive strength ofcement mortar cubes-no.of cubes

Chemical testsPhysical & chemicaltesting at external lab. &its frequency

B) Coarse Aggregate (IS383 : 1970)Gradation

Specific gravityFlakiness &elongation Index


Sr.No.


Impact value/Crushing value/Abrasion valueSoundnessWater absorptionAlkali Aggregatereactivity test

C) Fine aggregates (IS 383:1970)GradationSpecific gravity

Determination of clay,fine silts,& fines dustFree moisture content

Soundness

Water absorption

Organic impurities

D) Admixtures (IS 9103 :1999)Whether MTC isavailable for every batch& brandDry Material contentpH value

Relative DensityCompatibilityAsh contentChloride ion contentPerformance test forslump retention &compressive strength testat 24hr. on control mix.Periodical testing atexternal lab. Forcrosscheck


Sr.No.


E) Fly ash(IS 3812 : 2003)Whether MTC availablePhysical properties1. Specific surface2. Residue on 45 micronIS sieve3. Lime reactivity4. Comp.Strength5. SoundnessChemical propertiesChemical AnalysisPeriodical testing atexternal lab. Forcrosscheck

F) Water(IS 456:2000,IS 3025:1964)pH valueSulphatesChlorides

Organic matter

Inorganic matterSuspended matterPeriodical testing atexternal lab. Forcrosscheck

G) Concrete (RMC)a) Mix Design & Trial

mixesMethod of design(whether as per IS or anyother)b. Whether it is as per

requirement of clientor your own


Sr.No.


b) Daily check onpreparation of startingslip for each of gradesbased on adjustments ofmoisture content orwater absorption (at7,11,15,19 hr.) as perschedule

c) Analysis of freshconcrete Mix as perIS 1199-1959.

d) Temperature of the freshConcrete Mix

e) Slump at the Plant

f) Check for Density foreach grade

g) Cube CompressiveStrength &AcceptabilityRecords of tests

h) Permeability apparatusi) NDT equipments & co-

relation with cubecompressive strength

j) Cement content test

k) Chemical analysis ofconcrete samples

l) Statistical analysis of testresults & modification tothe mix proportion basedon standard deviation ofplant

m) Special Precautionstakena. During Rainy season

b. During Hot season


Sr.No.


8. Technical staff available atplant with qualification &experience

9. Technical Staff toaccompany transit mixerwith qualification &experience

10. Time of availability ofRMC supply

11. Delivery ticket as perAnnex G (Cl.9.4) ofIS 4926-2003

(Alongwith everyload/transit mixer)

12. Test frequency for allingredients of concrete-whether as per IS 4926-2003

13. Any incidents of failurein quality supplied

14. Any incidents of failurein timely supply

15. Details of works whereRMC usedMajor Clients

16. Any other information17. Third Party Inspection

Name of agency,Frequency & Report.

18. Monitoring of Readymixed Concrete as per IS4926 :2003

a) If more than oneadmixture is used,confirmation of theircompatibility


Sr.No.


b) IST & FST of concretewhen admixture is usedat adopted dosage (Asper IS 8142)

c) Time of transportation(Shall not exceed 2 hoursfor normal case.)

d) Frequency ofCompressive strength(One sample (3specimens) for every 50Cum or 50 batcheswhichever is greater.)

e) Any additionalcompliance criteria shallbe declared to theproducer by thepurchaser prior to supply& shall be mutuallyagreed upon.

f) The action to be taken incase of non-complianceshall be declared &mutually agreed upon.

Also enclosed herewith Annex.-I i.e. Material Testing requirements as perIS 4926 : 2003.

Signature of RMC supplier

M/s.

Name :

Checked by


Annexure-I

MATERIAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

AGGREGATES

Sr.No.

AggregateProperty/Parameter

Type ofAggregate

TestFrequency

Requirementfor normalmonitoring

1. Grading i. Sand/Fineaggregate

ii. Coarseaggregate

As per IS:383/ MORT&H

Last 8 resultsconform to IS383

2. Particle density

Oven dry

Saturated surface dry

Apparent

All types 3 Monthly Last 4 results

+ 0.04

3. Absorption All types 3 Monthly Last 4 results

+ 0.04 %

4. Bulk density

Loose

Compacted

All types

All types

Monthly

Monthly

Last 4 results

+ 75Kg/Cum

5. Fines (Silt) content Sand

Coarse

Weekly

Monthly

Last 10 results

< 75 %Maximumallowed.

6. Aggregate Impact Value Coarse Once persource / everychange ofsource

_____

7. 10% fines Coarse Yearly _____


Sr.No.

AggregateProperty/Parameter

Type ofAggregate

TestFrequency

Requirementfor normalmonitoring

8. Flakiness Coarse Monthly Last 3 resultsconforms tostandard

9. Aggregate abrasionvalue (Los AngelesMethod)

Coarse Yearly/Sourcechange

_______

10. Soundness Fine & Coarse Yearly/Sourcechange

_______

11. Potential Alkaliaggregate reactivityincluding Petrography

Fine & Coarse 5 Yearly/Sourcechange

_______

All other materials cement, water, admixtures shall be tested as perrequirements of IS 456 : 2000.



WATER SUPPLY WORK

1.0 EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES :

For laying underground pipe line, trenches shall be excavated by the

Contractor wherever necessary and as directed by the Engineer. If for

any reasons, the dimensions of the trenches are required to be altered

from the normal section specified, either to suit peculiar site

conditions or for any special work, the same shall be done after

obtaining permission of the Engineer. Depth of trench would

generally, be 1.0 metre but may vary to suit the level and grade of

pipe line. When the pipe line is under a roadway a minimum cover of

0.9 metre is to be kept. The width of trenches for pipe lines shall be

generally restricted to the width shown in the table below :

a) Diameter of pipe line inmm

Width allowed

in metre

Depth allowed

in metre

80 0.600 0.800

100 0.600 0.800

125 0.600 0.800

150 0.600 1.100

200 0.650 1.150

250 0.700 1.200

300 0.750 1.250

350 0.800 1.300

400 0.850 1.350

450 0.900 1.400

500 1.000 1.850

600 1.000 2.050

800 1.300 2.500


(b) If the pipe is to be laid below road where traffic is expected.

Diameter of pipe line inmm

Width allowed

in metre

Depth allowed

in metre

80 0.600 1.000100 0.600 1.050

125 0.600 1.050150 0.600 1.100200 0.650 1.150250 0.700 1.200300 0.750 1.250350 0.800 1.300400 0.850 1.350450 0.900 1.400500 1.000 1.850600 1.000 2.050800 1.300 2.500

(c) If the pipe is to be laid below footpath or any other road with no

traffic :

Diameter of pipe line inmm

Width allowed

in metre

Depth allowed

in metre

80 0.600 0.850100 0.600 0.900125 0.600 0.900150 0.600 0.950200 0.650 1.000250 0.700 1.050300 0.750 1.100350 0.800 1.150400 0.850 1.200450 0.900 1.250500 1.000 1.700600 1.000 1.900800 1.300 2.500


Extra width of trenches over and above the stipulated width shall be

permitted by Engineer in writing where either the site conditions

demand it or where wide trenches necessary for carrying out special

works such as making cross connection, fixing appurtenances

providing anchor-blocks, etc. Similarly, if for any reason, the Engineer

orders the depths of trenches to be increased such as for crossing

utilities the Contractor shall do so and shall be paid for according to

the rates quoted.

1.1 For the purpose of measurements, steel tapes and levelling instruments

shall be used to determine the dimension of excavation work. The

width will be measured at the bottom of the pipe. The thickness of

murum bedding if provided, will be considered separately. Boulders

measuring above 1/20 cubic metre in volume, met with in the

excavation will be jointly measured on spot immediately they are met

with and before they are broken, and removed. As soon as they are

removed from excavation and easured they must be broken or

disposed off as directed by the Engineer.

1.2 The bed of trenches shall be prepared to confirm to the typical section

if shown in the drawing. In the case of earth murum, soft rock,

excavation shall be carried out to such a depth as to be able to lay the

pipe line on the bed directly. In the case of hard rock, marine clay or

black cotton soil, additional depth 150 mm will be filled up with

approved earth or murum. The bed of trench shall be well rammed.

The murum or approved earth bedding will be paid separately under

respective items.


1.3 Stacking of excavated material :

All excavated materials shall have to be stacked or spread within 50

metres from the place of excavation including all lifts, no materials are

to be stacked or spread close to the edge of the trenches. The

contractor shall stack the materials in such a manner as to

accommodate maximum quantity or minimum space. For this

purpose loose materials shall be stacked in enclosure of harder stuff.

Separate stacks shall be made of such materials as can be re-used such

as broken asphalt good quality rubble etc. The loose soft materials

shall be used for refilling the portions around the pipes. The

contractors shall bear in mind that a part of excavated materials will

become surplus after refilling the trenches and shall have to be laid

away for filling in distance low lying lands. In order to avoid

congestion at the work site, the contractor shall carry away the part of

the likely surplus quantities of earth considered unsuitable for filling

right from the start in consultation with the Engineer. Removal of

surplus earth beyond lead of 50 meters will be measured separately

and paid accordingly.

1.4 Breaking of road surfaces :

The items of excavation shall also cover the cost of breaking road

surfaces of all types wherever met with, including their foundation.

The classification of such excavation shall be deemed to be in hard

soil/murum.

1.5 Shoring :

Normally no shoring may be required. However, if due to site

conditions the same is found necessary the contractor will provide it

wherever it is needed or as directed by Engineer at no extra cost.


Warped and deformed timber shall not be used for shoring and

strutting.

1.6 Dewatering of trenches :

The contractor shall provide and work at his own cost all pumps and

machineries required to keep the trenches during the excavation, pipe

laying etc. clear of water, whether it is sub-soil water, creek water,

storm water or leakage from tanks, wells, drains, sewer pipes and from

any other sources or reasons. If there should be any accumulation of

water any time, no concrete deposited, no pipes to be laid and no

measurements to be taken. The pumping shall be continued during and

after excavation of any portion of the work and repeated as often as

the Engineer may consider, if necessary for inspection, testing etc.

The pumps used shall be of adequate capacity. When the water in

the trench is being pumped out across a road, care shall be taken that

there is no obstruction to the vehicular traffic. If it is necessary to

make some special arrangement for this purpose, the same shall be

done by the contractor at no extra cost as directed by the Engineer.

The contractor shall ensure that pumped water is discharged into the

nearest drain in such a way that it does not spread on the road surface

and cause hindrance to traffic. If this is not feasible and road surface is

to be crossed, the contractor shall restrict the flow to a suitable size of

pipe under completion of the works. No extra payment will be made

for making any such arrangements.

1.7 Supporting of public utilities :

Utilities such as water pipes, drains, sewer, cable etc. if encountered

along the alignment shall be temporarily supported throughout the

work by the contractor at his/their own cost to the satisfaction of the

Engineer. In this connection, the contractors may have to contact the


concerned departments and in consultation with them take the

necessary precautions. On completion of the pipe laying operations

and before refilling the trench, some of the utilities may have to be

supported permanently by providing 1:2:4 cement concrete as

directed. The concrete supports shall be paid for separately under the

utilities in the progress of work, the changes for making good the

same will be recovered from the contractors.

1.8 Fencing, watching, lighting :

The contractor shall make proper provision for protecting the work by

fencing, watch and ward, lighting at night or in any other manner as

may be directed by the Engineer. The fencing shall be of timber posts

securely fixed in the ground not more than 2.5 mt. apart. The

contractor shall be held responsible for payment for all claims for

damage to property due to improper fencing and inadequate lighting.

1.9 Refilling :

On completion of the pipe laying operation any section for a length

of about 10 meters and while further work is still in progress, refilling

of trenches shall be started by the contractors with a view to throw

open the traffic the portion of road way in which the work is already

over. Only soft earth and murum of good quality obtained from the

excavation and stacked near the work site shall be used for filling in

around the pipes (at least 30 cms. around) and its encharges. The

remaining portion of the trench shall be filled in with a mixture of

hard and soft materials. Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding

20 cm. in thickness with adequate watering, ramming and rolling

so as to obtain good compaction. Excavated materials stacked within

a distance of 50 meters shall be used for this purpose. The trench

shall be refilled so as to build up to the existing ground level. Such


refilling work including a lead of 50 meters shall be paid for

separately under relevant item in Schedule “A”. The Engineer shall at

all items have powers to decide which portion of the excavated

materials shall be used for filling and which place of site and in

what manner it shall be used.

2.0 MURUM BEDDING :

In case of hard rock, marine clay and black cotton soil, murum

bedding to a maximum depth of 300 mm shall be provided by the

contractor. The murum bedding shall be done for the full width of

the trench in the portion where such beddings under the pipe line is

necessary. It shall be properly watered and rammed. The murum to be

used shall be as far as possible out of excavated materials only.

3.0 PROVIDING, LAYING OF PIPES AND JOINTING :

The Contractor will have to provide pipes and rubber rings after duly

approved by the Engineer in a phased programme immediately after

receiving the work order. The pipes with any defects or cracked pipes

shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor. In order to avoid

damage to the pipes especially the spigot end, the pipe should not be

dragged along concrete and similar hard surfaces. Pipes and specials

shall be stacked near to Contractor's Chowki/site in a manner so that

under no circumstances inconvenience is caused to other agency or

traffic or cause injury to pedestrains.

3.1 The pipes and specials before laying shall be brushed internally

through out the length to remove any soil or stones that may have

accumulated therein. Inside of socket and outside of the spigot shall be

thoroughly cleared.


3.2 The pipes shall be lowered in trenches carefully, in straight and full

length as far as possible. Maximum deviation allowed will 2 1/2%

where site condition demand. C.I./D.I. Pipes and specials shall be

allowed to the cut to the required dimensions with the pipe cutting

machines or by hand cut as may directed by the Engineer.

3.3 (a) On lowering the pipes in trenches, they will have to be jointed by

means of rubber rings (tyton joints). The rubber rings of different

diameters are to be procured and transported to the site by the

Contractors. The Contractors are to ensure that only rubber rings are

allowed for tyton joints. In no circumstances, the Contractor shall be

allowed to lay the pipes in trenches directly. They shall use ropes and

other required supports while laying of pipes.

4.0 PROCUREMENT OF D.I. PIPES, D.I. SPECIALS, SLUICE

VALVE, BUTTERFLY VALVE ETC.

4.1 D.I. Pipes :

Ductile iron pipes of K7 / K9 class confirming to IS 8329-2000 (latest

version) with cement mortar lining from inside as per I.S.O. 4179 and

with Styrene Butadiene Rubber Rings (SBR) for joints.

4.2 D.I. Specials :

D.I. specials shall confirm to IS 9523 and shall be of K-12, K-14 type.

Specials shall have mortar lining from inside as per ISO 4179.

Specials shall be jointed by push on joint by Styrene Butudine Rings

(S.B.R.) on all sides and cost of specials shall be inclusive of SBR.

However, if due the lead joint shall be made and shall be paid

separately.


The contractor will have to procure D.I. pipes with cement mortar

lining of appropriate thickness as per I.S. to prevent corrosion from

inside as well as to maintain minimum “C” valve of 130, rubber rings,

specials and different types of valves as stated in Schedule “A”.

Cracked pipes, butterfly valves and specials will be rejected. While

loading and unloading pipes etc. shall not be thrown down from the

trucks but must be unloaded to timber skids slowly without allowing

the pipes to bump against one another. In order to avoid damage to

the pipes specially spigot and pipes shall not be dragged along the

concrete and similar hard surface. The pipes and specials shall be

stacked near to the contractors work chowki/site in a manner so that

under no circumstances inconvenience is caused to any other agency

or to the traffic or cause injury to the pedestrians.

Butterfly valve shall be of relevant I.S. mark.

5.0 MORTAR LINING :

The contractor shall procure mortar lined D.I. pipes from inside to

prevent corrosion from inside as well as to maintain minimum “C”

valve of 130. The rate for D.I. pipes also includes labour, material,

machinery, cost of SBR ring etc. in carrying out all operation of

mortar lining the pipes. The mortar lining shall confirm to ISO 4179.

The maximum size of sand shall be 2.5 mm and clay content should

be kept less than 2%. The proportion of cement and mortar shall be

1:1.

5.1 The pipes and specials before laying shall be brushed internally

through out the length to remove any soil or stones that may have

accumulated therein. Inside of socket and outside of the spigot shall

be thoroughly cleaned.


5.2 The pipes shall be lowered in trenches carefully, in straight and in full

length as far as possible in accordance with IS 12288-1987.

Maximum deviation allowed will be 2-1/2% degree. Where site

condition demand D.I. pipes and specials shall be allowed to be cut to

the required dimensions with the help of pipe cutting machineries or

by hand as may be directed by the Engineer.

5.3 A) On lowering the pipe in trenches, they will have to be jointed by

means of styrene butadiene rings (SBR) confirming to relevant I.S.

Code.

B) Jointing : Before assembling the joint, the spigot of pipe and the

interior of the socket of the adjacent pipe should be thoroughly

cleaned. Insertion of the S.B.R. i.e. (rubber ring) confirming to IS

5382 & IS 12820 can be facilitated by the bulb seating inside the

socket.

5.4 The SBR should be wiped clean, fluxed and then placed in the socket

with the bulb towards the back of the socket. The groove in the SBR

must be located on the retaining bed in the socket and the retaining

heel of the SBR firmly bedded on its seating.

5.5 It is necessary to ensure that the SBR fits evenly around the whole

circumference, removing any bulges which would prevent the proper

entry of the spigot end. In the larger diameters, this operation may be

assisted by forming a second loop in the SBR opposite the first, then

pressing the loops flat one after the other.


6.0 JOINTING OF C.I./D.I. PIPES, SPECIALS AND

APPURTENANCES BY LEAD :

The joint between two D.I. pipes shall be made by the use of styrene

butudine rings (SBR) while any another joint wherein, rubber rings

cannot be used; lead joints shall be made by the Contractor as

specified.

6.1 After the Engineer has checked and certified that pipes, specials

and appurtenances are laid in proper alignment and level, the

sterilized spun yarn of approved quality shall be driven tightly

against the inside base of the socket with suitable tool. A ring of

hume rope covered with clay is wrapped around the pipes at the end of

the socket leaving a hole into which the molten lead shall be poured.

The lead used shall be soft and of approved quality consisting of

99.99% pure lead on analysis and shall conform to I.S. 782 of 1962.

The average consumption of jointing materials shall generally be in

accordance with I.S. 3114 of 1965 as amended upto date (Refer

Table 1 below). The Contractors shall bear the expenses if testing the

lead in laboratory if demanded by the Engineer. All the jointing

materials such as spun yarn, pig lead, jointing tools and melting

equipments shall be provided by the contractor.

TABLE-1

LEAD AND SPUN YARN FOR DIFFERENT SIZE OF PIPES

NominalDiameter of pipe

(in mm.)

Lead/Joint(in Kgs.)

Depth of Lead(in mm.)

Yarn/Joint(in Kgs.)

80 1.80 45 0.10100 2.20 45 0.18125 2.60 45 0.20150 3.40 50 0.20200 5.00 50 0.30250 6.10 50 0.35


NominalDiameter of pipe

(in mm.)

Lead/Joint(in Kgs.)

Depth of Lead(in mm.)

Yarn/Joint(in Kgs.)

300 7.20 55 0.49350 8.40 55 0.60400 9.50 55 0.75450 14.00 55 0.95500 19.00 65 1.00600 20.00 65 1.20700 22.00 65 1.35

(The quantity given above is provisional and 20% variation may be

allowed).

6.2 Caulking the joints shall be done after the lead is poured. All excess

lead protruding outside of the socket shall be removed with a flat

chisel and joints caulked. Number of times (minimum three) all along

the circumferential joint to make the joint water tight. The joint when

completed should be flush, neat and even with the socket. Where the

pipes are not laid in continuous lengths but in stretches, the open ends

of the pipes shall be provided with wooden plug covered with hession

cloth to prevent access to dirt etc. At certain places for jointing two

faces of pipes a collar joint will have to be provided if directed by the

Engineer. The collar joint will be paid under the same rate as far

socket and spigot joint, but collar joint will be treated as two joints of

the spigot and socket type. This item includes dewatering of trenches.

6.3 After completion of pipe laying work in whole length or in parts as

decided by the Engineers, the trench shall be partially filled back

except at the joint before taking up the hydraulic test. In each case

the contractor has to plug both ends of the section of pipes line to

tested either by providing cap, blank flanged or by sluice valve as

per directions of the Engineer. If necessary both the ends shall be


properly anchored by providing M-20 c.c. blocks of required

dimensions. Payments will be made for providing these c.c. block

under the respective items. Contractor shall provide required number

of plug points with ferrules of required diameters to save as injection

points, air relief points etc. On the completion of the test, these points

shall be closed by plugs by the contractor. No separate payment will

be made for this. The contractor shall make necessary arrangement to

fill the section of main to be tested by taking a available size

connection from existing main near by or from any other sources. The

charges for water supplied for making and removing connection will

have to be borne by the contractor only.

6.4 Testing will be carried out by contractors under the guidance of

Engineer. The contractor shall disinfect the entire pipeline as directed

by the Engineer before carrying out testing. Contractors shall provide

the required machinery, equipments and technical staff for testing the

pipe line. A section of the pipe shall be considered satisfactory only

when leakage is less than 425 litres/25 mm dia./km/day at 9.00 kg/cm2

pressure and as per relevant IS. If the first test is not found

satisfactory, repeated tests after the necessary repairs will be

undertaken and procedure as mentioned above shall be followed.

6.5 When the section of the pipe line is tested successfully, the contractors

shall back fill the portion as per directions of the Engineer. The cost

of testing the pipe line shall be deemed to have been included in the

cost of laying the pipe line and no separate payment shall be made as

referred above.


7.0 PIPES & APPURTENANCES :

D.I. pipes (S&S) type and appurtenances such as butterfly valve etc.

shall be supplied by the contractor himself and they himself shall

make their own arrangements to purchased it from market and

transport it to the site of work. The butterfly valve shall consist of all

necessary fittings. The rate includes the cost of materials, cost of

rubber packing, washer, nut bolts etc. which also shall be provided

by the contractors without any extra cost.

7.1 Before procurement of valves, approval shall be taken from Engineer

regarding make and valves shall be tested at manufacturer’s factory

before dispatch to site. Before valves are fixed, they shall be cleaned

and greased. It should be seen that all the parts are in perfect

working condition. The tail pieces shall be jointed to D.I. pipes by

socket and spigot joints at both ends or by a collar by means of lead

joints and the cost of making socket and spigot joint and the cost of

making lead joints will be paid under respective items.

8.0 PROVIDING AND FIXING OF BLANK FLANGES :

The contractor has to procure blank flanges. The contractor shall fix

them on the pipe ends wherever necessary and as directed by the

Engineer. (the blank flanges and caps will be required for closing the

needs for testing the pipe lines shall however to be paid for). The

cost of providing and fixing the blank flanges shall include cost of

transport from stores, loading, unloading, cost of all jointing

materials such as nuts, bolts, washers, rubber packing, 3 ply white

zinc etc.


9.0 CONCRETE WORK :

Concreting will be required to be done for providing a concrete for

thrust blocks, encasing, etc. where there are valves, bends etc. in the

pipe line, such concrete will be of M-20 grade and to sizes as

directed by the Engineer. The contractor has to make all the

arrangements for the concrete work.

10.0 CEMENT :

Cement kept at work spot shall not be more than that required for a

day, but the contractor shall provide and maintain a proper efficient

and sufficient storage shed for cement near work site at a suitable

place. The floors of the stores/shed shall be raised at least 30 cm.

above the ground and will be covered by suitable materials in order

to protect the bags from moisture.

10.1 Fine aggregate :

All fine aggregates shall conform to IS-383-1970 and relevant

portion of IS-515 of 1959. Sand for use in concrete shall be natural

sand or crushed stone screenings. Sand shall be clean, well graded,

hard strong, durable and gritty particles free from injurious amounts

of dust, clay, kankar, salts, organic matter, lead mica or other

deleterious materials. Sand shall be from ‘Mahad/Vaitarna’ or any

other approved sources.

10.2 Fine aggregate for concrete shall be graded within limits given in

table No.III or Table No.IV para 5-2 of IS-383 of 1963. Fineness

modulus shall range from 2-6 to 3-6. Fine aggregate shall be tested

at random by the Engineer in accordance with provisions of IS and

result maintained.


10.3 Coarse Aggregate :

Coarse aggregate shall consists of broken trap stone and be hard,

strong, dense, clean of proper gradation and free from skin and

coating likely to prevent adhesion to mortar. It shall generally

conform to IS-383-1970 grading of aggregate shall be in accordance

with specification clause A.7.3 to A.7.5 of ‘Standard specification’

of B & C Department, Government of Maharashtra.

10.4 Water :

The water shall be clean, free from all acid, alkali, organic or other

deleterious substances. The water requirements shall be strictly

adhered to provisions of I-S 456-2000.

10.5 Mixes of concrete :

The proportions of ingredient of plain cement concrete are defined

by bulk. All ingredients shall be measured separately and accurately

in properly constructed gauge box.

10.6 Mixing :

The plain cement concrete shall be mixed in a machine, mixing by

hand shall not be permitted normally. However, where the quantity

of work is small or permitted by hand mixed shall be permitted by

the Engineer if requested by contractor.

10.7 Placing and compaction :

The concrete shall be mixed and placed in position, compacted and

finished within 30 minutes of mixing. Compaction of plain concrete

may be with vibrators or otherwise at the direction of the Engineer.

The detailed procedure of the work shall be as per Clause No.B.6.6.,


B.6.7 and B.6.8 of “Standard specification of B&C department of

Government of Maharashtra.

10.8 Curing :

Concrete shall be protected from damage, excessive heat, rain etc.

and covered with wet hessian or some absorbent materials soon after

initial set. After final set the concrete shall be kept wet for a period

of not less than 14 days from the date of placing.

10.9 Keeping records :

Contractor shall maintain a record approved by the Engineer at site

of work containing the following details/information.

a) Daily receipt of cement and use of cement in various items;

b) Time of starting of concrete work and closure;

c) Number of batches through mixer, source of water cement ratio;

d) Dates of erection of form work, passing of form work and

striking of form work if any.

11.0 BRICK MASONRY :

11.1 Burnt bricks shall be the best available locally and kiln burnt, the

minimum compressive strength shall be 40 kg/Cm2, brick shall

confirm to following requirements :

(a) Sound, hard, well burnt, sharp edges, uniform size and shape, free

from cracks, stones, modules of lime etc.


(b) Uniform in colour, should give metallic ring when struck

together.

(c) Shall not be over or under burnt, broken or cracked.

(d) Bricks shall be tested as per I.S.3495 of 1966 if required by

Engineer.

(e) Sizes and tolerances of brick shall be as in “Standard

specification” of B & C department, Government of Maharashtra.

11.2 All brick work except half brick wall shall be as in English bond

unless otherwise directed. Half brick wall shall be in stretcher bond.

Bed joints in brick work shall not exceed 10mm.

Brick work shall be built in uniform layers and should not be raised

more than 1 metre above another at any time. Coarse shall be

aligned, repaired, maintained, quoins, jambs and other angles

plumbed and the whole brick work properly bonded as the work

proceeds.

11.3 Joints of brick work shall be squarely raked out to depths of not less

than 1 cm. as the work proceeds. After raking, surfaces shall be

cleaned with wire brush and washed with water before plastering.

11.4 All brick work shall be built in cement mortar 1:4 as specified in

Schedule ‘A’ item.

11.5 Tops of walls having P.C.C. for fixing C.I./R.C.C. cover shall be

finished with a layer of cement mortar (1:4) 20mm. thick.


12.0 CONSTRUCTION OF B.B. MASONRY CHAMBER,

SUPPLYING AND FIXING HEAVY DUTY R.C.C. FRAME

AND COVER AND ROAD BOX :

This item includes all materials and labour mentioned hereafter,

bricks, road box, heavy duty RCC frame & cover, excavation, laying

cement concrete, B.B. Masonry, plastering and refilling, fixing of

box so that the top of the box shall be 100mm above the ground

level. The necessary locking arrangement and lock to be made for

S.V. Chamber cover. The precast for RCC cover (heavy duty) shall

be tested in any approved laboratory and the results got approved

before fixing the same.


Date : Date :


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS(SEWERAGE WORK)

I. Manufacturing of R.C.C. pipeNP2 and NP3

Pipes (NP2 or NP3 class) : Manufacturing of pipe as per IS458 with the latest amendment asper Clause 6 with amendment,casting pipe by spinning, vibratingthe concrete method.Flexible Rubber joints like pipesocket-spigot shall provided.

1) Cement : As per IS 8041, IS 8043 and IS8112 a latest version for themanufactures of concrete pipes.

2) Steel wire fabric : i) Mild steel grade-I, as perIS:432 Part-I & II structuralsteel as per IS:2062.

ii) As per IS 1566 and IS 1786and IS 226 of latestamendments.

3) Class of pipe NP2(Rubber Ring Roll on joint)

: Spigot and socket as per TableNo.9 of IS code 458 with latestamendment and design as perTable No.2 with amendments.

NP3(Rubber Ring Roll on joint)

: Spigot and socket as per TableNo.10 and 10A of I.S. code 458with latest amendment. Design asper Table 3 with amendment.Barrel thickness design should beapproved before taking work ofmanufacturing the pipe for NP3class pipes.

4) Aggregates : Aggregates used as per I.S.383latest version and as per ClauseNo.4.3 of IS 458-1988 withamendment No.2.


5) Concrete : Pipe concrete should conformingto IS:456-1978 code of practicefor plain and RCC (fourthrevision) as per clause No.4.5 withlatest amendment.

6) Water : As per IS 456-2000.

7) Testing at factory : Contractor has to makearrangement of testing of pipe atfactory before supply at site.Sampling as per IS code as per IS458 clause 9 with latestamendment/cube test are as per IS516-1959 and IS 5816-1999 atfactory.

Test are :i) Hydrostatic test as per IS

3599-1998.ii) Three-edge bearing test as

per IS 3599-1998.iii) Permeability test as per IS

3597-1998.iv) Absorption test as per IS

3599-1998.v) Straightness test as per IS

3599-1998.

Sampling and inspection should beas per clause No.10 of 458 withamendment.

8) Marking on pipes : i) Name of manufacture withregister trademark.

ii) Class of pipeiii) Date of manufactureriv) I.S.I. mark


II Rubber Rings : Rubber ring chords used for pipesjoints shall conform to IS:5382-1967 with amendment. Gasketshall be made of a properlyvulcanized virgin rubbercompound of containing no scrapor reclaim.

Tests : i) Hardness Test as perIS:3400

ii) Tensile Test of Ring as perIS:3400

iii) Compression Test as perIS:3400.

iv) Accelerated ageing in air asper IS:3400.

v) Water absorption Test asper I.S.3400.

Sampling the time lapse fortesting. Marking on Rings

: As per IS code 5382 class 6 clause7 with appendix – D.

i) The manufactures nameand Trade mark if any

ii) Month and year ofmanufacturer

iii) The type follower by aword such Gas or Water orSewer depending on theapplications.

iv) ISI mark

III Manholes : As per IS:411 (Part-I) 1986 and asper drawing issued by CIDCO forexecution purpose and as directedby Engineer.

Type/spacing of manholes andconstruction of manholes

: As per CIDCO drawing andschedule of Rate.

IV Steps : As per Schedule of item anddrawing note.As per IS:5455-1969.


Load Test : One sample of step of 50 samplesmay be subjected to load test asper Appendix A

Marking : ISI markManufacture Name

V Precast Concrete Manholecover and frame

: As per Tender Schedule andDrawing and IS Code 12592-2002.

i) Grade and Type : Heavy duty HD 20 Rectangular orCircular

ii) Cement : IS:269, IS:455, IS:8043, IS:8112.iii) Aggregates : IS 383iv) Concrete : IS : 456-2000. M-30 Grade.v) Steel : As per Clause 4.4 of IS:12592.vi) Test : Load Test as per clause o.9.3 of

IS:12592. Sampling and/or testingshould be done in accordance withClause No.11 of IS:12592.

vii) Marking : ISI mark, BIS mark.

VI Laying of Sewer Line : As per Schedule of rate of Tenderand Particular Specifications andIS Code 783. Width of excavationis as per Particular Specification.


Date : Date :



(SEWERAGE WORK)

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

This specification is intended to provide generally for the following

works viz.

a) Construction of sewer,

b) Construction of manholes on sewer,

c) Erection of ventshafts,

d) Such other work or works incidental to the construction of the sewer.

2.0 DATUM FOR LEVEL

All levels referred to in connection with these works are based on the

plane known as G.T.S.

3.0 EXCAVATION

3.1 The total excavation will be classified and paid for under two heads

only, viz. (a) General excavation to include excavation in road surfaces

of every description together with their foundation, clay, loose sand

stone, murum, boulders, sand, lime, cement masonry and all other

materials of whatever description not requiring to be blasted.

3.2 Rock excavation (Definition of Rock)

Rock excavation to compromise excavation in rock, big boulders more

than 0.5 cubic metre in volume very hard sand stone or literal concrete,

requiring to be blasted by an explosive or burst out in small pieces by

iron wedges or chisels.

3.3 Class of excavation to be determined

In case of any question arising as to the class of excavation, the

Engineer shall determine (subject to the Chief Engineer's decision in


case of dispute by the Contractor) under which category, and to what

extent, any particular excavation shall be classified.

3.4 Trial holes

Trial holes/pits of such sizes and depths and n such position as may be

necessary or directed by the Engineer shall be dug and subsequently

made good as may be ordered by and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Trial holes/pits shall be allowed for in the rates for excavation and

sufficient trial holes must be dug to accurately locate and determine the

positions of service, culverts, and obstructions in advance of the main

excavation.

In all cases the trial pits are to be excavated in accordance with the

specifications for excavation, refilling and reinstatement etc.

3.5 Excessive excavation

After excavating the sites on which the various parts of the works are to

be constructed, if it is found that due to no fault of the contractor and

part of the formation is unsuitable to provide a satisfactory foundation,

such portions shall be further excavated to such depths as the Engineer

may direct, and refilled to original formation level with mass concrete

M-10 or hardcore of quarry waste as may be directed. Payment will be

made for such additional excavation and filling at appropriate rates.

3.6 Widths of excavation for different diametre of pipes

a) The width of excavation for a built up drain or sewer unless

otherwise stated will be calculated to 250 mm on either side of the

extreme edge of the footings and the depth upto the bottom of

foundation. In case of pipes of different diametres and manholes the


width of the trenches will, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer

in writing, be paid for as mentioned in the table below. This width

shall include the extra width required for shoring in one or more

stages and working space required for construction brick masonry or

plastering the same for laying and jointing of the pipes or any other

purpose in connection with the excavation of the work.

b) Where rock is met with unless otherwise determined by the

Engineer, the width of the trench below the point at which the rock is

met, shall be calculated as shown in the accompanying table,

irrespective of the depth of the trench. In case of built up drains this

shall be calculated to 75 mm on either side of the extreme edge of

the footings.

c) Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for either 1.20

M. or 1.50 M. (Inside) Circular or 1.50 M. x 1.50 M. square

manholes in sewerage works.

Depth of ManholeUpto invert level

Size of excavation Remarks

1) For 1.20 M. dia. M.H.upto 2.30 M.

2.50 M. Square Without drop arrangement

For 1.50 M. dia. M.H. 3.0 M. Square -- do --For 2.30 M. to 5.00 M. 3.5 M. x 3.00 M. With drop arrangement on

both sides.

Without drop arrangement

Above 5.00 M. I - In ordinary soil3.4 M. Square 1st stage upto 5.00 M.3.0 M. Square 2nd stage below 5.0 M.

II - In trenches where rock is met with3.4 M. Square Upto the point where rock is

met with3.0 M. Square Below the point where rock

is met with


Depth of ManholeUpto invert level

Size of excavation Remarks

B. With drop arrangement on both sides

I - In ordinary soilAcross Along3.8 M. x 3.4 M. 1st stage upto 5.00 M.3.5 M. x 3.0 M. 2nd stage below 5.0 M.II - In trenches where rock is met3.8 M. x 3.4 M. Upto the point where rock is

met with3.5 M. x 3.0 M. Below the point where rock

is met with

d) Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.8 M. dia.

circular manholes and 1.50 M. scraper type manholes.

A - Without drop arrangement :

I - In ordinary soil

3.70 M. square 1st stage upto 5.0 M.

3.40 M. square 2nd stage below 5.0 M.

II - In trenches where rock is met with :

3.70 M sq. upto the point where the rock is met

with

3.40 M sq. below the point where the rock is met

with

B - With drop arrangement on both sides :

I - In ordinary soil : Across and along :

4.10 M x 3.70 M 1st stage upto 5.0 M

3.80 M x 3.4 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M

II - In trenches where rock is met with

4.10 M x 3.70 M upto the point where the rock is

met with

3.8 M x 3.4 M below the point where the rock is

met with


Note : 1) If the drop arrangement is provided only on one side the width

given above for manholes with drop arrangement shall be

reduced by 0.2 M across the trench.

2) The size of the manhole etc. mentioned above are approximately

rounded figures. Marginal variations in the sizes of manhole

covers are acceptable.

3) Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.80 M

x 2.40 M scraper type manholes.

A - Without drop arrangement

I - Ordinary soil

3.70 M x 4.30 M rectangular 1st stage below 5 M

3.4 M x 4.00 M rectangular 2nd stage below 5.0 M

II - In trenches where the rock is met with :

3.70 M x 4.30 M rectangular upto the point where

the rock is met with

3.40 M x 4.00 M rectangular below the point where

the rock is met with

B - With drop arrangement on both sides 1.80 M length

I - In ordinary soil : across and along

4.10 M x 4.30 M 1st stage below 5.0 M

3.80 M x 4.00 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M

II - Trenches where the rock is met with :

4.10 M x 4.30 M upto the point where the rock is

met with

3.80 M x 4.00 M below the point where the rock is

met with


Statement showing the proposed widths to be given for excavation of Trenches

and paid for in Sewerage works :

Size of pipe Excavation in Ordinary soil Excavation in rockwherever it is met

withShoring in one

stage

Upto 3M

depth

Above3 M &upto 5

Mdepth

Shoring in twostage more than 5

M depth

Shoringin onestageupto 5

Mdepth

Shoring intwo stagesMore than5 M depth

150mm S.W. 0.80 M 0.90 M230mm S.W. 0.90 M 1.00 M 1.4 M upto 5 M 0.90 M 1.00 M

1.0 M below 5 M300mm S.W. 0.90 M 1.00 M 1.4 M upto 5 M 0.90 M 1.0 M

1.0 M below 5 M350mm R.C. pipe 1.30 M 1.50 M 1.8 M upto 5 M

1.5 M below 5 M 1.30 M 1.50 M1.5 M below 5 M

400mm R.C. pipe 1.40 M 1.60 M 1.9 M upto 5 M 1.40 M 1.60 M1.6 M below 5 M

450mm R.C. pipe 1.50 M 1.70 M 2.0 M upto 5 M1.7 M below 5 M 1.50 M 1.70 M1.7 M below 5 M



700mm R.C. pipe 1.70 M1.90 M

1.90 M 2.20 M upto 5 M1.90 M below 5 M

1.70 M 1.90 M

800mm R.C. pipe 2.00 M 2.30 M. 2.60 M upto 5 M 2.00 M 2.30 M2.30 M below 5 M






Size of pipe Excavation in Ordinary soil Excavation in rockwherever it is met

withShoring in one

stage

Upto 3M

depth

Above3 M &upto 5

Mdepth

Shoring in twostage more than 5

M depth

Shoringin onestageupto 5

Mdepth

Shoring intwo stagesMore than5 M depth




4.0 DEPTH OF EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES

The depth for the trenches will be calculated from the surface to the bed

of the pipes and in case when a layer of concrete/or precast blocks are

required to be placed below the pipeline, the depth of the bottom of the

concrete/or the block below the underside of the pipeline will be paid.

The depth of excavation for manhole shall be measured from the surface

of the existing ground level to the bottom of foundation.

No payment will be made for any excavation beyond this width or

depth.

5.0 MEASUREMENT LENGTH OF EXCAVATION

The lengths of excavation for trenches will be measured from and clear

of the settled width allowed for the excavation of trench from which it

starts on which it come into contact and the centre of the pipe or

masonry for which the trench has been excavated shall be considered as

the centre of such trench.


6.0 A GRIP TO BE CUT WHERE PIPE SOCKET OCCURS

Wherever a pipe socket occurs a grip is to be cut in the bottom of the

trench or concrete bed to a depth of atleast 75 mm below the bed of the

pipe so that the pipe may have a fair bearing on its shaft and to rest upon

its socket. Such grip shall be of sufficient size in every respect to admit

the hand all around the socket in order to make the joint, and the grip

shall be maintained clear until the joint has been passed by the Engineer.

7.0 TRENCHES IN ROCKY GROUNDS

The trenches for pipe drains, if in stony or rocky ground, are to be

excavated all along to the full depth of 75 mm below the intended level

of the bed of the pipes to be laid therein, and layer of soft clean earth 75

mm thick is to be deposited for the reception of the pipes and in case

where a layer of the concrete and/or precast block is required to be

placed below the pipe line, the bottom of the excavation shall not be

higher at any point than the bottom of the concrete layer or block.

Wherever excavation is done in rock, the excavated stuff shall be

stacked separately for chiselled rock and blasted rock. The excavation

shall be paid or stack measurement with deduction of 40% for voids to

be made from the stack measurement.

8.0 CARRYING OUT EXCAVATION AND STACKING THE

EXCAVATED STUFF

a) In carrying out excavation, ground shall be broken at such places and

in such lengths as shall be sanctioned by the Engineer. Work of

excavation shall proceed in such proportion at one time as the

Engineer may direct, and no permanent works shall be begun, until

the Engineers have approve of the excavation which shall be out to a


sufficient depth and width to receive the permanent work and to

allow of their being sufficiently placed, built, constructed, laid or

erected. The length of trench excavated ahead of the pipe laying and

the length of trench which may remain open at one time shall at all

times be subject to the approval of the Engineer. It shall be at no

time greater than can properly be protected from caving.

b) The road metal and also the rubble packing ad khankies (if any) first

be stripped off for the whole width of the trench and for the whole

extent of the masonry or chamber required and separately deposited

in such place or places as may be determined upon by the Engineer.

In case of the metal packing or khandkies not being so deposited or

being mixed up with excavated materials and not available for

refilling and making good the excavation the cost of the new metal,

packing or khandkies required shall be charged to the Contractors.

c) The other material from the excavation shall be deposited on either

side of the trench leaving a clear berm on one side at least 40 cm

wide or at such further distance from the edges of the trench as may

be necessary to prevent the weight of materials from casting the side

of the trench to slip or fall or at such a distance and in such a manner

as to avoid covering fire hydrants sluice valves gas-syphone,

manholes covers and the like and so as to avoid abutting any wall or

structure or casing inconvenience to the public or other persons or

otherwise as the Engineer may direct.

d) In case where the Engineer decides that the width of the road or lane

where the work of excavation is to be carried out is so narrow as to

warrant stacking or excavated material away from the site of the

work the contractor shall have to remove the same if so directed


within a lead of 250 M. The excavated stuff shall be brought back

for refilling the trenches when required. The surplus material shall

be removed as directed. No claims for stacking the excavated stuff

away from the site of work or bringing it back for refilling trenches

shall be entertained.

9.0 FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF TRENCHES TO BE

SATURATED WITH WATER

All foundation and the bottom of all trenches shall be saturated with

water well rammed wherever the Engineer may consider it necessary to

do so.

10.0 EXCESS EXCAVATION DUE TO NATURE OF SUB-SOIL FOR

ADDITIONAL FOUNDATION

If in any place the Engineer may consider that on account of the nature

of sub-soil, additional foundations of concrete, rubble or otherwise are

necessary or if in any place, he may require the excavation, for any

purpose, whatsoever, to be carried deeper than shown on the plans or

described in the specification, the excavation shall be carried out as may

be ordered by the Engineer and such additional works shall be measured

and paid for to the contractors according to the rates entered in the Bill

of Quantities and Rates.

11.0 UNAUTHORISED EXCESS EXCAVATION

Where excavation are made in excess of the limits delineated on the

drawings, either by error or by accident, the voids so formed shall be

filled in with lime concrete or rubble masonry or otherwise at the

discretion and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the expense of

the contractors.


12.0 FENCING/LIGHTING AND WATCHING

The contractor shall make all proper provisions for protecting the work

be fences and by watching and lighting at night, or otherwise as may be

directed by the Engineer. The posts of fencing shall be timber securely

fixed in the ground not more than 3 M. apart, and they shall not be less

than 75 mm in diametre or less than 1.2 M. above the surface of the

ground. There shall be two rails, one near the top of the posts and the

other about 450 mm above the surface of the ground and each shall be

from 50 mm to 70 mm in diametre and sufficiently long to run from post

to post, to which they shall be bound with strong rope. The method of

projecting rails beyond the posts and tying them together where they

meet will not be allowed on any account. All along the edges of the

excavated trenches a bank of earth about 1.20 M. high shall be formed

where required by the Engineer for further protection. Proper provisions

shall be made for lighting at night and watchman shall be kept to see

that this is properly done. In the event of the contractors not fully

complying with the provisions of these clause, the Engineer may, with

or without notice to the contractors, put up a fence or improve the fence

already put up or provide or improve the lighting or adopt such

measures as he may deem necessary and all the cost of such procedure

as may be adopted by the Engineer, shall be borne by the contractors.

12.1 In addition to the normal lighting arrangements, the contractor shall

provide, wherever a sewer work is in progress, battery operated blinking

lights (6 volts) in the beginning and end of a trench with a view to

provide suitable indication to the vehicular traffic. The contractor shall

also provide and display special boards painted with fluorescent paints

indicating the progress of the work along a particular road.


13.0 MAINTENANCE OF WATER PIPES, GAS PIPES AND DRAINS,

ETC. MET IN EXCAVATION

The contractor shall, at the rates entered in the Bill of Quantities and

Rates, excavate all such works, as the Engineer may requires in order to

locate the position of water pipes, drains, sewers or any other work and

all water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other work, which may be

met up, in or about any excavation whatever, shall if the Engineer deem

it practicable be properly maintained by the contractors, and by means

of shoring, strutting, planking over, padding or otherwise as the

Engineer may direct, shall be protected by the contractors from damage

during the progress of the work or if damaged together with all matters

and things resulting from the same, shall be made good and effectually

remedied either by the contractors or by other agency, as the Engineer

may decide and wholly in either case at the expense of the contractors.

In the event of the failure on the part of the contractors to carry out to

the satisfaction of the Engineer, any of the above protective provisions

or to execute to his satisfaction of the Engineer, any of the above

protective provisions or to execute to his satisfaction such remedial

work, as he may decide that they shall do, the Engineer may, with or

without notice to the contractors, adopt such measures as he may deem

necessary at the expense and risk of the contractors. If, however, the

Engineer considers impracticable for the contractors to maintain any

such water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other works, and that

exigencieso of the work necessitate the breaking down, removal or

diversion of any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other

work, then, though the cost of breaking down or removing any such

trench or sewers and of providing such chutes, pumps or other

appliance, as the Engineer may direct for the raising and temporary

passage of the water or sewerage which may escape from any such

water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other work shall be borne by


the contractors, yet the cost of breaking down and removing any such

water pipes or gas pipes, and of rebuilding, replacing diverting or

reinstating any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other

works, as may be required by the Engineer shall be paid to the

contractors as provided by the contract, if done by them, or the same or

any part thereof may be carried out under the Engineer's orders by other

agency and in such cases without charge to the contractors. The

Engineer's opinion as to the amount of the charges, which under this

clause are payable to the contractors, shall be final and binding on the

contractor. It should be allowed for arbitration being non-technical

matter.

14.0 SHORING

a) Wherever shoring may deemed necessary by the Engineer the

contractor shall provide the same in the best possible manner with

the best material and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The

contractor shall employ such kind or kinds of shoring as the Engineer

may consider the exigencies of the work to require and it is to be

distinctly understood that the work 'shoring' is to comprise all clauses

of such work and all appliances and appurtenances including polling

boards, sheet piling and runners (whether the joints be butt, groove

and tongue feather edge and groove, birds mouth and double splay,

rebated or otherwise), together with walling struts prope, point blank

shores, raking shores, blocks, wedges, iron dogs, bolts, screws, nails

and everything that may be required for due execution of the work.

b) No part of the shoring shall at any time be removed by the contractor

without obtaining permission from the Engineer. While taking out

shoring plank the hollows if any, formed must simultaneously be

filled in with soft earth well rammed with rammers and with water.


c) Shoring left in trenches

The Engineer may order portions of shoring to be left in the trenches

at such places, where it is found absolutely necessary to do so as to

avoid any damage which may be caused to building, cables, gas-

mains, water mains, sewers etc. in close proximity of the excavation,

by pulling out the shoring from the excavations. The contractors

shall be paid at the rate inserted by them in the Schedule of Rates

and Quantities or to be decided by the Engineer as per clause of

General Conditions of Contract, only by the order of Engineer, and

they shall not claim, on any reason, whatsoever for the shoring which

may have been left in by them at their own discretion.

Any allowance for shoring left in the portions of rakers, struts, or

other timber cut off and not permanently left in the work will not be

included.

Any allowance for shoring such as plates struts or other timber cut

off and not left permanently in any position of the trench will not be

paid.

d) Steel trench sheeting

i) Where the sub-soil conditions are expected to be of a soft and

unstable character, in trench excavation the normal methods of

timbering will probably prove insufficient to avoid subsidence of

the adjoining road surface and other services. The contractor will

be held responsible for all such damages as specified elsewhere.

ii) In such circumstances, the contractor will be required to use steel

trench sheeting or sheet steel piling adequately supported by


timber struts walling etc. The contractor will be expected to

supply pitch, drive and subsequently remove trench sheeting or

piling in accordance with other items of the specifications and the

terms Timber or Timbering shall apply to steel trench sheeting or

sheet steel piling throughout.

e) Rates

The rates for excavation shall be held to include the cost of shoring

and no allowance of width or width beyond those already described

shall be made on account of the necessity of shoring.

f) Engineer may put up or improve shoring

In the event of the contractors not complying with the provisions of

this contract in respect of shoring, the Engineer may, with or without

notice to the contractor put up shoring or improve shoring already

put up or adopt such other measures as he may deem necessary and

all the cost of such procedures adopted by the Engineer, shall be

borne by the contractor.

15.0 LIABILITY FOR TIMBERING

a) No work done by the Engineer or his workmen for the fact that the

timbering has complied wit his specifications shall absolve the

contractor from his responsibility and he will be responsible for

making good any damage caused as a result of the timbering failing

to give proper support to the sides of the excavation.

b) The timbering to the sides of excavation for structures shall be

carried out in such a way that there is no obstruction caused to the

filling of formwork for the walls. The supporting struts and walling


shall be removed by the contractor in stages to suit progress of

concreting.

c) If the Engineer is not satisfied that the standard of timbering is equal

to that shown on the approved drawing or that the sides of the

excavation have not been secured in a manner to render such

excavating safe for working, he may, one hour after notifying the

contractor or his representative in writing, employ his own men to

alter the timbering and the cost of such workman and materials

employed shall be paid for by the contractors.

16.0 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURE SHORING

AND OR ALL DAMAGES

The contractor will be held responsible for providing secure shoring and

for adopting every other precaution which may be necessary or proper

for protecting any building which may be damaged or be liable to

damage by the excavation of any trench or otherwise by the execution of

the work in the vicinity of such building. If the Engineer shall require

the adoption of any special or extra measures or precautions, the

contractors shall forthwith adopt and supply the same, but this provision

is not to be read or understood as in any degree of relieving the

contractors from responsibility or from liability under Clause 53 of

General Conditions of Contract, in respect of claims made against the

Corporation by for loss or damage which may be caused to any such

building by the execution of any of the works or otherwise. After the

work is completed near buildings, the contractor shall remove any

shoring and make good any cutting out or other damage that may have

been done.


17.0 VENTILATION

The contractor shall provide adequate ventilation and efficient apparatus

to keep all excavation, trenches tunnels and headings structures, sewers

and manholes free from all gases whether generated in strata arising

from the use of explosive for blasting sewage gases or otherwise and he

shall take precautions to ascertain that they are in a safe condition before

allowing workman to proceed.

18.0 PUMPING OUT WATER

The contractors shall provide and work at their own cost all pumps

engines and machinery requisite to keep the trenches for the sewers,

drains or foundations and all other excavations clear of water, whether

sub-soil water, storm water, leakage from tanks, wells drains, sewers,

water mains, tide water etc. so that there may be no accumulations of

such water and that no setting out may be done, no masonry may be laid,

no concrete deposited, no joints made and no measurements taken in

water. The pumping shall be continued so long after execution of any

portion of work and repeated so after as the Engineer may consider as

necessary. The pumps and power applied must be such as the Engineer

may determine to be sufficient at any particular time, so he may himself

supply pumps and power at contractor's expenses, so he may stop the

work together until he is satisfied and also impose a fine upon the

contractors. The rate excavation includes pumping out any quantities of

water as mentioned above by using any number of pumps and for any

length and time singly or in combination. Nothing extra, whatsoever,

will be paid on this account during the execution of the whole work.

19.0 KEEP EXCAVATION CLEAR OF WATER

a) Where ground water is encountered or anticipated, the contractor

shall provide sufficient pumps to handle the ingress of water and


must provide and maintain in working order stand by pumping units

to be available and employed in the event of mechanical failure. The

contractor must also arrange for night and day manning and

operating of the pumps wherever necessary to ensure that at all times

and weather the work may proceed.

b) The contractors shall not allow any accumulation of water either

from the discharge of their dewatering pumps or their water

connection on the site of their work. If an accumulation is

unavoidable, it shall be treated with insecticides to the satisfaction of

the Engineer. In case of failures to do this on the part of the

contractors, such accumulation shall be treated by CIDCO at the cost

of contractors.

20.0 BLASTING PROCEDURE

Blasting shall not be done without the previous consent of the Engineer

and shall be restricted to the hours which he may prescribed. If, in the

opinion of the Engineer, blasting would be dangerous to persons or

adjacent structures, or is being carried on in a reckless manner, the rock

shall be excavated by other means.

21.0 STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVE

a) It shall be as per Clause 45 of General Conditions of Contract.

b) The contractor shall obtain the previous permission of the

appropriate authority for the site, manner and method of storing

explosives near the site of work. All handling of explosives

including storage, transporting shall be carried out under the rules

approved by the Explosives Department of the Government.


c) In carrying out rock blasting the contractors shall take all necessary

precautions by the use of screens weighted down and other means for

the protection of life and property, and shall strictly comply with all

rules and regulations that may be laid down by the commissioner of

police, by the Engineer or by other regularly constituted authority

having jurisdiction relative to handling, storing and use of explosive.

d) In order to ensure the safety of surrounding property and persons, no

charge shall be used which is larger than necessary to properly start

22.0 RATES FOR EXCAVATION

a) The rates for excavation shall be held to include and cover without

extra charge all the stipulations contained in every portion of these

present with regard o setting out, provisions for the passage of traffic

and for access to premises, arrangement for the continuance of

drainage, water supply or lighting if interrupted by the work,

arrangements for the efficient protection of the life and property,

fencing, lighting, watching, shoring, pumping, shaping the trenches,

maintenance of water pipes, gas pipes, drains and other work met

with in or about the excavation, watering and ramming foundations,

temporary refilling, consolidation and subsequent re-excavation, on

account of rain, holidays or special occasions, filling in, ramming,

watering and consolidating, surplus excavated material as stipulated,

here in and all necessary matters and thing, connected with and

rendered necessary or otherwise involved by the excavation. The

rate of excavation also includes pumping out any quantity of water

from any source by using any number of pumps and for any length of

time singly or in combination. Nothing extra will be paid on this

account during the excavation of the whole work.


b) If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the exigencies of the work require

that in any part the whole quantities of excavation shall be done upto

the full measurement paid for, the contractors shall have no claim for

extra payment on account of the allowance or concessions shall not

be applicable to any work, unless it comes completely under one of

the above descriptions to which a settled mode of measurement is

applied.

23.0 SIGHT RAILS AND BONING STAVES

23.1 In laying the pipe sewers and constructing drains, the centre for each

manhole must be marked by a peg, or otherwise, as may be determined

by the Engineer. The contractors are then to dig holes for and set up two

posts (about 100 mm x 100 mm x 1800 mm) at each manhole at nearly

equal distance from the peg and a sufficient distance therefrom to be

well clear of all intended excavation, so arranged that a sight-rail when

fixed level against the post will cross the centre of the manhole. The

posts must also be so set up that the longitudinal direction of the rail

may be as clear as possible of the direction of any of the lines of pipes or

drains converging to the manhole. If walls of buildings afford suitable

means of fixing the sight-rail, the post may, however the dispensed with.

The sight rails must not in any case be more than 30 M. apart

intermediate rails therefore be put up if necessary.

23.2 Construction of boning staves

Boning staves shall be prepared by the contractors about 75 mm by 50

mm of various lengths, each length being of a certain number of Metre

and with a fixed tee-head ad a fixed intermediate cross piece, each about

300 mm long. The top edge of the cross piece must be fixed at distance

below the top edge of this tee-head, equal to as the case may be, the out

side diametre of the pipe or thickness of the concrete bed to be laid. The


boning staff, must be marked on both sides to indicate its full length.

According to the circumstances of each case, a suitable length of boning

staff will be determined upon, and the reduced level of the bed of the

pipe or bottom of concrete of drain at each sight-rail added to the

selected length of boning staff, will be marked by a horizontal line on

both posts, or on walls or fences to which the sight-rail is to be fixed.

23.3 Site rails

a) The sight-rails (about 25 cm wide and 40 mm thick) is to be screwed

with the top edge against the level marks. The centre line of the pipe

sewer or the drain will be marked on the rail and this mark will

denote also the meeting point of the centre lines of any converging

drains or pipe sewers. A line drawn from the top edge one rail to the

top of edge of the next rail will be vertically parallel with the bed of

the sewer or drain and the depth of the bed of the sewer or drain at

any intermediate point may be easily determined by letting down the

selected boning staff until the tee-head comes in the line of sight

from rail to rail.

b) The posts and rails are to be perfectly square and planed smooth on

all sides and edges. The rails are to be painted white on both sides,

and the tee-heads and cross piece of the boning staves are to be

painted black.

c) If the pipes or drains converging to a manhole come in at various

levels, there must be a rail fixed for every different level. When a

rail comes within 0.60 M. of the surface of the ground, a higher

sight-rail must be fixed for use with the rail over the next point.


d) The posts and rails must in no case be removed until the trenches is

excavated, the drains are constructed or the pipes are laid and

permission given to proceed with the filling in.

24.0 FOUNDATIONS IN SOFT GROUNDS

a) When work of constructing the sewers has to be carried out in soft

under ground strata, such as puddle etc. or in a reclaimed land, a

good foundations shall be provided for the pipes and manholes. For

the former, excavation in the trench shall be taken 75 mm deeper

than what is ordinarily required and for this depth the whole of the

trenches shall be covered with M-15 concrete slab of the required

width, reinforced with BRC fabric No. 9 or any other fabric

approved by the Engineer. The foundation concrete of the manholes

shall similarly be reinforced with the same fabric, spread to cover the

whole area of the foundation.

b) The fabric shall be suitably cut to the requirements and securely

joined together with adequate laps which should not be less than 200

mm. The fabric in the line and manholes must also be securely

jointed together. The rates in both the cases shall be held to include

all lapping, joining and also any probable wastage.

25.0 CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN PERMISSION BEFORE LAYING

PIPES, CONCRETE OR CONSTRUCTION OF MASONRY

When any portion of the excavation shall have been carried down to the

necessary depth, the contractors shall obtain permission from the

Engineer, before commencing the laying of pipes or concrete or the

construction of masonry.


26.0 LAYING OF PIPES

a) The pipes are to be laid with sockets facing up the gradients

beginning at the lower end. No pipe to be laid until the trench has

been excavated its required depth for a distance of 20 M in front of

the pipe to be laid. (This distance may vary as directed by the

Engineer)

b) All the pipes are to be laid perfectly true, both in line and on

gradient. The pipes in a trench shall be all laid and fitted previous to

the jointing being commenced.

c) Properly fitted temporary wooden stoppers shall be provided and

constantly used to close the ends of all incompleted pipe lines. The

stopper are only to be removed when pipes are being and jointed.

27.0 FOUNDATION FOR PIPE LAYING

27.1 Concrete bed, haunching and surround to pipes

At approximately every four pipes or 7 M whichever is less interval, the

contractors shall form a joint in the concrete bed or surround by

vertically shuttering the bed.

27.2 Bedding of Stoneware Pipe :

The bedding for stoneware pipes shall be of M-20 concrete and has the

size and shape as indicated in the plan.

27.3 Foundation for R.C. Pipes :

The foundation for R.C. Pipes drain or sewer if required shall be formed

of cradle block or full encasement of M-20 concrete of the shape and

dimensions shown on the drawings. The same should be carefully laid


on a bed of atleast 25 mm of sand cushion to the required grade and

alignment.

28.0 ENCASING

a) If pipes are required to be wholly encased concrete in encasement the

pipes may be required to be laid in two stages or in one as may be

decide by the Engineer. When it is decided to do the work in two

stages, the work in the first stage may have to be done either (I) the

method described above for laying bed blocks for the foundation or

(ii) putting in bed concrete in such lengths as may be required by the

Engineer. After the pipes are laid and jointed on those beds and the

joints tested, the remaining work of concreting in the 2nd stage will

be allowed.

b) When it is decided to do the work of encasing in one stage only pipes

shall be laid on bricks or stone chips to the required level and joint.

After the joints are tested the work of concreting will be done.

The contractor shall be not entitled to any extra payment in either

case. The contractor shall prepare the necessary form work for the

encasement as required by the Engineer.

After the pipes are jointed, a period of atleast 24 hours must elapse,

before the top concrete over the pipes are laid.

c) While encasing of R.C. Pipes of NP 3 class, a clear open space of 25

mm all around shall be left in the encasement at each joint for

flexibility without any extra cost.


29.0 JOINTING OF PIPES

29.1 Jointing of stones ware pipes :

a) All the pipe joints shall be caulked with tarred gasket (prepared

ready for use before being brought on the work ) in one length for

each joint and sufficiently long to entirely surround the spigot end of

the pipe the gasket to be driven as far as possible by means of a

suitable instrument. After the pipes are thoroughly cleaned and

moistened, mixture of one part of cement and one part of clean fine

sand tempered with just sufficient water have a consistency of semi-

dry condition should be forced into the joints and well rammed with

caulking tools the whole space around the spigot between it and the

socket is united full, and the joints shall be finished off with a

splayed fillet sloping at 45 degrees to the side of the pipe. The shaft

or a pipe entering or leaving a manhole shall have splayed fitlet of

neat cement laid around the same extending on the outside plastering

of the manhole 75 mm beyond the outside of the pipe and 75 mm

beyond the outside plastering of the manhole. Such fillets shall be

deemed to be included in the rates for pipe laid complete.

b) Great care must be taken after the joints are made that the pipes be

not moved or shaken before the cement has thoroughly set.

c) The rate for providing, laying and jointing of S.W. or R.C. pipes

shall also include the cost of plugging up the mouths of these pipes

with brick in cement mortar 1:6 with cement plaster 1:3 wherever


29.2 Jointing concrete Pipes

a) Each concrete pipe with the rubber ring accurately positioned on the

spigot shall be pushed well home into the socket of the previously


laid pipe by means of uniformly applied pressure with the aid of a

jack or similar appliance.

b) Concrete pipes of the spigot and socket type with roll on rubber rings

shall be used, and the manufacturer’s instructions shall be deemed to

form a part of this specification.

c) Rubber rings shall be lubricated before making the joint and the

lubricant shall only be soft soap water or an approved lubricant

supplied by the manufacturer.

d) In case of R.C. pipe entering or leaving a manhole a flexible joint

may be provided atleast within 0.60 M from the outer end of the

manhole.

e) A drop in water level of not more than 50 mm in one hour shall be

permitted, in case of hydraulic test of manhole.

30.0 ALL WORKS TO BE WATER TIGHT

a) The drains, manholes and all joints of pipes must be made

thoroughly sound and water tight and any joint which may be proved

to be leaky at any time during the progress of works or during the

contractors subsequent period of maintenance shall be immediately

made sound by the contractors at their own expense. The

contractors, when required by the Engineer shall at their own cost

prove all works to be water tight by filling it with water to such

height as the Engineer may determine. Any additional precautionary

measures or appliances that may be found necessary to ensure the

water tightness of the manholes, flush stains, disc plugs in junctions

and the joints of pipes shall be adopted by the contractor without


extra charges, the responsibility of making them when completely

water tight resting upon the contractor.

b) Immediately after the test with the double disc or cylinder as

mentioned in Clause No. 41.0 has been completed and any defect

hereby disclosed have been made good the contractor shall prove the

joints of the stretch of the under ground pipe whether of stoneware,

cast iron or R..C. pipes, to be water tight by filling in pipes with

water before filling in the trenches to the level of 1.5 M above the

top of the highest pipe in the stretch and heading the water up for the

period of one hour or such further time as the Engineer may direct.

The apparatus used for the purpose of testing shall be approved by

the Engineer. The contractor, if required by the Engineer, shall

pump the excavation dry and keep it so during the period of testing.

No test applied to part of a stretch when adding water from a

measuring vessel at regular 10 minutes interval, and noting the

quantity required to maintain the original water level. For the

purpose of this test the average quantity added should not excess 1

litre / hour / 100 linear metres /10 mm of nominal internal diameter).

Any leakage including excessive sweating which cause a drop in the

test water level will be visible and the defective part of the work

should be removed and made good.

c) In the case of cast iron rising mains, they shall be tested for a safe

pressure as directed by the Engineer.

The manholes when they have been raised above the highest subsoil

water level expected in the monsoon shall similarly tested for water


tightness as for the pipe lines. The procedure for this shall be as

follows.

The mouths of all pipes entering the manholes shall be suitably

plugged with brick, or wooden any other type of plug. The manhole

under test shall then be filled with water upto the general subsoil

water level and observed for a period of one hour. If the level dose

not drop by more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be assumed that

the manhole is tight.

During the period of the test the out side trench shall be kept free

from any accumulation of subsoil water. In case of a drop of more

than 50 mm in the water level, the contractor shall note the places

from where the leakage is taking places and take step to stop the

leakage.

31.0 INSPECTION OF THE JOINTS

After the joints of any pipes in underground works have thoroughly set

the Engineer (or any person whom he may appoint) may inspect the

joints and if he has any doubt as to their soundness he may required the

contractor to cut open and clean away the cement or lead as the case

may be of any joint, that he may select and to make good the same at

their expense provided that unless defect to be found, they shall not be

required to open more than one joint in 20 M of pipe though if the defect

be found the Engineer may direct them to open as many joints as be may

seem necessary.

32.0 CLEANING OF THE PIPES

a) As soon as a stretch of pipes whether of stoneware or cast iron or

R.C. pipes has been laid complete from manhole, the contractor shall


run through the pipes both backwards and forwards a double disc or

solid or closed cylinder 75 mm less in diameter than the internal

diameter of the pipes. The open end of an incomplete stretch of pipe

line shall be securely closed as may be directed by the Engineer to

prevent entry of mud or silt etc.

b) If, as a result of the removal of the obstruction, the Engineer

considers that damages may have been caused to the pipe he shall be

entitled to order the length to be retested at the expense of the

Contractor. Should such retest prove unsatisfactory, the Contractor

shall, at his own expense, amend the work and carry out such further

tests as are required by the Engineer.

c) If shall also be ascertained by the contractors that each stretch from

manhole to manhole is absolute clear and without any obstruction

visual examination of the interior of the pipe line suitably

enlightened by projected sunlight or otherwise.

33.0 FRACTURE OF PIPES

a) In the event of pipes being fractured after being to all appearances

properly laid whether due to imperfect loads having being found or

the material for refilling having being improperly selected or to any

other causes, the contractor in every instance will be held responsible

and will be called upon to replace the defective pipes at his own cost,

if such defect appears before the expiration of the period of

maintenance.

b) Any pipe of length of pipe found to be defective shall be

immediately removed and replaced at the contractors expense, and

leakage joints shall be remade, the inspections tests shall then be


repeated as often as necessary, until the whole line under inspection

or test is accepted by the Engineer.

34.0 ALL WORKS TO BE CLEARED, CLEAN AND PERFECT

a) The contractor shall after completion or whenever required by the

Engineer, prove all pipes and fittings to be clear, clean and perfect,

and for this purpose shall, at their own expense and in the presence

of the Engineer, or his appointee provide suitable instruments and

appliances and pass them through the pipes and shall if required,

throw in water and show that it passed freely through every portion

of the work. Brick, mortar and rubbish shall not be allowed to fall in

into the manholes or sewer lines while fixing or if allowed shall be

removed by the contractor at their own expense.

b) The contractors to clean and use existing pipes met with

The contractors are if and when required, to take up any existing

pipes that be met with a clean and prepare them for reuse for such

work they will be paid at the contact rates for excavation and filling,

such excavation will be measured 0.90 M wide for 225 mm to 450

mm pipes, 0.60 M wider for smaller pipes and only in case to the

depth of pipes bed. The filling consolidation etc., shall be done as

described for new rocks and under the same conditions in every

respect.

35.0 MEASUREMENT OF PIPES

a) All pipes be measured according to the works actually done by them,

and no allowances will be made for any waste in cutting to the exact

length required. An exception to this will be made only in the case

of short branches of 100 mm dia stoneware pipes, which be treated in

the manner hereafter described with regard to fittings. The


contractor shall be under obligation to use the pieces or part of the

pieces out of from 100 mm stoneware pipes, if it be deemed by the

Engineer practicable to do so and no further payment shall be made

for the same to the contractor. A socket attached to a straight pipe

will not be measured, but a spigot end of a straight pipe whether such

end be free for entering into a socket will be measured to its full

length. Pieces of cut pipe not used in the work will become the

property of the contractors except pieces of 100 mm dia stoneware

pipes, for which they have been or may be paid direct. When a cast

iron pipe may have necessary been cut for the exigencies of the

work, the contractors will be given credit for the piece not used in

work at the rate at which they are charged by the corporation

provided that the cuttings have been properly done and the portion

used in the work be sound.

b) A bend, junction, or any separate piece of fitting which may have

necessarily been cut for the exigencies of the work will be taken into

account as if whole, provided that the cutting has been done properly

and that the portion used in the work is sound. This clause shall not

apply to a straight pipe under any circumstances except only to 100

dia stoneware pipes as hereinbefore described. In measuring the

lengths of pipes laid, deduction shall be made for the lengths of

channels between the inside face of the walls of the manholes.

c) The cost of every joint between metal pipes or fittings and stoneware

pipes or sockets or masonry shall be held to be included in the rate

entered in the Bill of quantities and rates for the metal pieces

connected with the stoneware pipe, socket or with the masonry.


36.0 MANHOLES/CHAMBERS

a) The manholes/chambers on the sewers shall be constructed in the

form and of the dimensions shown on the drawings. The depth of

the manholes/chambers shall be measured from the top of cover to

the invert level of the manholes.

b) The manholes/chambers shall be constructed at places shown in the

drawings of wherever directed by the Engineer. Type designs for the

manholes are shown on the drawings but the actual dimensions shall

in each case be determined by the Engineer as the circumstances may

require.

36.1 Construction of brick masonry manholes

The walls of the manholes shall be built in brickwork in cement mortar

and wall and the cap is plastered both from inside and outside with

cement plaster 1:1. In the case of conical manholes, the walls shall be

brought up to within 475 mm of the road surface over which 30 mm

thick concrete cap of M-15 furncated conical shape as shown in the

drawing and is cast in situ and shall be covered over with a cast iron

frame and cover or cast iron plate with a cast iron frame and cover as

may be in each case be required by the Engineer. Whether rectangular

manholes are to be constructed the brick walls shall be brought up to

with 100 mm to 150 mm as required, of the road surface and shall at

this depth be covered over with a reinforced cement concrete slab with

an opening of the site and in the position as directed by the Engineer.

The opening shall be formed by means of joists of sizes as shown on

drawings, resting on the side walls and embedded in the slab. On these

joists as support wall of brick in cement shall be erected and brought

upto within 475 mm of the road surface where they shall be covered

with cast iron frame and cover etc. as described above. The work shall


be properly added and the courses brought up in regular and uniform

manner.

37.0 RATE OF MANHOLE

The rate to be quoted in the bill of quantities and the rate for the

manholes shall include complete structure, concrete cap, plastered with

cement both inside and outside, bottom concrete and channel or channel

with the C.I. frame and cover C.I. sheets, etc. everything complete as

type design drawing including 3” x 3” (75 mm x 75 mm) vata all round

the extended wall at its junction with the hedding and including cutting

the pipes flush with the inside plaster of the wall of flush without

excavation and rubble soling if required 150 m dia, vertical pipe 150

mm dia, S.W. double tee unction 150 mm dia S.W. right angled bend,

etc or branch connection will be paid for separately.

38.0 GUIDELINES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL

MANHOLES

Additional manholes is constructed on the sewer line so as to facilitate:-

1. Cleaning the body of the sewer if the length between the manhole is

more than 30 M (100 feet)

2. To eliminate the body connection by constructing the manhole at the

above place so as to eliminate frequent chokes.

3. The purpose of constructing additional manhole is to facilitate

cleaning of the manhole and remove the silt upto the invert level and

to facilitate removing silt from the body of the sewer by manually or

by operating winching machines or to facilitate passing disc or


operating acquitator or compressor or jetting machines or by any

other mechanical means.

To serve the above purpose, manholes should be constructed right upon

the invert level of the sewer. For this purpose excavation is to be done

upto the foundation level by the side of the pipe or avoid sewer without

damaging the pipe or ovoid sewer.

In pipe sewer sufficient bedding of concrete should be placed and walls

should be constructed of the standard thickness on the foundation upto

the top of road level as per standard design of circular manholes. In

ovoid sewer walls should be constructed upto the top of the arch and

concrete beams should be provided above the ovoid sewer in a

rectangular shape, so that the weight of masonry above does not fall on

the arch of ovoid sewer, and walls should be constructed upto road level

as per standard design of a rectangular manhole (including steps). After

all, the plaster work is done and frame and covers are fixed above usual

0.30 M ( 1.’0”) thick concrete block. The top of the pipe or the ovoid

sewer should be broken. This should be done by person standing top of

the road level, by using long crow bars by heavy weight fixed at the

bottom or by some other mechanical device. As getting inside the

manhole and breaking with sledge hammer or chisel may cause sudden

raise in level of water or poisonous gas may com out suddenly and may

endanger the lift of the workman.

After sufficiently big manhole is made in the arch of pipe, four

manholes should be kept open in the stretch where manhole is to be

constructed, two on upstream side and two on downstream side.


The manhole covers should be kept open for an hour and tests are

carried out viz. Davy’s safety lamp, lead acetate paper test and candle

test. After the tests are successful another workman should get down in

the newly constructed manhole preferably when the channel condition is

seen on the manhole upstream or downstream side. He should apply

coconut oil all over body and after tying rope around his waist and the

other end held by another workman at the top the work man should get

down the manhole and chisel the pipe ends or ovoid arches ends so that

the same is in flush with the wall of the manhole. Plaster in cement

mortar 1:1 or if a big gap is there, concrete should be placed over

exposed surface. (1 : 11/2:3 c.c.)

The manhole should then be cleared of all debris etc. and should be

thoroughly cleaned and handed over to CIDCO, if the manholes are

constructed above main sewer, it should be shown to the Engineer,

before handing over to the CIDCO.

No utility service should be allowed to remain inside the manhole. Care

should be taken to shift the same outside manhole.

Steps should be provide on the side or place where there are no

connections.

After completing the work, the same should be handed over to CIDCO

for maintenance. A copy of the memo acknowledging the taking over

should be handed over to the respective superintending Engineer

(Construction).

38.1 Drop Arrangement

The rate of providing 150 mm, 230 mm dia vertical drop arrangement

0.60 M high in manholes with drop arrangement will include :


1. i) Providing 150 mm, 230 mm, 300 mm dia S.W. pipe of

required length embedded in the masonry of the manholes

at the upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement.

ii) Providing and fixing 1 No. 150 mm, 230 mm or 300 mm

S.W. right angled bend and 1 No. 150 mm x 150 mm x

150 mm, 230 mm x 230 mm x 230 mm or 300 mm x 300

mm x 300 mm S.W. double tee junction including cutting

the ends of required and jointing and filletting as specified.

iii) ½ brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all around

with extra brick work below the bend upto the excavation

level of manhole and that in the tapeing portion of the

manhole including curing and finishing smooth with

cement plaster 20 mm thick 1:1.

iv) Plugging the open mouths of the double tee junctions and

house connection pipes where directed so as to make them

water tight.

2. The rate for extra each meter height of 150 M 230 mm, 300 mm,

vertical drop arrangement shall include the following :

i) providing 150 mm, 230 mm, 300 mm S.W. pipes

including cutting, jointing, filletting etc. all complete.

ii) ½ brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all round

including curing and finishing smooth the exposed surface

with cement plaster 20 mm thick 1:1.


3. For the payment of the items of vertical drop arrangement the

height will be measured from the invert of the right angled bend

to the invert of the sewer or house connection that is being

dropped 600 mm height being paid under the item of ‘Providing

arrangement and the remaining height under the item of Extra per

Metre height of drop arrangement.

4. In case of drop arrangement above 300 mm dia, the class of R.C.

pipe used shall be NP 2 class. It shall consist of right angled

bend of required diameter and double ‘T’ junction. It will be

surrounded by ½ brick thick masonry (1:2) encasement all round

with extra brick work below etc. as mentioned above.

39.0 FLOORS AND HALF CHANNEL PIPES

The floors shall consist of cement concrete. Salt glazed or concrete of

R.C. half channel pipes of the required size and curves shall be laid and

bedded in cement on the concrete base to the same line and fall as

sewers unless otherwise directed. Both sides of the channel pipes shall

be benched up in concrete and rendered in cement mortar 20 mm thick

and formed to a slope of not less than 1 in 12 to the channel.

40.0 STEPS

Where the depth of the invert exceeds 0.20 M below the surface of the

ground, cast iron steps weighing not less than 5.44 kg. And of approved

pattern shall be built at every four courses or 40 cm intervals in concrete

manhole with such additional hand irons as may be necessary for safety.

The first step shall be provided at 0.6 M below the road surface or top of

manhole cover.


41.0 SAFETY CHAINS

Safety chains shall be made of alluminium alloy as approved by the

Engineer.

42.0 LADDERS

Except where otherwise specified ladders shall be of alluminium alloy

of approved design and manufacture.

The ladder rings shall be at 300 mm centres and the stringers 400 mm

apart strong support stays shall be provided on both sides of the ladder

at not more than 2.5 M centres.

Pipes entering and leaving manhole :

Whenever a pipe enters or leaves, manholes, bricks on edge laid around

the upper half of the pipe so as to form an arch. All round the pipe,

there shall be a joint of cement mortar 13 mm thick between it and the

bricks or cement concrete. The ends of all pipes shall be properly built

in and neatly finished of with cement mortar. The pipe projections are

to be cut so that the ends are flush with plastered surface.

Vent shafts

Vent shafts are to be provided at the heads of all sewers and also where

as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The height

and the material, whether galvanished sheet iron or cast iron or R.C.

shall be decided by the Engineer.

43.0 NEAT CEMENT

In using neat cement it shall be carefully moistened with little water as

may serve to bring it to the required consistency. Only so much as can


be used quickly shall be mixed at one time, and no cement after it has

begun to set shall be allowed to be worked up again, but shall be

rejected and removed from the works.

44.0 CONCRETE SHINGLES

The whole of the shingle for concrete shall be obtained from the bed

bank of river. It shall be free from shells and well washed, clear from

earth and every other impurity.

45.0 MATERIALS

a) Cement

All cement for use on the works except otherwise stated shall be the

standard portland cement manufactured in India and shall conform to the

I.S. 269 latest version. It shall be of make and quality approved by the

Engineer.

The cement shall be stored in weather proof godown or cement soils

specially constructed for the purpose of such a manner as a to prevent

deterioration due to moisture or intrusion of foreign matter. The

weather proof godown shall have a solid impervious floor raised 300mm

above the general ground level so that the cement stored thereon shall

not come in direct contact with the sub-soil moisture. The passages and

the general construction shall be such that it affords full protection from

weather effects. Large stocks of cement shall not be kept at the works

but only sufficient quantities should be kept to maintain continuity of

the work.

Storage of cement

If cement is supplied in bags a suitable weighing scale shall be provided

and shall required by the Engineer be used for checking the weight of


every bag at the Contractor’s expense. Bags under weight by more than

2 per cent of the nominal weight shall be rejected and removed from the

site.

No cement that has been stored for more than 90 days ordinarily be

allowed to be used on the works. Cement stored for longer period than

90 days shall be used on work only with the specific written permission

of the Engineer who shall ascertain its quality after due testing in the

laboratory before giving such permission. All expenses in connection

with the test shall be borne by the contractors.

For testing the quality of cement, samples shall be taken from every

consignment arrived at the site of work at the option of the Engineer.

The contractors shall afford every facility to the Engineer for inspection

and sampling the cement. The cement godown shall be so arranged by

the contractors that each consignment could be stacked separately and in

such a manner so as to allow counting bags in each row with case. The

test results shall, ordinarily, be available within a week of sampling and

the contractor shall not use by any part of the consignment until the

results of the tests are received and found satisfactory. Should,

however, the use of such cement becomes imperative before the test

results are received, the contractors may do so entirely at their own risk

and cost and the whole of such work carried out by them is liable for

rejection, if the tests results are found unsatisfactory. Any consignment

failing to meet the requirements of I.S. shall be rejected and shall be

removed from the work site within 48 hours of the intimation from the

Engineer. The decision of the Engineer in this respect shall be final and

binding on the contractors.


The charges in connection with the testing of cement such as transport

of samples, testing fees, etc. shall be borne by the contractors.

The cement used in any type of concrete shall always be measured by

weight and one cubic metre shall be taken as weighing 1440 kgs (Table-

30 of A.C.C. Hand Book)

b) Aggregates

All the aggregates shall confirm to the latest I.S. 383. The aggregate

shall consist of naturally occurring sand and gravel or stone crushed or

uncrushed or a combination thereof. They are classified broadly under

two categories, viz (i) Sand of fine aggregates and (ii) coarse,

aggregates, depending upon their size. The fine aggregates are those

which pass through I.S. sieve No.480. And the coarse aggregate are

those which retained on I.S. sieve 480.

i) Storage of Aggregate : The fine and coarse aggregates shall be

stored separately and in such a manner that segregation of the

various sized particle shall not occur, the stock shall be formed on

a platform of weal concrete timber or similar approved hard

standing and aggregates shall be kept clean and free from foreign

substances.

ii) Aggregates shall not be unloaded on to roadways or pathways the

Engineer may reject any stock pile or part of a stock pile if

improper storage has, in his opinion, caused contamination with

foreign substances.

iii) Storage pipes of aggregate shall be arranged with proper drainage

and protection from rainfall in order to prevent excessive changes

in moisture content taking place during concreting.


iv) The aggregates both fine and coarse shall be hard, strong, durable

clean, free from veins and adherant coatings. The use of flaky and

elongated pieces of aggregates shall be prohibited.

v) The aggregates shall not contain deleterious materials such as iron

pyrite, coal, mica, shale or similar laminate material, clay, alkali,

soft fragments, sea shells, organic impurities etc. in such quantity

as to affect the strength of durability of concrete or the

reinforcement embedded in such reinforced concrete.

vi) The maximum quantities of deleterious material they may be

permitted shall conform to the following limits by weight.

Deleterious substance Fine aggregates

percent by weight

Coarse aggregates

percent by weight

Uncrushed Crushed Uncrushed Crushed

1. Coal and lignite 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

2. Clay lumps 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

3. Soft fragments -- -- 3.00 --

4. Material passing through

75 microsieve

3.00 3.00 3.00 1.00

5. Shale 1.00 -- -- --

vii) The total of various deleterious materials occurring in any sample

shall, in no case, exceed 5 per cent.

viii) If the aggregate supplied in unclean, it shall be washed. If it is not

properly graded, it shall be screened by hand or by mechanical

means and the various sizes proportioned to get the required

grading.

ix) Storing of aggregate on dusty, muddy and grassy spots shall be

avoided. They shall be stored on the works in such a manner as to


prevent intrusion of foreign matter and protected from exposure to

dust. They shall be placed in stock piles in individual units of

suitable sizes and in suitable layers to prevent segregation. They

shall not be allowed to run down slopes.

c) Sand or fine aggregates

All fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, strong, durable uncoated

siliceous gritty material consisting of well graded particles obtained

from rock fragment. It shall be free from clay lumps injurious amount

of dust, mica shells, soft or flaky particles, shale, alkali, organic matter

load or other deleterious substances.

i) The sand shall be taken from source approved by the Engineer.

The sand or fine aggregate shall conform to the latest I.S. No.383.

ii) If the Engineer considers it necessary, it shall be washed and/or

screened before use, at the expense of the Contractors.

iii) The sand shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2.5 and not

more than 3.0 and the grading shall conform as far as possible to

the following analysis.

I .S. Sieve No. Percent passing

Natural sand or

crushed gravel

Crushed Stone

480 95 – 100 90 – 100

240 70 – 95 60 – 90

120 45 – 85 40 – 80

60 25 – 60 20 – 50

30 5 – 30 5 – 30

15 0 - 10 0 – 15


iv) The specific gravity of sand shall not be less than 2.6.

v) In no case shall fine aggregate be accepted, containing more than

2% by dry weight not more than 31/2% by dry volume, not more

than 5% by dry volume of clay, loam or silt. If any sample of fine

aggregate shown more than 5% of clay, loam, silt in one hour’s

settlement after shaking in excess of water, the lot represented by

the sample shall be rejected.

vi) The following two field tests are recommended for ascertaining the

percentage of clay lumps and impervious organic material and the

contractors shall carry out the same if the Engineer deems

necessary.

1. Test for determining silt in sand

Fill a calibrated tumbler with sand to half its volume and water

there to until the tumbler is three quarters full. Shake up the

mixture vigorously and allow it to settle for about an hour. The

volume of silt visible on top of the sand shall be measure. If the

volume of the silt standing over the sand exceeds 5% of total

volume of sand. The same shall be rejected.

2. Colorometric test for organic impurities

The sample of sand shall be mixed with equal volume of 3%

solution (about one ounce, in a quarter of water) of caustic

soda/sodium hydrauxide taken in a plain glass and the mixture

shall be allowed to stand for 24 hours. The liquid standing

above the sand shall not be darker than lights straw (pale

yellow) colour. If the colour is marked yellow or brown, the


test would indicate presence of organic material in excessive

amount.

In case suitable sand is not available in adequate quantities

within a reasonable and economical limit, the contractor may be

allowed to use the crushed or pulverised stone or gravel either

alone or mixed within natural sand in parts. The stone or gravel

shall be clean sharp and free from dust etc. and shall conform

to the latest I.S. 383.

The percentage of crushed stone to be mixed with sand shall be

such as to obtain in fineness modulus of the blended sand

within the limits specified above and/or as approved by the

Engineer after laboratory test.

d) Coarse aggregates

All coarse aggregates used in concrete works shall consist of crushed

rock gravel or other approved inert material.

i) Broken or crushed rock from sound blue basalt or black trap free

from zeolite or other common impurities shall be used in the

concrete as coarse aggregate. The particles of aggregate shall be

clean, hard, tough or elongated pieces. The particles of aggregate

shall be clean, hard, tough durable, free from deleterious substance

and shall contain no soft, flat or elongated pieces. The course

aggregate shall have specific gravity not less than 2.6 and the water

absorption measured after being immersed for 24 hours in water

shall not be more than 6% by weight. The maximum percentage of

deleterious materials in the coarse aggregate shall not exceed 5%


by weight in the aggregate when tested in conformity with

I.S.No.383.

ii) The nominal size if the coarse aggregate for reinforced concrete

work shall be 20mm. Larger coarse aggregate upto 40mm size

may be used if approved by the Engineer, in plain concrete work.

The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as large as possible

within the limits specified but in no case shall be greater than one

quarter of the minimum thickness of the member, provided that the

concrete can be placed in form work without difficulty so as to

surround all reinforcement thoroughly and to fill the corners of the

form work. The minimum size of coarse aggregate shall be, as

mentioned earlier, such as to retain most of the material (90% -

95%) on I.S. Sieve No.480.

iii) The aggregate shall be screened and, if necessary, blended to give

the required grading when tested in the laboratory at Contractors

cost by means of standard mesh sieve, the grading shall fall within

the following limits.

Sieve Size Percentage retain by weight

Plain C.C. R.C.C.

40 mm -- --

25 mm 10 to 15 --

20 mm 35 to 40 15 to 0

10 mm 75 to 80 100 to 80

No.480 98 to 100 100 to 95

The percentage given above are for guidance and the Engineer

reserves the right to modify the same to any other lower or higher


value if considered necessary by him. In consolance with the

requirements of the work.

iv) In the event of undesirable segregation occurring in coarse

aggregates, the contractors shall separate the coarse aggregates in

two or more suitable fraction as directed by the Engineer, who shall

set up the required limit of each such fraction. The grading so

specified shall be such as to give a dense, water tight concrete of

specified proportion and strength and required consistency.

v) The Engineer shall have the right and authority to carry out routine

control tests and analysis of the broken rock at any stage of the

work processing and/or concreting operation and the contractors

shall give all necessary facilities in respect of such testing. The

sampling and testing shall be carried out as per Standard I.S.

practice entirely at the cost of the contractor.

e) Water

The water used for the preparation of concrete, for washing sand etc.

and for curing shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of

silt, organic material, acid, alkali, salts, oil and other deleterious

impurities and it shall be obtained from the sources approved by the

Engineer. Potable water shall generally be found fit for preparation of

concrete. The quantity of water to be added shall generally be properly

measured and controlled.

f) Water cement ratio

Suitable water cement ratios for the different mixes and used shall be

determined in consultation with the Engineer and they shall generally

not be exceeding 0.5 (i.e. 50% by weight), the exact values being fixed


after taking into account all relevant factors such as strength required,

weather condition, water absorbed by material, work ability and slump

required consistent with the work requirements, methods of compaction

etc.

45.1 CONCRETE

All cement concrete, whether used in R.C.C. work or plain concrete

work shall M-15, M-20 and M-25 as per latest I.S. code.

45.2 CONTROL AND TESTING OF CONCRETE

Following tests shall be carried out at the site whenever required by the

Engineer in accordance with I.S. 516 (latest).

a) Works Tests – 7 days and 28 days compressive strength test.

b) Consistency Test

c) Moisture contents in aggregates

d) Unit weight of concrete

a) Work Tests

During concreting operation, samples of concrete as placed in the work

shall be taken every day and a set of six cubes of cylinder shall be made

therefrom for being tested for their compressive strength, the

consistency (slump) test shall also be made and slump required.

All concrete cubes or cylinders shall be tested for compressive strength

as specified under I.S. 456 and 516 at the CIDCO laboratory generally

as per specifications under the latest I.S. 456 and 516. The above

specification cover concrete mixes of grades M-15 and above.

Ordinarily it is not necessary to test the compressive strength of mix of

grade M-15 at it is generally used for non-structural purposes. However,


where the mix M-15 is used extensively on works (i.e. more than 75%

cu.mt. of concrete is to be placed at one time in any work), it shall be

tested in the same manner as other grades of concrete used for structural

purposes. The minimum strength of various grade of concrete both at

the age of 7 days and 28 days are as per I.S. specifications.

In the case of concrete of mix M-15 and above, the Engineer may not

insist on the testing of concrete if the quantity of concrete to be laid on

any particular day is less than 10 cu.m. If, however, the quantity excess

10 cu.m. test specimens must invariably, be taken and sent to the

CIDCO laboratory for testing.

Specimen shall be made for every sample and three of them tested for 7

days strength. As mentioned earlier, the 28 days strength of concrete

shall alone form the criteria for acceptance or rejection of the concrete

samples shall be tested both for 7 days strength as well as 28 days

strength at the start of the work and this shall be continued until the

Engineer is satisfied that a proper relation between the 7 days

compressive strength and 28 days compressive strength is established, in

which case he may decide to relax the frequency of testing the concrete

cubes for the 28 days compressive strength.

If the average of strength of the specimen tested at the age of 7 or 28

days is not less than the strength specified in I.S. specifications, the tests

shall be considered satisfactory, subject to the condition that only one

out of three consecutive test may give a value less than the specified

strength but not less than 90% of the specified strength. If the tests are

unsatisfactory, the Contractors shall take immediate steps to carry out

remedial measured as may be directed by the Engineer in respect in

respect of such works entirely at the risk and cost of the contractors.


Failure of a sample in test may entail partial or whole demolition of such

work, heavy penalties, black-listing of the contractors concerned and/or

such other similar steps. The results of the tests conducted by CIDCO

laboratory shall be taken as final and binding on the contractors. In

case of any disputes, the decision of the Chief Engineer shall be binding

on the contractors.

A record showing the location of test specimen and daily progress of the

work done shall be maintained by the Engineer and shall be

countersigned by the Contractors or their representatives. In case record

maintained by the Engineer is not signed by the Contractors or their

representative the record kept by the Engineer shall be considered as

correct and binding on the contractors. In case of any dispute the

decision of the Chief Engineer shall be binding on the contractors.

The CIDCO Material Testing Laboratory is at present situated at

Sanpada. The Contractors shall deliver the specimen for testing at this

laboratory at their own cost in their own moulds. The contractors shall

pay usual testing fees for the tests carried out in the Corporation

laboratory. This fees may vary from year to year, as sanctioned by the

competent authority.

b) Consistency-Slump Test

The workability of concrete shall be checked at frequent intervals. The

slump test shall be carried out in accordance with the standard method

given under the I.S. specifications mentioned above. The slump shall be

as small as practicable, consistent with the efficient working and

compacting of concrete. The slump shall not exceed 64mm, but the

Engineer may, under exceptional conditions permit greater slump upto a

limit of 150mm.


The standard consistency test shall be applied every time at each mixture

when test cubes are taken for the works compressive strength test.

c) Moisture Contents in the aggregates

The moisture contents in the aggregate shall be determined in the field

in accordance with the latest I.S.No.2386 (part-III) Method of Test for

aggregates for concrete.

d) Unit weight of concrete

It shall be determined by passing placing representative samples of

concrete in unit measure capacity and vibrating it externally by small

vibrator or hand compacting to represent actual placing condition. The

top of the concrete shall then be made truly flush with the top of the

mole and the weight of the concrete per cu.m. determined after curing

and drying. The weight of dry concrete shall be between 2400 to 2625

kg./cu.m.

A complete record regarding various tests carried out at site and in the

laboratory shall be kept by the Engineer. The contractor shall provide at

their own cost all facility for labour, material, transport etc. required for

the proper execution of the above test.

Any concrete which does not comply with the above requirement shall

be liable for rejection by the Engineer.

Gauge Boxes

Gauge boxes approved type shall be used for measuring sand and coarse

aggregate in required proportion whenever concrete is allowed to be

prepared by mixing the aggregate on volumeteric basis. Such boxes


shall be of seasoned timber or steel and shall be of such size and shape

and shall be used in such a manner as to enable the proportion of the

material to be checked readily. The cement used in concrete is however

shall not be used by measuring it is gauge boxes, but it shall be

measured by weight, whatever may be the type of concrete.

45.3 STORAGE OF MATERIAL

Cement, fine and coarse shall be stored separately at the site of work in

such a manner as to prevent any deterioration of contamination or

admixture of foreign materials. Any material which has been damaged

or is considered defective by the Engineer shall not be used on the works

and shall be removed immediately from the site of works.

45.4 MANUFACTURE AND PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE

a) Batching

Whether controlled or ordinary concrete is to be mixed, the quantity of

cement shall be determined by weight. If the mixers weight per bag is to

be used, the same shall be verified by weighing separately a reasonable

number of bags.

Whenever direct use of bagged cement is allowed, one jute bag of

cement shall be considered to contain 50 kg of net weight of cement.

This shall, however, be verified at site by weighing for which the

contractors shall provide an accurate weighing apparatus on work sites.

Having once decided the mix, the Engineer may permit further mixing

of the aggregate to be done on volumetric basis for a particular batch or

stock of aggregate which has been used in the design of a mix.


The water shall be either measured by volume in calibarated tanks or

weighed.

The volumetric measurement gauge boxes of approved type as described

earlier shall be used for measuring the fine and coarse aggregate in

required proportion.

b) Mixing of Concrete – Trial Mixes

i) Before concreting commences, the Contractor shall, at his own

expense, make trial mixes to determine the mix proportions

required to produce the strength specified for each class of concrete

and for each degree of workability required.

Only materials which the Contractor intends to used for concreting

on the works shall be used in preparing these mixes.

ii) The workability of each trial mix shall be recorded.

iii) The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical and/or weigh batch

mixer of adequate capacity. The ingredients shall be added to each

batch of mix by weight, volume or both as the case may be so as to

ensure accurate proportioning. Water for each batch of concrete

shall be measured in a standard container so as to ensure the same

amount of water being used each time and to during the following

mixer charging operation. The mixing of each batch shall be done

for a period of not less than two minutes or shall continue until

there is a uniform distribution of materials, having the mass of

uniform colour and consistency. Every care shall be taken to

ensure that there is not segregation while unloading the mixture.


iv) Mixing shall be done as near the place of placement as possible and

adequate shed shall be constructed over the mixer to protect the

discharged concrete from the effect of direct sun rays. Small

additional amount of water, if necessary, shall be allowed to be

added to the mixer to compensate for any anticipated evaporation

losses during transport.

v) The quantity of water to be added shall be sufficient to allow a

workable mix being made, tamped and virated into all part of the

mould and between the reinforcement.

46.0 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

The defective concrete shall be cut out and the work reconstructed with

fresh concrete of required quality in the presence of the Engineer. The

concrete thus cut out shall not be reused under any circumstances.

Should any concrete become permanently damaged due to cracking or

broken or damaged from whatever cause or should any concrete be

found defective in quality due to honey combing or bad workmanship, it

shall be removed forthwith and replaced by concrete of required quality

at the cost of the contractors to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

47.0 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

a) Construction joint shall be of an approved shape and shall be vertical

or horizontal as required except that in inclined or curved member

the joint shall be at right angle to the axis of the member. The joints

shall be formed only in placed approved by the Engineer.

b) Construction joints shall be provided in the positions described on

the drawings or elsewhere and where not so described shall be in


accordance with the following. A joint shall be formed horizontally

at the beams meeting at the head of column.

A joints shall be formed in the rib of a large tee beams and all beams

and 25mm below the soffit of the slab. Concrete in a hunch or a

splay on a beam or a brace and in the head of column.

Where one or more beams meet, shall be placed without joint at the

same time as that in the beams or brace. Concrete in the splay at the

junction of a wall and slab shall be placed without a joint, at the

same time as that in the slab. Concrete in a beam shall be placed

throughout without a joint, but vertical and at the middle of the span.

c) Main construction joints are to be keyed by the used of batterns

placed in the concrete and subsequently removed

Before placing new concrete against concrete that has already set or

hardened, the face of the old concrete shall be cleaned and

roughened and scum and loose aggregate removed therefrom leaving

a surface of clean exposed aggregate. Immediately before placing

the new concrete the face shall be thoroughly wetted and a coating of

net cement ground applied there to. The new concrete shall be well

rammed against the prepared face before the grout sets.

d) Construction joints in the floor and walls of water retaining

structures are to be formed as specified for other joints and in

additions and approved water stop shall be used. Stop shall be

rubber of P.V.C. not less than 150mm wide and 10mm thick with

concrete in an approved manner and joints in the water stop are to be

bounded/welded together for the full width of the strip.


48.0 PERMANENT JOINTS

a) Expansion joints, contraction joints or other permanent structure

joints shall be approved in the position and of the form as detailed in

drawing and fully described in the Bill of Quantities.

b) Expansion and contraction joints shall be formed by casting the

concrete against the joining material. The material shall be lightly

but securely fixed to the shuttering forming the joint and the concrete

bonded to the material. During re-fixing shutters and preparing for

the second pour of concrete, all necessary precautions must be taken

to protect the jointing material. The concrete on the second pour

shall be thoroughly compacted against the material, care being taken

with the compacting vibrators and tools to avoid damage to the

material.

c) The sealing of expansion, contraction joints etc. shall be effected by

forming a trangular revete, central over the jointing material. The

jointing material shall be neatly cut back, where necessary to the rear

of the rebate. The rebate shall be primed and sealed with the

approved compound and the face of the sealer pointed or trimmed to

a near straight edged line.

d) Lead transfer joints shall incorporate dowel and/or link bars in the

positions and forms indicated on the drawings. On half of the dowel

or link bar shall be firmly cast and bounded into the concrete. The

second part of the bar cased in the second concrete pour shall be

wrapped with paper fitted with a cardboard cylinder or painted with

an approved bitumen paint to prevent the establishment of any bond.


49.0 EXPANSION JOINTING MATERIAL

Expansion jointing material shall be supplied in the required thickness

and width required and no multi layer joints will be permitted. The

material shall comprise at an approved cellular material with a high

degree of recovery after crushing and the material shall be thoroughly

impregnated with a suitable preservative.

50.0 FORM WORK

a) Material

All form work for concrete works shall be made either of planed and

matched timber or M.S. plates. The timber for the form work shall

be hard wood dry and well seasoned. It shall not be so dry as to

absorb water from concrete nor shall it be so green as to shrink after

erection. When steel plates are used for forms, the plates shall be

free from wrinkles, dents, lumps or other imperfections. The timber

boards or steel plates shall have sufficient thickness to withstand the

construction loads and the pressure exerted by the wet concrete as

well as vibration during placing of concrete. Normally the thickness

shall not be less than 38mm for timber and 18 gauge 18 M.S. Plates.

However, in case where depth of concrete to be poured in the

formwork is small, the thickness of timber planks may be reduced in

consultation with the Engineer.

b) All forms shall conform to the shape, lines, dimensions as shown on

the plans of the concrete members. The form works shall include all

wedging, bracing, tierod, clamps, stop of boards and other devices

necessary to mould the concrete to the desired shape. The formwork

shall be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during the

placing and compacting of the concrete and shall with-stand the

necessary pressure, ramming and vibration without any deflection


from the prescribed lines and curves. It shall be properly strutted

tight to prevent loss of liquid slurry from the concrete. It shall be

strongly and firmly erected. The mould shall be planed smooth, free

from knots, holes, open joints and other imperfection. The use of

bolts passing through concrete members which form parts of any

water retaining structure shall not be permitted for the purpose of

securing and aligning the form work. The form work shall be so

arranged as to permit easy erection initially and later easy removal

without jarring or disturbing the concrete wedges and clamps shall

be used wherever practicable instead of nails.

Where the depth of form work exceeds 1.5 metres, the contractors

shall keep one side partly open, from which the concrete could be

placed and the planking on the open side could be raised as the work

proceeds. This will avoid segregation of material in concrete and

also facilitate its proper vibration.

Before concrete is placed, all rubbish shall be removed from the

interior of the forms and surface of the forms work in contact with

the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted. The inside

surface of the form work shall be treated with a coat of line, oil or

any other material approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to

see that the above approved composition is kept out of contact with

the reinforcement. The slab centering shall be covered with double

war water proofing paper or tar paper or polythene sheet as directed

by the Engineer.

c) Waterproof Paper

Waterproof building paper shall comply with B.S. 1521, 1949 for

road works, it shall be of class ‘B’.


Where no special finish is desired such as slabs, columns in the

reservoir etc. and where form finish is acceptable, the form work

may be prepared out of ‘Anchor’ brand plywood for similar material

which shall give a good finish to the concrete surface finish. For

work which are of respective nature, such as column footings,

pedestals for pipe pedestal footing. The formwork shall be

fabricated out of steel plates and structurals to obtain uniform finish

throughout the work. In call cases the form work shall be inspected

and approved by the Engineer, before any concreting is started. The

contractors shall however, be solely responsible for the proper

design, adequacy and stability of the formwork. If at any time in the

opinion of the Engineer, the formwork provided is not considered

sufficiently rigid and/or is defective the contractors shall improve or

strengthen the same in such a manner as the Engineer may direct.

d) Removal of form work

In no circumstances shall forms be stuck off until the concrete

reaches adequate strength as required or without obtaining

permission of the Engineer. All form work shall be removed without

such shock or vibration as would damage to concrete. Before the

soffit and the strats are removed the concrete surface shall be

exposed where necessary in order to ascertain that the concrete has

hardened sufficiently. The responsibility for the removal of the form

work whether whole or part, shall rest entirely with the contractors

who must nevertheless be guided by the opinion of the Engineer in

this regard. The work of striking and the removal of form work shall

be conducted in the presence of the Engineer and under personal

supervision f a competent foremen in the employment of the

contractor.


Generally nothing less than the following times should elapse

between the filling in of the concrete and the removal of the forms.

i) Vertical sides of slab, beams and columns 48 hours

ii) Bottoms of slabs upto 15 ft/4.6 metre span 7 days

iii) Bottoms of slabs above 15 ft./4.6 metres 14 days

span. Bottom of beams upto 20 ft./4.6 metre

span and Arch rib bottoms upto 20 ft./6 mt.

Span

iv) Bottoms of beams over 20 ft/6 metre span 21 days

and arch rib above 20 ft./6 mt.span

e) Surface treatment and finish

When the form work is struck, all the faces of concrete shall be

smooth and sound, free from voids and air holes. Any roughness or

irregularity on the exposed surfaces shall be immediately filled up

while the concrete is still green with cement ground, cement wash

and/or 1:11/2 cement mortar properly trowelled and finished. Such

patching of the concrete face shall be carried out with the permission

of the Engineer. If the concrete is found honey-combed, the honey

combed protion and whatever surrounding concrete that may be

considered unsatisfactory by the Engineer shall be dismantled and

fresh concrete of proper quality shall be reinstated at contractor’s

cost.

51.0 DRY RUBBLE PACKING

Dry rubble packing shall consist of a layer of uniform thickness of blue

trap stone rubble carefully set on ground properly formed for the

purpose. The stones shall be laid upon their largest face. The interstices


between the rubble stone shall be filled up with stone chips and the

whole packing made compact. If the packing be required for road work

or other similar purposes, the layer of rubble shall be composed of large

stones weighing not less than 30 kg. each. If the packing be required for

flooring, the stone shall weigh not more than 2.25 kg. each.

52.0 BRICK MASONRY WORK

a) Materials

a) Bricks - Bricks to be whole, sound, well burnt, free from cracks

to ring when struck and not to crack or break when soaked in

water or thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated

condition from a height of 60 cm, regular in shape and uniform

size. They shall be of the best description obtainable in market

and of the best quality and colour. They shall not absorb water

more than 20 per cent of dry weight when immersed in water

for 24 hours. They shall have a crushing strength of not less

than 35 kg./cm.

Cement - Cement shall conform to the specification detailed in

Clause No.88.

Sand - Sand shall conform to the specifications detailed in Clause

No.88.

b) Cement Mortar

All cement mortar to be used on this work shall be in proportion as

specified and directed by the Engineer. The ingradient shall be

measured dry, be means of properly made gauge boxes on a covered

platform and shall be thoroughly mixed dry before adding water to

get the required consistency. Only such quantity of mortar shall be


prepared at a time as can be used up immediately. Mortar after it has

begun to set, shall not be allowed to be raked up again, but shall be

rejected and the contractors shall removes the same from the work

site immediately.

c) Workmanship

This brick work shall be carried out in a workman like manner and in

perfect plumb, line and level as required. Brick shall be thoroughly

cleaned, well watered or soaked in water for atleast 12 hours before

being used on the work. No broken bricks shall be permitted to be

used except as closers. Good bond shall be preserved throughout the

work both laterally and transversely.

All bed joints shall be horizontal in vertical walls, radial in arches

and at right angles for the slopes in battered walls. In walling, the

courses shall be kept perfectly horizontal and rise in plumb. The

vertical joints shall break joints with the course below and above.

Use of bats shall be avoided as far as practicable. The joint shall be

close and regular and shall not exceed 12mm in thickness. The bond

shall be English Bond unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.

The contractor shall provide at their own expense all moulds,

tamplates, centres, scaffolding etc. as may be required for the proper

execution of the work and nothing extra will be paid for the same.

The mortar used should be stiff. The brick work shall be kept wet

while the work is in progress for atleast seven days after completion,

to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. On Sundays and Holidays,

when the work is not in progress, the masonry shall be watered

continuously by engaging Bhisties. Watering shall be done carefully

so as not to wash out mortar of the joints. The Engineer shall be at


liberty to engage labours at contractor’s cost to water the work,

should the Contractors fail to do so. Should the mortar perish i.e.

become dry, while or powdery, through neglect in watering, the work

shall be pulled down and rebuilt at contractor’s cost.

The whole of the masonry work shall be carried up at one uniform

level throughout but where breaks are unavoidable, the joint shall be

made in good long steps, raked so as to prevent cracks arising due to

separation of old and new work. All junctions of walls shall be

formed at the time the walls are being built and cross walls shall be

carefully bonded into the main walls.

When new work is to be added to existing structing, the old work

must be prepared to receive new work by roughening and grouting

with a layer of rich mortar and both be carefully bonded together.

During the rains the works to be carefully covered without extra

charge so as to avoid mortar being washed away.

d) Colouring of Brick

For colouring bricks, an earthern-ware box shall be provided a few

cm longer each way than a common brick, and half filled with the

liquid of the required description to about the consistency of thick

crean. The brick to be coloured shall be laid on the iron-plate with a

fire underneath and heated to a heat not too great to admit of their

being handled. They are to be taken out one at a time and dipped

into the liquid for a few seconds, and then placed on a table to dry

(which they do in a few minutes). When dry, they are to be lightly

washed in cold water and placed aside to dry agains. The material


for the colouring liquid shall be linseed oil, turpentine and litharage

with the proper colouring matter unless otherwise specified.

Where yellow bricks are required, either Naosari yellow bricks or

fire bricks of uniform colour shall be used.

e) Cement Plaster to Brick Work

Cement plaster shall be provided to brick masonry or rubble masonry

wherever directed by the Engineer.

1. Materials

i) Cement

Cement shall conform to the specifications detailed in Clause

No.88

ii) Sand

Sand shall be conform to the specifications detailed in Clause

No.88

2. Cement Mortar

All cement mortar to be used on this work shall be in

proportion as specified and directed. The ingradient shall be

measured dry, by means of properly made gauge boxes, on a

covered platform and shall be thoroughly mixed dry before

adding water to get the required consistency. Only such

quantity of mortar shall be prepared at a time as can be used

up immediately. Mortar, after it has begun to set, shall not be

allowed to be raked up again, but shall be removed from the

work site immediately. Cement mortar shall be used within

30 minutes after if leaves the mixing board or mill.


3. Workmanship

All stone or brick masonry shall be thoroughly wetted and

joints raked to a depth of 12mm and walls washed.

f) Pointing to Brick Work

The whole of the exposed faces of brick work, cut-stone work and

stone-paving when described as to be pointed are to have the joint

raked out to a depth of a 13mm and pointed with cement and sand

(unless otherwise described) in the proportion of one of cement to

one fine sand flush with the face of the work and out straight,

parallel and of uniform width.

The exposed faces of the rubble work are to be similarly pointed

(When described as to be pointed) but the joints shall be raked out to

a depth of 20mm and shall be irregular in direction.

The above description of pointing shall apply generally to all classes

except only as the pointing material which may in certain cases to be

otherwise described in this specification.

g) Bonding of old work with new work

Wherever any new work meets the old, certain portions of the old

work as may be ordered by the Engineer, shall be cut away in order

that the new work may be properly bonded into the old. No payment

will be allowed to the Contractors for cutting away any portion of the

work done under this contract for the purpose of other similar work,

or in such case for bonding and making good the same as above

described.


h) Cutting holes in new work

Wherever any hole or other communication has to be cut into the

wall or made with a drain or a sewer or a manhole or into or with

other masonry, the hole or communication shall be cut or made

neatly to the requisite size and pipe, tail piece, elbow or other article

or work for which it is required shall be neatly and soundly stopped

around with, or built in cement and sand (1 to 1). The rate of cutting

the hole or that for the work for which the communication is required

shall include the cost of such stopping, that of any making good that

may be required and also that of any arrangements which the

contractors may have to make in order to stop the access of sewage

or water during the execution of their work. No payment will be

allowed to the Contractors for cutting out any portion of the new

work for the purpose of other work under this contract, or in such

case stopping and making good as above described. If the sewer or

the drain into which hole or communication is to be cut is in a

working condition and if there is likelyhood of the workman being

exposed to the danger arising from these wage gases, such work and

also that of removing such stop or plug shall be done by the CIDCO

staff trained for such work and under the supervision of a responsible

officer as may be directed by the Engineer and the cost of such work

will be borne by the Contractor.

i) Protection of Work from Sun

All cement work, pointing plastering and concrete work shall be

shaded from the sun, and surface kept mostaned until, in the opinion

of the Engineer it is thoroughly set.

j) Definition of Incomplete Work

A line or stretch of pipe sewer (including the excavation thereof and

all other accessories thereto) will be considered incomplete unless


entirely laid jointed and fully tested, encased wherever required the

trenches filled and consolidated, and the manhole at each and

completely finished with floors, channels cover and all other detail.

A manhole will be considered incomplete unless it is completely

finished as above, and at least one of the lines of pipe sewer to which

it belongs or it attached, is complete as described above.

The Contractors shall have no claim for incomplete work and no

incomplete work will be measured up for payment to the

Contractors.

53.0 MEASUREMENT FOR TRANSPORT OF RUBBLES

Serviceable rock will be permitted to be used for refilling trenches.

The measurement for the items of transport of rubble to specified

distance will be either by lorry measurements or depot measurement as

directed without deducting anything in quantities in excess of the

calculated surplus material to be removed as per excavation item.

54.0 CONTRACTOR TO OBSERVE ALL CONDITIONS

The contractors are particularly directed to observe from the Articles of

Agreement and the Specification what is to be included in their rate for

the several portions of the work and also under what conditions

payments are to be made.

55.0 Providing, lowering, laying and jointing RCC pipe of NP-2/NP-3

class (spigot/socketed) of various diameter with rubber ring and

cement mortar 1:3 in proper line, level and slope including curing

etc. complete.


55.1 GENERAL :

The item provides for the supply and fixing of the spun concrete pipes of

the specified class and diameter in position for the Cross Drainage works

including necessary collars, conveyance and fixing in cement mortar 1:2.

55.2 MATERIALS :

Concrete pipes shall be of the class and diameter mentioned in the item

and shall comply with I.S. 458-1971.

The collars shall be of the appropriate size for fixing of the concrete pipes

specified on the drawings and shall comply with the I.S. 458-1971.

The cement mortar shall comply with the specification No.B.5(a),

proportion of cement to sand being 1:2.

55.3 FIXING :

The handling and laying of the concrete pipes shall comply with I.S.

783-1985 code of practice of laying concrete pipes.

The pipes shall be laid to the lines and levels shown on the drawings and

the slope shall be 1 in 100 towards the down stream unless other slopes

are specified on the drawing or as ordered by the Engineer.

The ends of the pipes shall be flush with face of masonry or bell mouthed

if so indicated on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer. Pipes of

non-standard length may be used when standard length pipes do not fit in

between the faces of walls. Otherwise extra lengths of standard pipes may

be left projecting beyond face of masonry on the downstream. Such extra

length will not be paid for.


Diversions of the road if found necessary, shall be provided according to

BR.1 at the cost of the contractor unless separately provided in the tender.

The collar joints be cured satisfactorily. Till then the filling around shall

not be done.


1) Supply, conveyance and fixing of the spun concrete pipes including

collars, fixing in cement mortar 1:2 to the line, levels and slope.

2) All labour materials, use of equipment and tools for completing the

item satisfactorily.


The measurement shall be for the length of pipes provided and fixed with

collars from the outside of one face wall to the outside of the other face

wall, limiting the length to that specified in the plan, or ordered by the

Engineer.

The length shall be measured correct up to a centimetre. The rate shall be

inclusive of all the projecting lengths, if any, projections being ignored in

the measurements.


Date : Date :


LIST OF APPROVED MAKES ANDBRANDS OF MATERIALS

The contractor should distinctly understand that it will not be their prerogativeto insist on using a particular make/brand from amongst the approved ones.The final selection will have to be done with the approval of Engineer. Theprovision will apply where contractors do not state their choice of materialswhile submitting tenders. The list given below is only indicative and notrestricted to brands mentioned. Other equivalent brands may be approved atthe discretion of the Engineer.

Sr.No.

Material Make/Brand

1. Construction Chemicals Sunanda Specialty Coating Pvt. Ltd.,BASF Construction Chemicals (I) Pvt.Ltd., Pidilite Industries Ltd., TulsiChemicals & Paints Pvt. Ltd., TheStructural waterproofing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,Hindcon Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., PolygonChemicals Pvt. Ltd., ConstructionIndustry Chemicals, H & R Johnson(India), Anuvi Chemicals Ltd., CountoMicrofine Products Pvt. Ltd., Sika IndiaPvt. Ltd.

2. Cement (43 Grade / 53 Grade/ PPC)

Ambuja Cements Limited, Ultra-TechCement, Binani Cement Limited,Sanghi Industries, Vasavdatta.

3. Steel TATA Steel Limited, Jai BalajiIndustries Ltd., SAIL, RINL.

4. Bricks Ordinary clay bricks of any brandconforming to IS:1877.

5. R.C.C. NP-2/NP-3 classpipes with ISI mark

Mahadev Industries, SiddhivinayakPrecast Pipes Pvt. Ltd., Bharat SpunPipe Industries, Monika Industries,Shivani Pipe Industries Pvt. Ltd.

6. Rubber Ring Prabhat Elastomer or any approved ISImanufacturers.

7. Soil & Waste Pipes /Ventilating Pipes

Jaiswal Neco Ltd., Astron PlasticIndustries Pvt. Ltd., Finolex, PremiumPipe & Fitting, M/s. Prince SWRSystem Pvt. Ltd., Astral PolytechnikLimited, Tusi Extrusions Ltd., KisanIrrigations Limited.


Sr.No.

Material Make/Brand

8. PVC Pipes Finolex, Prince, Astron, Premier, AstralPolytechnik Limited, Tusi ExtrusionsLtd., Kisan Irrigations Limited.

9. Manhole covers & frames. Amit Concrete Works (Bharat Brand),S.S. Manhole & Gratings, K.K.Manhole & Gratings, EverlastComposites Pvt. Ltd.

10. SFRC Manhole Covers Amit Industries (Bharat Brand), K.K.Manhole & Gratings (Concrete Brand),S.S. Manhole & Gratings.

11. Anti-stripping Agent Premier dyce & Chemicals.12. PVC Steps Patel Products.13. D.I. Water supply pipes Electro Steel Casting, Jindal Saw Ltd.,

Lanco Industries Limited, Jai BalajiIndustries Ltd., Kejariwal Casting Ltd.,Electrotherm (India) Ltd., Tata MetaliksKubota Pipes Limited.

14. Sluice Valves / ButterflyValves & Specials

Kalpana Valves, Kirloskar, DurgaEngg. Co., Gavane Patil Pvt. Ltd.,Dynamic Valves Pvt. Ltd., Mather andPlatt Pumps Ltd., Kamala ValvesManufacturing Concern, Hawa Valves(I) Pvt. Ltd.

15. Kinetic Air Valves Am Flow, Kirloskar.

16. Lead for lead joints Approved ISI manufacturers.17. D.I. Specials Electro Steel Casting, Lanco Industries,

I.S.I. Mark.18. Ready Mix Concrete Plant J.M. Mhatre Infra Pvt. Ltd., Thakur

Infraprojects Pvt. Ltd., RMC (I) Ltd.,Ajwani Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.,Mahavir Roads & Infra. Pvt. Ltd., R.K.Patil, Govardhani Construction Co.,Shree Venkateshwara InfrastructurePvt. Ltd., R.N.P. Concrete Suppliers,P.P. Kharpatil Const. Pvt. Ltd.


Date : Date :


Name of Work :Integrated infrastructure development of Roads,Footpath, S.W. Drain, Water Supply & Sewerage etc. for12.5% Scheme in Sector – 2A at Karanjade, Panvel.

LIST OF DRAWINGSSl.No.

Title Drawing No.

1. Nodal cum Location Plan of Karanjade C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/01

2. Layout Plan of Proposed Road Network C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/02

3. Layout Plan of Proposed S.W.D. Network C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/03

4. Layout Plan of Proposed Sewerage Network C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/04

5. Layout Plan of Proposed Water Supply Network C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/05

6. Typical Cross Section of 15 M. Wide Road (Filling) C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/06

7. Typical Cross Section of 15 M. Wide Road (Cutting) C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/07





12. Typical Details of Kerb Stone & Water Table C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/12

13. Typical Details of S.W. Drain & Footpath C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/13

14. Typical Cross-Section of RCC NP-3 for UtilityServices

C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/14

15. Typical Details of Sewerage Connection Arrangement C.A.03/EE(PNL-II)/12-13/15

16. RCC details of S.W. Drains for Footpath (Road Side) SD/STD/CUL/FOOTPATH/59

17. PCC S.W. Drains for Footpath (Road Side) SD/STD/PCC/SWD/A-167/ R2

18. RCC details of S.W. Drains for Vehicular Traffic SD/STD/CUL/VEHICULAR/59

19. Light & Heavy Duty Covers & Frames for ExistingDrains & Water Supply Chambers

SD/STD/SWD/A-145/R1

20. Standard drawing of Manhole


Date: Date: